<br>

2025 VER

BICLOGY
, VERMA
!VERMA
RESS PRES

-
VP
VERMA
PRESS
VERMA PRESS PVT. LTD.
4, R. G. STREET, THARPAKHNA
RANCHI(JHARKHAND)-834 001
Class XIl
<br>

sRGuc as uiI, 2025

Vermas
®

2025
CLASs XII
BIOLOGY

Scan with your smartphone.

Visit us at : www.vermapress.com

PVERMA PRESS PVT. LTD.

THARPAKHNA
oVERMA
be 4, RADHA GOVIND STREET,
PRESS RANCHI, (JHARKHAND) - 834 001
<br>

BIOLOGY
13 The cdible part of the mango fruit is- t )
REPRODUCTION a
batali (a) Epicarp,i (b) Mesocarp,rhr o

(c) Endocarp, (d) Cotyledon.:Rleeq Ans.(b)

14 In cereals like rice and wheat viability of pollen grain is
1. SEXUAL REPRODUCTION IN FLOWERING PLANTS (a) 1 month, (b) 1 week,
(c) 24 hours,os (d) 30 minutes. hati Ans.(d)
Multiple Choice Type Questions pollination by-is t (ub
15 Entomophily is the
1 Which one of the following statements regarding the post (a) Birds, (b) Bats,
fertilization events in angiosperms is not correct? (c) Wind, (d) Insects.
b
itsn Ans.(d)
(a) Primary endosperm nucleus develops into endosperm. 16 Cross-pollination in maize plant takes place by means of
(b) Megaspore develops into an embryo sac. (a) Entomophily, (b) Zoophily,
(c) Zygote develops into an embryo. (c) Melacophily, (d) Anemophily. Ans.(d)
(d) Ovary develops into fruit. Ans.(b) 17 Male gametes in angiospermns are formed by the division
2 The cells of endosperm of a plant have 24 chromosomes. 1o) of
What will be the number of chromosomes in its gametes ? (a) Generative cell, (b) Microspore mother cell,
(a) 8, (b) 16, (c) Vegetative cell, (d) Microspore. Ans.(a)
(c) 23, (d) 12. Ans.(a) 18 A bisexual flower which never opens up in its life span is
3 When mnicropyle, chalaza and hilum lie in a straight line, known as
the ovule is said to be (a) Autogamy, (b) Allogamy,
(a) anatropous, (b) orthotropous, (c) Homogamy, (d) Cleistogamy. Ans.(d)
as
(c) amphitropous, (d) campylotropous. Ans.(b) 19 Pollination by snail and slug is known
The part of gynoecium that determines the compatible (a) Ornithophilous, (b) Chiropterophilous,
nature of pollen is (c) Entomophilous, (d) Malacophilous. Ans.(d)
(a) Synergids, (b) Style, 20 Flowers pollinated by snail and slug are called
(c) Ovary, (d) Stigma. Ans.(d) (a) Ornithophilous, (b) Chiropterophilous,
The portion of embryonal axis above theor level of (c) Malacophilous, (d) Entomophilous. Ans.(c)
cotyledons, which terminates with the plumule stem tip, 21 Formation of an extra embryo from the nucellar or
is integument is called
(a) Epicotyl, (b) Hypocotyl, (a) Polyspermy, (b) Apomixis,
(d) Epiblast. Ans.(c) (c) Parthenocarpy,
(c) Scutellum, (d) Polyembryony. Ans.(d)
6 Secondary spermatocytes are 22 Layering is used for vegetative propagation of
(a) Haploid, i s 5 (b) Diploid, a) rose, (b) jasmine,
(C) Triploid, (d) Tetraploid.ik od 1Ans.(a) (©) mango, (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
The primary endosperm nucleus formed in
angiosperms 23 Connective is part of
is (a) calyx, (b) anther,gs t
(a) haploid, (b) diploid, out ' A1
Ans.(c)
S1 (C) pistil,os (d) corolla. Ans.(b)
(C) triploid,(d) tetraploid.rlA 24 Monothecous anther is character of-totge
Which of the following is an example of false truit
7(o (a) cotton. (b) pea,
(a) Mango, (b) Apple,itatehil oini ki (c) rose,
(d) brinjal. oAns.(a)
(c) Tomnato, (d) Kiwi. .0Vd Ans.(b) 25 The science which deals with the study of fruits is known
Filiform apparatus is present in as
(a) Egg cell, (b) Antipodal cell, (d (a) Pomology, (b) Carpology, isless 3 i
(C) Synergid,s ihe(d) Zygote.
sn Ans.(c) (c) Horticulture, (d) None of these.Ans.(a)
and gynoecium 26 Cross-pollination by some animals like snails, squirrels,
10 A flower consisting ofboth the androecium
(a) snakes eto, is known as-)
called3t A

Complete, (a) Onithophily, (b) Chiropterophily, t n

(2) Incomplete,hitees(b) Ans.(b)
o).(c) Perfect,
'isE (d) Monochlamydae. (c) Melacophily, (a) Anemophily. tAns.(c)
27).Total number of chromosomes in fertilized eggs of human
1 The edible part of coconut is-stsgtotpperE.ftho
(a) Epicarp, beings is
Ans.(d) ) (a) 46, Ans.(a)
8).(C) Endocarp, (d) Endosperm. t (b)8, (c) 23, (d) 16.
28 Pollination by insect is
12The edible part of
apple is- l 'y 1tios la rliatti da
(a) Entomophily,
called-eil k

(a) Endocarp,baxiii (b) Mesocarp,itUilio ( (b) Ornithophily,uNtatcs (3

(P (c)
inluuenid Ans.(d) Anemophily,it (d) Hydrophily.icqatri2n Ans.(a)
(C) Endosperm, aoiitaa(d) Thalamus.,
<br>

When
49 mieropyle, as
it is callcd hro
[4] BIOLOGY stign is cnllcd- Misogamy,
(b) Porogamy,
grnin fivm onther to (a) (d) Dichogamy.
29 The transferrofpollen Dicliny,
(b) Pollinntion, Ans.(b) (c) oftypical dicot at the
(a) Fetilisation,
(d) I'olyembryony. sexual The cmbryo Sac time of.feilisaú
(c) Emlbryogeny. before nttaining 50
30 Thc growth phasc of nn organism ost is ccllcd, 7
(b) cclled,
maturity is refeed as Vegetntive phnsc, (a) 8 (d) 5 celled.
(a) Juvecnile phase, (b) Ans.(c) ccllcd,
(c) 6 mcchanism of pollination in flower
(d) Nonc of thesc.
(c) Both (a) and (b). S1 Levcr
31 The filifom apparatus is present in pollinatcd and found in-iE
(b) cgg ccll, sdiltutl Ans.(b) (a) Salvia (sage
flower), (b) Hydrilla
(a) synergids, muclcus.i (d) Maize.
() sccondary
(c) antipodals, (c) Figs,
32. Wind pollination comhon is in
Which part ofthe
flower is the source of Saffron
(b) Legumes,5dil el9 Ans.(d)
52
(a) Orchids, Zafran ?
(c) Lilies, (d) Grass. ioo l ) (a) Style,
(b) Stigma,
33 In which of the following Aril is
not found ? (d) Pedicel.
(b) Mango,lsiqostotst (c) Petals,
process of formation of
a mnature female
(a) Custard Applc, Ans.(b)
(d) None of these. 53 The gamete
(c) Lichi,
34 A Fruit developcdwithout Fertilization-# (3
called is
(b) Parthenocarpic fruit,o) (a) Oogenesis, tor(b) o
Spermatogenesis,
(a) Apomictic fruit, (d) Spermatocyte.7
(c) False fruit, fruit.Ans.(b)
(d) True (c) Oogonia, Ansla
3$ Which one a
is not layer of Microsporangium?t 54 Embryo sac develops from
tube, (b) Micro spore,
(a) Endothecium, (b) Epidermis, otyt i (a) Pollen
(d) Outer layer. Ans.(d) 2O (c) Microsporangia, (d) Megaspore.s lts
(c) Middle layer, is not a water
Aslt,
36
What the main function of Tapetum
is '? Which of the following pollinated plant?
ov
55
(b) Hydrilla, i
(a) Protection, (b) Nourishment, o) (a) Vallisneria,
(c) Secretion, (d) All of these.oso Ans.(b) (d) Water lily.
(c) Zostera, Ansla
37 Hard outer layer of Pollen grain is made up of c
56 If there are
more than one pistils and are fusedtogetheris
(a) Lignin, Ro (b) Cellulose, iisebn Ans.(c) () called
(c) Sporopollenin,
one
(d) Sugar.
Vre li (a) Megasporangia, (b) Megasporogenesis,)
38 Which is an example of false fruit-notistilicS (d) Syncarpous.
(c) Apocarpous, Ans0
(a) Mango,0 (b) Guava, s7 The residual, persistent nucellus is called-hug a
(c) Jackfruit, (d) Apple. Ans.(d)
(a) Ovule, (b) Pericarp,
39 What would be the ploidy of the cells of the Tetrad ?
(a) 2n, (b) n, (c) Perisperm, (d) Seed. Ans(g

(c) 3n, (d) 4n. Ans.(b) 58 Transfer of Pollen grains from Anther to Stigma ofa
1
40 What would be the ploidy of different plant
(a) 2n,
endosperm-sithtl(a)
(b) 3n,
Geitonogamy, (b) Autogamy,
(c) 4n, (d) n. Ans.(a) (c) Xenogamy, (d) Fertilization. Ans.¢)
ies
41 Which type
of the self-pollination takes place in 59 In grass family, cotyledon is called
underground bisexual flower which never open ? (a) Plumule, (b) Root cap,
(a) Herkogamy, (b) Homogamy, (c) Cotyledons, Ans(@

(c) Cleistogamy,
(d) Scutellum.
(d) Dicliny. Ans.(c) 60 Ifthe number of chromosome is 24 in root cells, then w

42 Aril is found in which of the following fruits ?) hwillbe the number of chromosomes in Endosperm!
(a) Mango, (b) Apple,sitee (a) 12,
(c) Custard apple.
bn (b) 24.o
(d) Pear. Ans.(c) (c) 36, Ans(c
43 How many sperms are
produced from a single 61
(d) 48.
spermatogonia ? Ifa part of Bndosperm retain in a seed, the seed is calla-
(a) 4, (b) 6,(c) 8,
stootot
riteN
(d) 5. tOos Ans.(a)
(a) Albuminous seed. (b) Non-albuminous seed,
(c) Perisperm,i(d) Ans()
44 A flower consisting ofboth
androecium and gynoecium is
62 Triple fusion result
Pericarp.
called-stt ter in development of
(a) Incomplete, (b) Perfect, (a) Embryo,
(c) Complete,oleem (d) (b) Pericarp,
Monochlamydeae.o Ans.(b) (c) Endosperm, lAns(
45 Removal of anther is
called 63 Pollen grains () Zygote.gs
-(a) Emasculation, represents- )

(c) Bagging,
(b) Artificial
pollination,) ()(a) Male gametophyte, (b) Female gametophyte,
(d) Hybridisation. Ans(
i (C) Both (a) and
46 Plants with poor
. (a) root system propagate Ans.(a)
64 (b).s (d) None of these,. as-
through- () Removal of Anther
Layering,itigomon(b) Leaf from a flower bud is called
i (c) Steam cutting, cuttings,nt/ is) (a)
Cutting,slu Musculation,
7 In Dicotyledons number
(d) Grafting,
3um iuAns.(d) 65 (c)
(
Emasculation.oo (b)
of cotyledons is A
typical angiospermic (d) Castration. maturityshows
(a) 2, (b) 4, d
sac at
8 Insect pollinated (c) 6, (d) 8. (a) 8 embryo
flowers are known Ans.(a) nucleate 7 celled, 7 nucleate
& celled, Ans/
(a) Entomophily,alier. as-01a1llo4 b(c) 8 nucleate 8 (b)
7 celled.
(b) Ornithophily, nil 3) 66 Transfer celled, (d) nucleate Stigmais callet
7
).
(c) Anemophily, uab of Pollen
(d) Hydrophily.cita grains from Anther to
Ans.(a) (a) Pollination, Ans!
(b (c) (b) Fertilization,
Emasculation,at (d) Mutation, :tu:qe00
<br>

s CLASS - XII, 2025o PRLSSB1oLoGY [51

Merma's af mcans
67 In 60% (approx.) ofAngiosems, pollen grnins aro shed 84 Syngamy
(0) Fusion of gamctcs,eti dtni
at ah
(b) Fusion cytoplasmn,
of

(a) 2 cclled statc. (b) eelled state.

3
(c) Single celled state, (d) cellcd state.
4 Ans.(a) (C) Fusion of two similar sporcs.a*3h lhasel
68 A typical Angiospemic anther is (d) Fusion of two dissimilar spores. Ans.(a)

(a) Trilobed, (b) Bilobed, 85 No1-sticky pollen grains are characteristic feature of
(c) Monolobed, (d) Tetralobed. Ans.(b) (a) Air pollinatcd flowers,
69 Which onc is a falsc fiuit 2 (b) Water pollinatcd flowers,ris zi af
(a) Mango, (b) Coconut, (c) Pollinatcd through becs,hitins ei
(d) Pollinated through bats. alain t Ans.(a)
4

(c) Apple. (d) Lady's tinger. Ans.(d)

70 Numberof chromosomes found in human being is 86 Type of flowers found in Commelina--ubk
(a) Four pairs, (b) Twenty two pairs, (a) Cleistogamous,
(c) Twenty threc pairs, (d) Tventy four pairs. Ans.(c) (b) Chasmogamous, leiikiTall
71 Which two shows parallelisn in evolution ? (c) Non flowering plant, Ans.(d)
(a) Root and insect, (b) Fruit and insect, (d) Both (a) and (b). tt t!

(c) Flower and insect, (d) Leaf and insect. Ans.(b) 87 Full form of GIFT
72 In grass family. cotyledon is called as (a) Gamete intra fallopian transfer,
(a) Radicle, (b) Plumule, (b) Gamete inter fallopian transfer,
(c) Scutellum, (d) Endosperm. Ans.(c) (c) Gamete inter cellular fallopian transfer,
Ans.(a)
73 A typical angiospermic anther is (d) Gamete intra fallopian test.
88 Which of the following statements is correct
?
(a) Mono-lobed, (b) Tri-lobed,
(a) Pollen grain contains two vegetative nuclei,
(c) Bi-lobed, (d) Tetra-lobed. Ans.(c) one vegetative
(b) Pollen grain contains one generative and
74 Vivipary is found in
nuclei,
(a) Calotropis,(b) Rhizophora, (c) Pollen grain contains two generative nuclei,
two
(d) Begonia. Pollen grain contains two vegetative andAns.(b)
(c) Water chestnut, Ans.(b)
(d)
75 A typical angiosperm anther is
generative nuclei.
(a) Bilobed, (b) Unilobed,
Ans.(a)
Very Short Answer Type Questions
(c) Trilobed, (d) Tetralobed.
Haustoria is developed
1
Define Xenogamy.
76 from Ans. Transfer of pollen grains from anther to the stigma of
a
(a) Egg cell, (b) Synergids, different plant is termed as xenogamy.
(c) Central cell, (d) Antipodal cells. Ans.(d)
2 What is Autogamy ?
77 Pollen grains can be preserved in
Ans. A type of pollination in which transfer of pollen grains
(a) Liquid oxygen, (b) Dry COz, from the anther to the stigma of the same flower takes place
Ans.(c)
(c) Liqid Nitrogen, (d) Solid COz. is called as autogamy.
78 A condition in which a plant contains both asthe Male and 3 Define Homogamy.
the Female reproductive organs, is termed Ans. It is a method of self pollination which occurs between
are open
(a) Monoecious, (b) Dioecious, anther and stigma of the same flower. The flowerare
(d) Unisexual. Ans.(a) or chasmogamous. Both anther and stigma close
(c) Heterothallic,
megaspore mother cell together. As the anther dehisce the pollen fall down due to
79 Formation of megaspores from the gravity over the surface of stigma.
is called as 4 What are Parthenocarpic Fruits ?
(a) Megasporogenesis, (b) spermatogenesis, Ans. The fruits that are formed without fertilization is called
Ans.(a)
(c) Microsporogenesis, (d) Fertilization. parthenocarpic fruits. Example- seedless fruits of banana.
80 Anemophilous flowers have 5 Write two advantage of seed dormancy.
(a) Sessile stigma, Ans. Advantages ofseed dormancy
(b) Small smooth stigma, (i) Seed can protect itself invaders environment
(c) Coloured flower,
Ans.(d) conditions. Thus life of seed increases.
(d) Large feathery stigma. (ii) It helps seed to protect itself against various disease.
sac.
81 Mature embryo sac is 6 Write the name of component cells of an embryo
(a) 4 nucleate and 6 celled, Ans. Name of component cells of an embryo sac
(b) 8 nucleate and 8 celled, ist ) Egg apparatus,
(c) nucleate and 7 celled,
8
(ii) Antipodal cells,
Ans.(c)
(iii) Central cells.
O
(d) None of these.
Germination of seed inside the fruit itself is called as 7 Write the technical term used for male and female
(a) Hypogeal germination,
or gametogenesis.
germination.acalt2gtrt Ans. The technical terns used for
(0) Viviparous
(c) Oviparous germination,
Male gametogenesis- Spermatogenesis,
(d) Epigeal germination. a
l
Ans.(b) o
Female gametogenesis- Oogenesis.
not possible in monocots as they What is false fruit ? Give two examples of false fruit.
Grafting is
Ans. The fruit which develops with the contribution of other
Lscits
(a) Lack cambium, parts flower (not ovary) like thalamus etc., is called false
of
(b) Are herbaccous,
2
(c) Haye scattered vascular bundles,ts4 il Example-(i) Apple, (ii) Strawberry.srtotni
(d) Have parallel vention. riefltjo1yo dt st Ans.(a)
<br>

CLASS - XII,
2025
[6] BIOLOGY potential to maintain hybrid vigour
It has thc normal
9 Diferentiate betwcen (rue ruis ad falseovary ruits. indcfinitcly cven in those crop plants where vegetative
It is genctically
part of is not possible.
Ans. In true fuits the tiuits develop fronn only thc reproduction controlled.
ovary some genes for apomixis and prevention
the flower while in false fiuits along with Inncr-portion of

grow it. of
to becoc the arc rcquircd for
additional conmponcnts of the flower a false pollination
a truc fiuit while applc is of entomophilic flowers.
part of fruit. Tomato is
5 Write important characters
floowers are as
fuit. Ans. Characteristics of entomophilous follows-
10 What is riple usion " Where :and how does take it
arc large size.
The flowers of
placc? Name the uclei involved in triple fusion. (i)
is brightly coloured.
Ans. 7iiplc Fusion- lt is the process of tusion of thrcc nuclci, (ii) Corolla of flowcrs
petaloid.
two polar nuclei (fuse to fom a diploid sccondary nucleus) (iii) In some cases the calyx is
and a male gannetc. (iv) Bracts may become bright coloured.
It occurs in the cmbryo sac of the ovule of angiosperms. (V) Some flowers are very fragrant and they bear honey
The nuclei are twO polar nuclei anda male gamete. secreting glands.
Polar nuclei involved in triple fusion. (vi) The pollen grains are heavy with rough and spiny
11 Name diferent types of fleshy fruits with example. surface.
Ans. Flesthy fuits are those fruits which consist largely of soft (vii) The stigmatic surface is sticky.
succulent tissues. In these fruits the pericarp and accessory (viii) Pollen grains may be joined to form pollinia.
parts develop in to succulent tissues. What is the difference between Cross pollinationcross and
For exanple Self pollination ? Mention any two advantages of
() Berry-Tomato, Cranberry, Gooseberry. pollination.
(ii) Stone fiuit- Apricot, Cherry, Olive, Peach, Plum. Ans. Difference between Cross pollination and Selfpollination
agency
(i)) Self pollination doesn't require any external
Short Answer Type Questions an external agency.
1 Define Pollination. Write the characteristics of air
while Cross pollination requires
(iii) No new variety is formed in self pollination while
in
pollinated flowers. cross pollination a new variety is formed.
Ans. Pollination provides the male gametes for fertilization. It
stimulates the ovary to grow. It prevents abscission of (i) In self pollination pollen from anther is transferred to
ovary. Pollen grains carry some amount of axioms, that the stigma of same flower while in cross pollination
support the initial growth of ovary. this transfer occurs between two genetically different
Characteristics of air pollinated flowers are flowers.
(i) Wind pollinated flowers are not showing and do not (iv) In self pollinated flowers both anther and stigma
produce nector too. mature at the same time while in cross pollination
(ii) They produce larger quantity of light dry pollen from flowers they mature at different times.
small plain flower that can be carried by wind. Advantage of Cross pollination
(iii) Female structures on wind pollinated plants are () It can be used in produce a new variety.
adapted to capture the passing pollen from the air. (ii) Yield always remain above an average minimum.
2 What do you understand by double fertilization ? Give How does endosperm in angiosperm become triploid ?
its significance. Ans. In angiospernm, endosperm is generally triploid as it is
Or, What is the significance of double fertilization ?
formed the product of triple fusion. It is fusion of one male
Ans.Double fertilization- Two types of fusions, syngamy and nuclei with two polar nuclei of central large cell.
triple fusion take place in an embryo sac the phenomenon What is called Parthenocarpy ?
is called double fertilisation.
Ans. Parthenocarpy is the phenomenon of development of fnuts
Significance of double fertilization from an unfertilized ovary in resulting in seedless fruit.
(i) It gives stimulus to that plant due to which ovary Example- Pineapple, grapes, banana.
develops into fruit and ovules develops into seed. 9 Draw a labelled diagram of the sectional view o a
(i)) It result in the formation of diploid Zygote, which
develops into an embryo and gives rise to a new plant.
Mature pollen grain in angiosperms. Explain tu
function of different parts.
(iii) It results in the formation of triploid primary Ans.
endosperm nucleus (PEN) which develops in the seed.
It provides nourishment to the developing embryo.
Exine
(iv) It brings about recombination of characters resulting
in variation among the offspring. Intine

3 Point out advantages of Cross-pollination. Vegetative cell

Ans. Advantages of cross-pollination
-Generative cell
() It increases variability and certain new and useful
characters appear in the offsprings. made
( is
Exine The hard outer layer called the exineresistant
(ii) Sometimes harmful characters are eliminated, (i)
(iií) It leads to production of new varieties. up of sporopollenin
which is one of the mostt high
(iv) Several disease resistant varieties of important crop organic material known. It can withstand
plants have been produced through cross-pollination. temperatures and strong acids and alkali. calledthe
(v) It increases power of adaptation among the ofllspring. (ii) ntine- The inner wall ofthe pollen grain ismade up
(vi) The number of seed production can intine. It is a thin and continuous layer
among useful cereal crops. be increased cellulose and pectin. has
bigger,
4 What is Apomixis and what is its importance (iii) Vegetative cell- The vegetative cell is shaped
? irregularly
Ans. Apomixis is the formation new
of individuals or seeds with abundant food reserve and a large
embryo growing directly from diploid cells nucleus. and
floats
integument, diploid egg or some other of nucellus or (iv) Generative cell-The generative. cell is small
gametophytic cell. in the cytoplasmn of the vegetative cell.
<br>

- XII, 2025
qerma'
a neat
aaf r"CLAss BrOLOGY [7]
10 Vih labelled deseribe the parts of a
dingrm, 15 WVrite one line ench on the two theories of
evolution.
typical angiosperm ovule. Ans. Origin of life-Theories
.
Suucture of orule Each ovule consists of uccllus (i) Thcory of speciul creation- According to this theory,
surrounded by two integunents and a stalk or fumiculus. God, thc supernatural bcing created the earth, light,
i) Funiculus is stalk-like structure by which ovule is plants and animals. All living organism that we see
attachcd to the placenta. today werc crcated as such. The diversity of the life
i) Hilum- It is the point of attaclhment of the body of the forms was always the same. Earth is about 40000 years
Ovule with the funiculus. old.
Gii)) Raphe- It is the longitudinal ridge l'ormed by (ii) 7heory of Panspermia/Cosmozoic Theory- Some
lengthwise fusion of funiculus with the body ofovule scicntists belicve that life has appeared on earth from
a typical anatropous ovule,
in other plancts or outer space. Early Greek Philosophers
iv) Nucellus- It is n mass of diploid cell called
thought that units called 'spores' or 'pansperms' came
on the carth along with meteorites and they might have
megasporangiunn. lt provides nourishment in the
development sac. evolved into the present day form.
of cmbryo 16 What is Pollination ? What are its different
means ?
3(w)
Emby'o sac lt is the female gametophyte which male gametes for fertilization. It
contains the egg apparatus. Ans. Pollination provides the
Hilum stimulates the ovary to grow. It prevents abscission of
(vi) Integuments fornm seed Funicle
Micropyle ovary. Pollen grains carry some amount of axioms, that
coats., i.e., testa and Micropylar pole support the initial growth of ovary.
tegmen.
Chasmogamous flowers are those bisexual flowers which
Outer integument
It is small Inner integument e.g
(vii) Microprle-
Nucellus open at maturity to expose the stigma and anthers
opening which is left by Embryo sac mustard, sunflowers.
the integument in the cross pollination.
17 Differentiate between self and
oule for the passage of Mention two contravenes of each. cross
pollen tube into the Chalaza pole
Ans. Differences between selfpollination and
pollination
Ovule. Selfpollination Cross Pollination
(ii) Chalaza- The basal region of ovule where the
pollination is the
funiculus is attached, is termed chalaza. l(a) Self pollination is the (a) Cross
transfer of pollen grains transfer of pollen grains
11
Write adaptations in wind pollinated flowers. from the anther of a from the anther of
a
Ans. Adaptation in wind pollinated flowers are flower to the stigma of flower to the stigma of
(i) Pollen grains are light in weight, nonsticky, dry and either the sanme or gene genetically different
winged. tically similar flower. flower.
easy dispersal of pollen (b) Cross pollination
can
(ii) Well exposed stamens for (b) Self pollination can
grains in wind. Occur in cleisto Occur in chasmo
to trap pollen grain. gamous flowers.
(iii) Stigma is stick, large and feathery gamous flowers.
(c) External pollinating
(iv) Flowers are small. causes and (c) External pollinating agency (such as wind,
is Polyembryony ? Discuss its
agency is not required.
12 What (Except in case of water, birds, insects,
importance. more develop from geitonogamy). animals, etc) is required.
two or embryos
Ans. Polyembryo- Whenegg, as (d) Self pollinating plants (d) Cross pollinating plants
a single fertilized the condition is known
do not produce produce offspring
Polyembryony. reasons variability among having variations
Itcan arise due to onemore of the following sac. among themselves.
may be formed in the embryo off-springs.
More than one egg
(i)
one enmbryo sac may be formed in an ovules.
may
The two contrivances of self pollination
(1) More than or cells from nucellus (a) Homogamy (b)Cleistogamy
(iii)Other cells like synergids,
The two contrivances of cross pollination
develop into emnbryos. (orange, lemon), (b) Self sterility
is common in Citrus (a) Unisexuality
(iv) Polyembryonic
mango, groundnut, etc., 18 What is Bagging technique ? How is it useful in plant
onion apomixes.
more often associated with breeding programmes ?
() Polyembryony isdevelop in dicotyledons ? What are Ans. Bagging technique- Emasculated flowers have to be
13 How does embryo monocot anddicot embryo? covered with a bag of suitable size, generally made up of
the difference between consists of two butter paper, to prevent contamination of its stigma with
plants, the embryo
AS. In dicotyledonous embryonal axis between them unwanted pollen. This process is called bagging. When
cotyledons and the attachment the stigma of bagged flowver attains receptivity, mature
axis above the level
The portion of embryonal
epicotyl and terminates in the plumule pollen grains collected from anthers of the male parent are
of cotyledons is the dusted on the stigma, and the flowers are rebagged, and
ito (Shoot meristem). attachment I the fruits are allowed to develop. Covering an emasculated
the level of
axis belowtcrminates
1he portion of embryo in the radical flower with a bag otsuitable material during hybridization
hypocotyls; is called as bagging. It is done to avoid contamination.
Of cotyledons is the
(root tip). It the fomale parent produces unisexual flowers there is no
Monocotyledonous Embryo (Grasses). maize, etc. the need for emasculation. In the female flower buds are
monocotyledonous plants like rice, bagged before the flowers open. When the stigma becomes
nembryo one cotyledon (called scutellum) pushed receptive, pollination is carried out using the desired pollen
has only
tOwards one side of the embryonal axis. and the flower is rebagged.
?
What is aCulture Medium any parts ofplants Advantages of bagging techmique
Ans, Culture medium in a technique by which are not eradicated (i) It is necessary for cross breeding for crop improvement
grown in a test tube. They sprogramme.
taken out and and parasitic insect which
because the beneficial predatory are able to Survive. (ii) Commercially superior varieties can be
obtained.
depend on these insect pests
<br>

KIL, 2025
on following
[8] BIOLOGY 24 Write
shortnotes the
Seetion) of (ypieal Mower Embryosac,
(i)
19 Draw L. S. (Longitudinal
showing its parts. (ii) Endosperm, fruit.
(iii) Parthenocarpic gametophyte a
Ans. L.S. of tlower Embryosac– Ita is femalc sac within of seed plant
Stigma
Anther
Ans. (i)
consisting of thin
walled the nucleus tha
and other nuclei which give
contains the egg nucleus
Style
Petal It

cndosperm on fertilization.
risc to develops
is a large cell
ovule of flowering plants.
Filament which in the
ofnuclei derived by division
contains large number
a

megaspore nucleus. Atthe micropyle end is the

of the synergids; at the opposite end
Netarifenus Sepal egg nucleus and two the antipodals and in the
area Ovule are nuclei that will become s

Ovary centre are two polar nuclei which fuse to become

nucleus.
ofL.S. ofa flower
Figure4 diagrammatic representation an primary endosperm
It is a food filled tissue toasnrots
20 Draw a labelled diagram of L. S. of embryo grasS. (ii) Endosper- It is formed
a re
nutrients to the growing embryo. a gamete with
Ans. fusion of male
Scutellum of triple fusion i.e. the central cell. Based
on ite
secondary nucleus of the nuclear endosperm
subsequent divisions it may be: endosperm.
Coleoptile
cellular endosperm and helobial
-Shoot apex (iii) Parthenocarpic fruit- The fruit
which does not bear
without fertilization, such fruits
iEpiblast seed and they develops are not
are called parthenocarpic fruits. Usually seeds
no new individual e.g Pineapple.
produced and hence
Radicle
Root cap
banana.
Coleorhiza
K Long Answer Type Questions agencies
21 Draw a labelled diagram of anatropus ovule.
1 Define Cross Pollination. Write the various
of cross pollination.
Or Draw a labelled diagram of an angiosperm's ovule. the life
Or Pollination is an important phenomenon inagencies
Ans. Hilum cycle of a flowering plant. Describe the
Funicle
Micropyle responsible for this.
Micropylar pole Or, What are the agencies, which help in cross
Outer integument pollination ? Give plant peculiarities to assist
Inner integument pollinating agencies.
Nucellus
Embryo sac Ans. The agencies, which transfer pollen grains from one flower
to the stigma of a different flower, are as follows: Wind
(anemophily), water (hydrophily), insects (entomophily.
Chalaza pole birds (ornithophily) and bats (chiropterophily).
22 Draw a well labelled diagram of a mature embryo sac. (i) Wind pollination (anemophily)- The wind-pollinated
flowers are generally unisexual, as in coconut palm.
date palm, maize, many grasses, cannabis etC. 1ne
Ans.
Chalazal end pollen grains are produced in large quantities and are
/ Antipodals small, smooth and dry. The wind pollination is not
precise, as it involves the movement of pollen over
long distances with respect to the direction of wind.
In some plants as in Pinus pollen grains are wingeu
Polar nuclei
Central cell (ii) Water pollination (hydrophily) - The modevery
Egg pollination through the agency water is not
Synergids common and occurs only in few aquatic plane
Filiform especially submerged ones, like allisneria,
apparatus Ceratophyllum and Zostera.
Micropylar end plant,
In Zostera marina, a
totally marine submergedneedle-
23 Whatare Fruits ? Draw a labelled diagrams of it the pollen grains are elongated (2500 um). carried
showing the internal parts.
Ans. Fruits are the forms of developed ovaries.
like and without an exine. The pollen grains are coil
These are formed by water and when they reach the stigma, they
after fertilization. around it and germinate. most
(iii) Insectpollination (entomophily)- Insects are the and
nectar
cOmmon pollinators. The flowers producing The
fragrance, with bright colours, attract the insects.flies,
most common insect pollinators are-''moths, and
butterflies, wasps, bees, beetles etc. The bees of
butterflies commonly pollinate flowers
the
Asteraceae and Labiatae families. pollination
(iv) Pollination by birds (ornithophily)- The
Figure- A few kinds
offruit showing seeds (S) and
h by birds is common in coral tree. bottlebrush,
Ornithophilous
i protective pericarp monosperma, and silk-cotton tree.
(P).ttee tubular or
flowers are usually large in size. They have
<br>

Merma's af Ja® CLASS

-XII, 2025 BIOLOGY [9]
funncl shapcd corollas, The lowers nre brightly Advntazes of cross-pollinatlon
colourcd (such as red, yellow, orungc, bluc cte.) whiclh (i) TIhcdefcctive traits of thc racc gct replaced by better
attract birds om lon distanecs, llunming bird
pollinates whilc hovering over the flowers and sucking charactcrs.
nectar. (ii) Thc offspring usually comcs to posSsess better vigour
(v) Pollination y bats (chioprenphily)- The bats arc and vitality then cither parcnts.
noctumal tlying namnals, which move swifly and (ii) It incrcases variability and hence adaptability.
transport pollen grains to long distanecs. The flowers (iv) Improvcd varictics can be produced by selective cross
they visit are large, dull-coloured nnd have strong pollination.
scent. Chiropterophilous flowers produce nbundannt (v) Thc yicld ncver falls below a certain average.
pollen grains and scerete more ncctar than the
omithophilous lowers. Bats carry out the pollination Disadvantages of cross-pollination
in 4dansonia and Aigclia. (i) It is highly wasteful method because the plants are to
2 How do sccds and fruits develop in produce a number of devices for helping the pollen
Explain with evamples.
angiosperms? grains to use external agencies for transport.
Ans. (ii) The method is dependent upon external agents.
4fter fcriilization. of the majr events during post (iii) Very good characters of the race get diluted.
fertilization art as such
(i) Devclopment of endosperm, (iv) Some undesirable characters can enter a race.
(ii) Development of embryo, In nature cross-pollination is a better method ofpollination
(iii) Development of seed from ovule, because
(i) It avoids recessive lethal or harmful genes to become
(iv) Development of fruit from ovary. homozygous.
i) Development of endosperm is form triploid primary (ii) It produces healthier plants due to the phenomenon of
endosperm nucleus in the central cell ofembryosac. hybrid vigour.
It is a food filled tissue to provide nutrients to
the (iil) It keeps the variability and hence adaptability of the
growing embryo. It is formed as a result of triple fusion. race intact so that an adverse environment does not
The fusion ofa male gamete with secondary nucleus destroy the species.
of the central cell. Based on its subsequent divisions
it may be: nuclear endosperm, cellular endosperm and 4 Describe the structure of typical Angiospermic
helobial endosperm. microsporangium with diagram. Also explain the
functions of each part.
(i) Development of embryo- The fertilized egg or zygote Ans. Miccrosporangium is a
divides into two cells, a large basal suspensor cell and sporangial structure which
Epidermis
a smaller terminal embryonal or epibasal cell divides
separately to form a row of 4-8 cells. The terminal contains microspores which are Endothecium
Middle layers
cell divides to form a cluster of cells called proembryo. the pollensais giving rise to
male gametes in an angiosperm. Microspore
mother cells
The hypobasal cell and other cells divide and from Anthers shows the four lobes
suspensor. The terminal cell enlarges and forms forming tetragonal
Tapetum
the
hypophysis the lowermost cell of suspensor develops structure. In the corner of each
into the apex or radical. The proembryo cell divides lobe is the microsporangium.
and form embryo after two successive divisions.
Further division in the embryo form embryo proper. Functions of its parts
Its terminal cells form plumule and cotyledons. (i) Epideermis-- It is a common covering layer of the
(iii) Development ofseed-After double fertilization ovule anther. In the mature anther the epidermal cell gets
develops into seed. In its development, the zygote stretched and shrivel.
develops into an embryo, and the endosperm is formned, (ii) Endothelium- It present in the region of shallow
used up, during embryo groove between the microsporangium of an anther lobe
the nucellus is either
development or form a thin layer called perisperm; remain thin walled to function as stromtium of
tests and tegmnent, two seed coats are formed. dehiscence.
(iv) Development of fruit- A true fruit is formed in the (Gi) Middle layers- It develops some fibrous thickening.
ovary by cell division, expansion and differentiation. (iv) Microspore mother cells- A diploid cell in plants that
are transformed into seed
The ovules inside the ovary divides by meiosis to give rise to four haploid
and wallof ovary makes pericarp (fruit wall) microspores.
Cross
3 Give advantages and disadvantages of Self and (v) Tapetum- It provides nourishment to growing
pollination. Which of them is better and why ? ie porogenous cells, micropore mother cells as well as
Ans. Advantages of self-pollination young microspores.
gene Give an illustration aecount of the process of
(i) It helps in maintaining pure lines for preserving
pool of the species and experimental development of fertilizntion in angiosperns.
useful varieties. Ans. ProOcess offertilization in angiosperms-Once pollen grains
(ii) It does not require the help ofexternal agencies. have been transferred from anther to stigma, the vegetative
(iii) Useful characters are preserved indefinitely. coll, one of the two cells in the pollen grains, grows a thin
pollen tube through the style and into an ovule in the ovary.
(iv) Self pollination produces homozygous individuals. The second cell within the pollen grain divides to form
(V) It is a sure and economical method of pollination, two male gametes (the sperm cells), which move down
which ensures seed formation. il the pollen tube enters the ovule through its micropyle and
Disadvantages of self-pollination embryo sac through one of the synergids. Later on,
(() Continued self-pollination result in inbreeding two male gametes (sperms) are discharged in the
the embryo
depression. Sac.
(ii) Adaptability decreases with continued self-pollination. One of the male gametes fuses
with the egg, resulting in
(i1i) Immunity decreases with time. zothe production of zygote. This is called syngamy.
The
<br>

CLASS -
Verma'saHf XII, 2025
start in human female
oogenesis
[10] BroLOGY At which stage does development, ?
embryonic
sccond male gamcte fuses with (a) During
two polar nuclci (or the (b) At puberty,
secondary diploid nucleus),
menarche,
(c) During menopause.
producing a triploid primary Pollen tube
(d) During Ans.(a)
cndosperm nucleus. The anis in which embryonic development completes
Antipodal The animals are called
called triple fusion. Thus, in inside the female body
embryo sac there occur two Polar nuclei
(b) viviparous,
sexual fusion- onc in syngamy,
Egg cell
(a) oviparous, (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
(b),
and the other in triplc fusion. Synergid
(c) Both (a) and menstrual cycle does ovulation Occur
This phenonenon is callcd On which day of -
?

double fertilization. (b) 1 10 days,

(a) I -5 days,
account of dispersal of sceds and fruits with
-
n
(d) 12 16 days. Ans.(d)
Give -
(c) 24 28 days,
suitable example. of ovum produced from one primary 00cyte
Ans. Seeds and fruits have adaptive strategies for dispersal to The number
new habitats through the agencies of wind, water and is (b) 2,
colonisation
animals. This helps in spread of species and (a) 1,
of new areas.
(d) 4. Ans.(a)
(c) 3, produces human
Dispersal through wind- Dispersal of seeds through the
of cross
10 Which of the following structures
agency of wind is called Anemophily. It is a mode chorionic gonadotropin (hCG) ?
up
pollination. Air currents pick same pollen grain from the (b) Testes,
(a) Ovary,
dehiscing anthers and carry the to different places. (d) Fallopian tube. Ans.(c)
floating in air. (c) Placenta,
Receptive stigma picks up the pollen grain
grasses. embryo with 8 to 16 blastomeres is called
a
Example- Anenmophily is common in 11 The
(b) Blastula,
Dispersal through water- Dispersal of seeds through the (a) Morula,
(d) Corpus lutcum. Ans.(a)
agency of water is called Hydrophily. It is pollination (c) Zygotc,
occurs in about 30
brought through the agency of water. It 12 Ovum of human bcing is
genera of mostly monocotyledonous acquatic plants. (a) Haploid, (b) Diploid,
Examples- Lamna, Vellisneria, Ceratophylum, Zostera ctc. (c) Triploid, (d) Tetraploid. Ans.(a)
Dispersal through animals- It is the mode of cross 13 Stroma is present in
pollination brought about by biotic agencies like insccts, (b) Ovary,
birds, bats, snail, ants etc. The type of cross pollination is (a) Testis,
Ans.(b)
named after the agent, such as entomophily, malacophily, (c) Uterus, (d) Epididymis.
myrmecophily, chiropterophily and ornithophily. 14 The embryo at 16 cclled stagc is known as
Examples (a) morula, (b) gastrula,
Amorphophallus. Ans.(c)
Entomophily (c) blastula, (d) blastomcre.
Malacophily Arisaema. 15 Sertoli cells arc involved in
Chiropterophily Adansonia. (a) excrction, (b) nutrition of sperms,
Ornithophily Begonia, Bombax etc. (c) respiration, (d) All of these.
Ans.(b)

16 The gap in between two menstrual period is roughly

scr te 1ovl 2. HUMAN REPRODUCTION (a) 10 days, (b) 20 days,
Ans.(d)
olu (c) 24 days, (d) 30 days.
17; Pheretima has paired spermathecae in the segmentS
A Multiple Choice Type Questions DP(a) 3,4, 5, 6, (b) 4, 5, 6,7,
1 Which hormone is responsible for the secretion of milk o1(c) 6,7, 8, 9, Ans.(c)
after the birth ofa baby ? stiey ttdi isemoT (d) 5, 6, 7, 8.
(b)
estrogen,ut1y2e4ls 18 Sertoli cells are present in
(a) Progesteron,
(c) prolactin, (d) androgens. Ans.(c) (a) Testis, (b) Kidney, Ans.(a)
2 The technique by which sperm is directly injected into the (c) Ovary, (d) Liver. mammnalian
ovum 1S- 5811 19, Which of the following cells present in the
(a) ZIFT, (b) GIFT, 29stj2t iN6E tests help to nourish sperms ?
(c) ZIUT,itl eixusi (d) ICSI. Ans.(d) (a) Leydig cells, (b) Oxyntic cells, Ans.(d)
3 A protozoan reproduces by binary fission. What will be (c) Interstitial cells, (d) Sertoli cells. Graafian
the number of protozoans in its population after six 20 After ovulation the structure
formed by rupture
of

generations ? atLDTOllicle is known as

(a) 128, (b) 24, 3o (a) Corpus albicans, (b) Corpus luteum, Ans.(b)
(c) 64, ont eie (d) 32. Ans.(c) (c) Corpus callosum, (d) Placenta. pregnancy is
4 Just after implantation which cells of blastocyst 21 Sterilization procedure in female to prevent
differentiate into ectoderm and endoderm?let called
(a) Inner cell mass, (b) Trophoblast, (a) Vasectomy,e (b) Tubectomy, Ans.(b)
(c) Both (a) and (b), (d) None of these. Ans.(a) noi (©) MTP,
Which of the following structures is characterised by the
bosliegs (d) STD,
presence of fluid filled cavity called
a 22 Ovulation occur under the influence of
antrum? (a) LH (b) FSH, Ans.(b)
he (a) Primary follicle, iL(C) Estrogen,
(b) Secondary follicle, (d) GH.
23 During pregnancy one of the following is excreted-
(c) Tertiary follicle,33etasz si
3Z (d) Corpus lutcum. 0
di )
(a) Progesterone,(b) LH, Ans.(d)
rishat Ans.(c)
(c) FSH, (d) HCG.
<br>

- XII, DRSS BIoLoGY [11]

ema' aaf CLASS
2025
44 Lcyding cclls are prescnt in-te tititba ttl
24 Gonads are derivcd fiom
(a) Mesoden, (b) Mesoderm & Endoderm, (a) Ovary, (b) Testis,
(c) Ectodem. (d) Endodern. Ans.(a) (c) Kidncy, (d) Uterus. Ans.(b)
25 Human cmbryo is protectcd by 45 Primary malc reproductive organ in human is- /

(a) Allantois, (b) Anniotic, (a) Ovary, (b) Testis,

(c) Pleural cavity. (d) Peritoncal cavity. Ans.(b)(c) Liver, (d) Kidncy. iz3t Ans.(b)
26 Male genn cclls are know as 46 Graafian folliclc is found in-ni noilastlt
(a) Leydig cells, (b) Spermatogonin, (a) Ovary, (b) Testis,
(c) Interstitial cclls, Ans. (a) (d) None of these.at Ans.(a)
(d) Sertoli cells. (c) Both,
27 The rclease ofcgg fiom thecovary ofhunnan female is called 47 Animals which give birth to young ones are called
(a) Implantation, (b) Gestation, (a) Oviparous, (b) Amphibians,
Ans.(d)
(c) Ovulation, (d) Parturition. Ans.(c) (c) Ovoviviparous, (d) Viviparous.
are
28 The empty Graatian tollicle develops in 48 GIands associated with male reproductive system
(a) corpus albicans, (b) corpus luteum, (a) Cowper's gland, (b) Prostate gland,
(c) corpus callosum, (d) placenta. Ans.(b) (c) Seminal vesicle, (d) All of these. Ans.(d)
29 Middle picce of sperm has 49 Oxytocin is secreted by
(a) Centrioles, (b) Mitochondria, (a) Pituitary gland, (b) Adrenal Gland,
(c) Nucleus, (d) Ribosomes. Ans.(b) (c) Pancreas, (d) Thymus. 94Ans.(a)
30 The leydig cells occur in- 50 Which one is not a part of FALLOPIAN TUBE
?

(a) Liver. (b) Testes, (a) Isthmus,ot (b) Ampulla,

(c) Kidney, (d) Stomach. Ans.(b) (d) Cervix. Ans.(d)
(c) Infundibulum,
31 First phase of embryonic development is 51 Which of the following hormone is responsible for the
?
(a) Fertilisation, (b) Cleavage, maintenance of Endometrial lining ofUterus
(c) Gastrulation, (d) Gametogenesis. Ans.(b) (a) Testosterone, (b) Progesterone,
32 The immunoglobulin that can pass through Placenta (c) L.H, (d) F.S.H. Ans.(b)
(a) IgM, (b) IgG, 52 End of the menstrual cycle is called
(c) IgE, (d) IgA. Ans.(b) (b) Menarche,
(a) Menopause,
33 The immunoglobulin involved in Allergic reactions (c) Ovulation, (d) Insemination. Ans.(a)
Cell
(a) IgM, (b) IgG, 53 Formation of Megaspores from the Megaspore Mother
(c) IgE, (d) IgA. Ans.(c) (MMC) is called as
34 Immunoglobulin present in colostrums (Mother's first (a) Microsporogenesis, (b) Megasporogenesis,
(d) Geitonogamy. Ans.(b)
milk) (c) Xenogamy,
(a) IgM, (b) IgG, 54 Which antibody is found to be present in Colostrum?
(d) IgA. Ans.(d) (b) IgM,
(c) IgE, (a) IgA,
to the
35 The two ovaries remains attached/connected (c) IgE, (d) IgG. Ans.(a)
Uterus, as
(a) The Fallopian tube, (b) Pelvic walls and the 55 In Females, Primnary sex organs are called
(c) The fundus, (d) All of these. Ans.(b)
(a) Testes, (b) Fallopian tube,
mature Female Gamete is
36 The process of formation of (c)-Fimbriae, (d) Ovary.Ans.(d)
called 56 Uterine cavity is lined by-t
(a) Spermatogenesis, (b) Spermiogenesis, (b) Myometrium,
Ans.(c) (a) Perimetrium,
(c) Oogenesis, (d) Gametogenesis. (d) None of these. Ans.(c)
follicle, after ovulation, is (c) Endometrium,
37 The remaining part of Graffian Egg
57 The structure which is also called Secondary
termed as Membrane is
(a) Primary follicle, (b) Villi, (b) Corona Radiata,
Ans.(d) (a) Zona Pellucida,
(c) Corpus albicans, (d) Corpus luteum.t12 (d) Theca externa. Ans.(a)
by-itrt (ss) (c) Theca interna,
38 The hormone 'Androgen' is secreted 58 The release of ovm from Matured Graffian follicle is
(a) Sertoli cells, (b) Leydig cells,ioth td)
(Ans.(b) termed as
(d) Germinal cells.
(c) Granulosa,
(a) (a) Spermatogenesis, (b) Oogenesis,
39 The length of epididymis tubule is-HUY1ia W
(c) Ovulation, (d) Spermiation. Ans.(c)
(a) 6 mneters, (b) 5 meters,3il la iloid 59 Fertilization takes place at/in-
(C) meter,
1 t (d) meters.
3
ilo Ans.(a) (a) Ovary, (b) Uterus,
process delivery of the foetus is called Ans.(d)
40 The of (c) Isthmus, (d) Ampulla.
(a) Parturition, sa (b) Gestation,T
(d) Lactation.iter
(

Ans.(a) 60 Oogenesis gets initiated / started

at which stage ?
(c) Fertilisation, (b) After birth,
(a) Betore birth, Ans.(a)
41 FSH is secreted by (c) At puberty, (d) After puberty.
(a) Adrenal,sand (b) Thyroid,sigesl hormone is secreted by
leyydig
(d) Posterior pituitary.
Ans.(c) 61 Which of the following
(c) Anterior pituitary, us
cells? Progesterone,
*2 Corpus Luteum secretes (a) Androgen, (b) Ans.(c)
s
(a) Progesterone, (b) Insulin,tl odent ) (d) Auxin.
Saliva. Ans.(a) (c) Testesterone,
(c) Pepsin, (d) an Gonadotropins
(o1 62 Which one is example of
43 Which one is the female gametophyte?dns (b) Rubisco,
(b) Egg, (a) LH& FSH, o Ans.(a)
(a) Embryo,
(d) Antipodal cells. (Ans.(c) ( (c) Oxytocin, (d) Melanine.
tuje(c) Embryo-sac,
<br>

- XII,
Sa' CLASS
2025
[12] BroLoGYPVD 76 Ocstrous
cyclc is found in
6.3 \What is thc fnction of Sertolicells? (a) Primates only,
(a) Protcetion, only,
(b) Nutrition,
Ans.(d) (b) Anthropoids cxpect anthropoids,
(c) Repair. (d) Seeretion. (e) Allmammals
Which homonc is not produccd during pregnancy?
(d) Nonc of thcsc. in
64 Ans.<c)
(a) hCG (b) hPL, placcnta hclps
Ans.(a) 77 Thc oxygen and Nutrients the cmbryo,
(c) Relaxin, (d) LH,
(a) Supply of Carbon dioxide and Excretory/Waste
65 Fertilization takes plance at/in Renoval of
(b) embryo,
(a) Ovary, (b) Utcnns, materials produccd by the
(c) Isthus, (d) Ampulla. Ans.(d) Production of Hormones,
(c)
66 Sertolicclls arc prescnt in (d) All of these. Ans.(d)

78 "COLOSTRUM" is
(a) Testes, (b) Ovary.
(c) Utenis,. (d) Lungs. Ans.(a)
(a) Milk produced by
the mother, L
67 Total number of nuclciinvolved in double fertilization is (b) An antibody found to be
present in milk produced
(a) 4. (b) 5, lactating mother,
davs of
(c) 6. (d) 7, Ans.(b) (c) Milk produced by mother during the initial
68 Acrosome of spem is found in which of the following lactation, new born babies As,
parts (d) A Vaccine recommended for
(a) Neck. (b) Middle picce, 79 Double Fertilization involves
(c) Head, (d) Tail. Ans.(c) (a) Syngamy,
69 1hich one of the following is not a part of fallopian tube ? (b) Triple fusion,
(a) Cervix, (b) Infundibulum, (c) Syngamy + Triple fusion,
(c) Ampulla, (d) Isthmus. Ans.(a) (d) Syngamy -Triple Fusion. Ans.(c)
70 After ovulation a Graafian follicle transforms into 80 Prolactin is responsible for
(a) Placenta, (a) Milk synthesis,
(b) Corpus luteum, (b) Milk secretion,
(c) Primary follicle, (c) Whitish appearance of Milk,
(d) Chorionic villi. Ans.(b) (d) Digestion of protein. Ans.(b)
Identify A, B and C in the given picture 81 Oxytocin helps in
71

-(C)
(a) Milk secretion,
(A) (b) Milk synthesis,
(c) Development of Mammary gland,
B) (d) Breast development. Ans.(d)
82 Which one of the following is the function ofAcrosome?
(a) Movement of Tail of Sperms.
(b) Helps in fertilization.
(B)Fallopian Tube (C) Ovary (c) Provides energy for the movement of sperm.
(a) (A) Cervix Ans.(3)
(b) (A) Fimbriae (B) Endometrium (C) Fallopian tube (d) Prevention of Fertilization.
(B) Fallopian tube (C) Endometrium 83 Oxytocin helps in
(c) (A) Ovary
(d) (A) Endometrium (B) Fallopian tube (C) Ovary. Ans.(b) (a) In Uterine contraction & Parturition,
placenta ? (b) In Maintaining Pregnancy,
72 What is the function of
(a) Removal of CO, anad excretory wastes produced by (c) Milk synthesis,
(d) All of these. Ans.(d)
the embryo,
84 In females, Oogenesis gets started
(b) Production of hormones, at
(c) Oxygen and nutrients supply to embryo, (a) Embryonic developmental stage,
(d) All of these. Ans.(a) (b) after 12 years,
he (c) after 14 years,
73 Menstrual cycle is affected by
(d) after 7 years. Ans.(a)
(a) Progesterone,
(b) LH only, 85 Which of the following statement is /are correCt
(c) LH+ FSH + Oestrogen, (a) Leydig cells helps in secretion of Testosterone.
(d) Estrogens only. Ans.(c) (b) Sertoli cells provides nourishment to sperms.
Semen includes (c) The process of place in
74 Spermatogenesis takes
(a) Sperm only, seminiferos tubules.
Ans.(d)
(b) Secretion of accessory sex glands, (d) All of these.
(c) Both (a) and (b), 86 Implantation is the process related
(d) None of these.
to
(a) Embedding of Blastocyst in the Endometrium of the
Ans.(c)
75 Role of placenta is to Uterus. the
(a) Provide nutrition to
developing embryo, (b) Embedding of Blastocyst in the Myometrium of
(b) Protect embryo from shock, Uterus. the
(c) Act as storage organ, (c) Embedding of Blastocyst in the Perimetrium of
(be (d) Convey nerve impulse. Uterus. Ans.(d)
Ans.(a) (d) Formation of an Embryo.
 [131
<br>

BIoLOGY
Verma's af sr°cLASS- XII, 2025sS16 layers of a human ovumn.
Very Short Answer Type Qnestions Name chief
Ans. The two layers ofu human ovum
1 Where are the Leydig eells loented ? (i) Zona Pellucida,si (ii) Corona Radiata i
Ans. Leydig cclls are loeatcd in the interstitial spacc prcscnt
outside the senniniteroUs tubules in thc tcstcs. 17 Nnme thc types of placenta found in humans.
Ans. (i) Dcciduatc placenta,
Write the name of one sex hormoe seeretcd by hunman
male l (ii) Chorionic placenta,
Ans. Tcstosterone, (iii) Mcta discoidal placenta, istaritstetia
What is Menopause ? (iv) Hacmochorial placcnta.h
Ans. The tem menopausce literally means pause in thc menscs" Short Answer T'ype Questions
andreters to the cessation of ovarian nctivity. Thc onsct is 1
What is Placcnta ? Explain in brief.
at about the age of 50, but varies grcntly. Menopause
Ans. Placenta It is the structure formed by the union of the
usually uneventful, but some wvomen suffer from foetal and uterine tissue for the purpose of nutrition,
complications such as tlushig, exccssive blccding and the
nervous disorders. respiration and excretion of the embryo. Although,
What is Graafian follicle ?
blood vessels of the embryo and the mother come close
4 but are kept separated by some barriers between them. The
Ans. It is a mature ovarian
follicle in ovary. useful substances pass from maternal blood to foetal blood
are passed
What is Rete Testis ? while the wastes (excretory products and CO2)
Ans. Rete testis is a network
of the tubules conducting sperm from the foetal blood to maternal blood.
from the seminiferous tubules of the testis to the vasa 2 What is Conjugation ?
efferentia. of autotrophs grown
Ans. The process in which to different types
Which organclle neck of sperm is made up of. to gather on minimal medium to produce an occasional
Ans. Neck of sperm is made by centriole. prototroph is called conjugation.
Explain what is meant by Gametogenesis ? 3 Which secondary sex organs are found in female ?
Secondary Sex organs- Secondary sex organs are those
7
Ans.
Ans. The process of the formation of haploid gametes from
reproductive/sex organs which perform important functions
diploid germ cells in the gonads is called as gametogenesis. in reproduction, but do not form gametes or secrete
sex
There are two types of gametes, the spermatozoa and ova. hormones.
Gametogenesis can be studies under two broad headings Why do Meiosis and Mitosis occur in germ cell.
4
Spermatogenesis and Oogenesis. Spermatogenesis is the
Ans. Meiosis occurs in germ cells in order to produce haploid
formation of spermatozoa, whereas oogenesis is the gametes. Gametes cannot function on their own and they
formation of ova.
have to fuse again in from a diploid (2n) zygote, which
In the head of sperm which organelle is found. eventually gives rise to the offspring. If the germ cells are
Ans. In the head of sperm nucleus is present. diploid the chromosome numbers will keep on increasing
9 How the entry of only one sperm and not many ensured in the successive generations.
into an ovum during fertilization ? 5 Where are landing cells found? What are its functions ?
Ans. When a sperm come in contact with the zona pellucida Ans. Leyding cells are group of polyhedral cells found in
layer of ovum it induce change in membrane which block somniferous tubules of testis. It synthesizes and secretes
the entry of additional sperm. male sex hormones called androgens ofwhich testosterone
10 What forms the Corpus Luteum ? Name the hormones is the principal ones.
secreted by it. Briefly explain the function of tail of sperm.
Ans. Corpus luteum develops from the ruptured follicle after Ans. Tail of sperm is formed of an axial filament derived from
ovulation. It secrets progesterone and estrogen. distal centriole surrounded by cytoplasmn and cell
11 What is the function of corpus luteum ? membrane as sheath. The undulating movements of tail
secret provide the motility to sperm. The sperm swims in a liquid
Ans. Corpus luteum acts as a endocrine gland and medium through female ducts and canals to reach the ovum
progesterone which is essential for maintenance of for fertilization.
endometrium. What is Menstrual cycle ? Which hormones regulate
reproductive
12 Name the organ which comprise the male menstrual cycle ?
system. Ans. In human beings, menstruation is repeated at an average
system are
Ans. The organs comprising the male reproductive interval of about 28/29 days and the cycle ofevents starting
testis, rete testis, vasa efferentia,
epididymis, vas deferens,
and penis. from one menstruation till the next one is called menstrual
seminal vesicle, prostate gland, cowper's gland cycle. Estrogen plays a central role in the menstrual cycles.
13 How is the milk production regulated by hormones in
A rising level of FSH stimulates the growth of ovarian
human female? Explain. follicles and fornmation of estrogen.
Ans. Prolactin hormone controls the synthesis of milk
proteins What are the different phases of menstrual cycle ?
mammary gland. Progesterone controls the development Ans. The cyclic changes in the reproductive tract of the human
In
mammary glands and the release of milk female extend over 28 days, but variations from 24 to 35
of alveoli of
during lactation stimulated by the rise in the level of days are normal.
oxytocin. The menstrual cycle is divided in to four phases
14 Name two hormones released from placenta
during
() The menstrual phasein which the endometrium is shed
pregnancy. from the body.
Ans. (a) Human Chorionic Gonadotropin (HCG) (i) The follicular (proliferative) phase in which the
(HCS)
(6) Human Chorionic Somatomammotropin endometrium regenerates.
or, Human Placntal Lactogen (HPL). (iii) The ovulation phase in which the egg cell (ovum) is
released.
1s Write the function of fibrae and oxytocin. Y
ovary oxytocin cause (iv)The luteal (secretory) phase in which the endometrium
Ans. Fibrae collects the ova released by
parturition and production of milk. basir secrets nutrients in preparation for implantation.
contraction for
uterine
<br>

CLASS XII, - 202

[14] BIOLOGY Morma's aAt arcSA
stimulatcd. prevents It
DO new folliclcs maturation
Descrilbe Gastrulation and form:ntion of ger layer: ovulation
of any other Graalian follicle and
Ans. Gastrulation is a process in which morphogenetic 13 Deseribe bricfly the structurC of human
sperm
movemcnt of cclls inside blastocyst takes placc. At he sperm.
cnd of gastrulation thrce germ layer are formcd. O: Draw a labelled diagram of
Formation of three germla'Cr Ans. TIhc maturc human
sperm have thrce. distinct parts-a
hcad ofa spermatoZOon head,
midpiccc and tail. The
a
() Some cells of inner ccll mass get scparated and a

a haploid set of chromosomes

contains
distrilbuted into the blastococl orming irst the nuclcus having It is in a
COmpact and inactivc
state. covered by specialized
a
endodenal cclls. These cells divicde rapidly forming
a sccondary laycr bclow
blastocyst. acrosomc. The acrosomc contains hydrolytic enzymes
cgg.
The rcmaining cells of inner cell mass arrang° ncedcd to penctratc the
themsclves toning embryonie dise. The head is followed by the cylindrical midpiece, which
(1) Caudal region of embryonic disc separated forming contains the mitochondria. The short neck contains
mesodermal layer. distinct granules-the proximal and distal centrioler
proximal centriole plays
a
crucial role during the first
(ii) After the tormnation of mesoderm the remaining cells
division of the fertilized ovum. The distal one gives
of cmlbryonic disc arranged themselves forming attachment to the axial filament of the long tail oftthe sperm.
cctodemal layer.
Write the technical term for intimate connection The tail is made up of
a
central axial filament surroundedac
beween the developing the foetus and maternal uterine by a small amount of cytoplasm and cell membrane
1 all for exchange
materials. external sheath. The sperm locomotes by the undulating
Ans. Placenta- The placenta is an organ that connects movement of the tail.
developing foetus to the uterine wall to allow nutrient the
Plasma membrane
uptake, waste elimination and gas exchange Acrosome
via the -Nucleus containing
mother's blood supply, fight against internal infection and chromosomal material
produce hormones to support pregnancy. Neck
11 Differentiate between
Morula and Blastula. Middle piece
Ans. Morula Mitochondria
Blastula
(a) It is a solid mass of (a) It is a hollow mass of
Tail
daughter cells formed cells having a central
by cleavage of Zygote. cavity called blastocoel.
(b) It has 16 identical cells.(b) It has an outer cell layer,
trophoblast and inner 14 Describe the structure of Seminiferous tubules ?
cell mass.
Ans. Seminiferous tubule is made up ofa single layer of male
12 What is Menstruation ? What are the specific actions germ cells and large sertoli cells.
of FSH, LH and estrogens, progesterone with reference The male germ cell
undergoes spermatogenesis to produce spermatocytes,
to menstrual cycle ? spermatids and sperm. The region out side the seminiferous
Ans. Menstruation means the discharge tubules called interstitial spaces having connective tissue
of blood and of
fragments of endometrium from the vagina at intervals of and leyding cells. Leyding cell synthesises and secretes
28 days in women of childbearing age. It is that stage of the male sex hormones
menstrual cycle during which the endometrium, thickened testosterone is principle one.called androgens of which
in readiness to receive a fertilized egg cell, is shed because
fertilization has not occurred. Itoccurs on days to 5 of a
1

new cycle.
Role of Hormones in the menstrual cycle Interstitial cell

FSH (Follicle stimulating hormone)

Spermatogonia
(i) FSH stimulates the ripening of the follicles in the ovary
and the maturation of an ovum in it, during Spermatozoa
proliferative
phase.
(i)) It also stimulates the secretion
of estrogens from the Sertoli cell
follicle cells.
LH (Luteinising lhormone)
15 Draw a labelled diagram a
of section through ov#ly*
(i) LH stimulates ovulation. O, Draw a sectional view
of human ovary showins
different stages of oogenesis.
(iü) It causes the
Graafian follicle to develop Ans. Diagrammatic
luteum. into a corpus Section view of ovar
(iii) It stimulates synthesis
luteum. of progesterone by the corpus Primary follicle
Progesterone Blood Tertiary follicle
vessels showing antrum
(i) Progesterone causes Graafian follicle
grow into spiral-shaped blood
the endometrium. vessels to
begins to sccrete This thickencd lining
an embryo to nutrients and mucus to prepare
be implanted. for
(ii) During secretory
phase the high levels
inhibit the production of progesterone Ô-Ovum
levels are high, the of FSH. As long as progesterone
endometrium is maintained Corpus
and luteum
<br>

- XII, 2025 PRPS BroLOGY [151

ferma' anf sa° CLASs
Long Answer 'Type Qucstions
6 Label (a) to G) in the diagram given below
What is Spermatogenesis ? Briefly describe the process
1Urinary baldder
(a) of spermatogenesis.
(b)
Or: Write a bricf account of spermatogenesis with
Seminal vesiclo suitable labelcd diagram ?
Prostate O: Describe the process of spermatogenesis with
-Bulbourethral gland suitablc diagram.
(c) O; Explain the process of spermatogenesis in human.
Ans. Thc proccss of formation of haploid spermatozoa from
(d)
-(i)
as
(e)
diploid spermatogonia in the male gonad is called
spermatogenesis.
Seminiferous tubules are the sites of this process. The
(9) (h)
epithelium lining of seminiferous tubule is called germinal
epithelium
epithelium. The supporting cell of germinal process
Ans. (a) Urcter, produce sertoli cells. These cells develop for
(b) Vas deferens, supporting and nourishing products of spermatogenesis.
(c) Epididymis, Spermatogenesis takes place in following phases
(d) Vasacfterentia, (i) Multiplication Phase- The sperm mnother cells present
(c) Rete testis, in the germinal layer of seminiferous tubules of testis
enlarge to divide mitotically to form spermatogonia.
() Testicular Lobules, a
(ii)) Growth phase- Some of them enter period of growth
(g) Glans penis, and are called primary spermatocytes which are
(h) Foreskin. diploid. to
(i) Testis, (iii) Matuation phase- These cells divide meiotically
form two haploid; secondary spermatocytes. Each
(i) Urethra. spermato-cytes. Each secondary
secondary
17 Draw a labelled diagram of female reproductive spermatocytes forms haploid spermatids.
System. develop into complete
(iv) Spermiogenesis- Thesepossess
Ans. Diagrammatic sectional view af female pelvis showing spermnatozoan. These head which are
reproductive system embedded in the nourishing cells called sertoli cells.
The process of conversion of spermatid sperm into
spermatozoan is called spermiogenesis. The
-Cervix tail.
consists of acrosome (head), nucleous and
Uterus Rectum The spermatogenesis is controlled by hormones (FSH) of
occurs
Urinary bladder
anterior lobe of pituitary gland. Spermatogenesis
Pubic symphysis Vagina in the seminiferous tubules of testis.
Urethra 2 What is Fertilization ? Describe the changes that occur
Clitoris -Anus in the sperm and ovum during fertilization ?
Labiumn minora
Ans. The process of fusion of a sperm with an
ovum is called
Labium majora
Vaginal orifice
fertilization. an
Diagrammatic sectional view of the female
reproductive During the acts sexual intercourse, a man ejaculates
average of 300 million sperms into the vagina. This
System tremendous number is needed because of high sperm
Uterine
Uterine
fundus
fatality-- only about 100 survive to enter each fallopian
cavity Isthmus tube. During their passage through the female reproductive
Ampulla
Fallopian tract, the sperm gains the ability to fertilize an ovum. This
tube process is called capacitation. It takes about 5-6 hours for
Infundibulum
capacitation. Fertilization normally occurs in the fallopian
Endometrium - Ovary tubes.
Myometrium Fimbriae
Perimetrium First polar Zona
Cervix Zona body pellucida Pronucdei
Cervical canal pellucida

(vagna
(e) in the diagram given
18 Label (a), (b), (c), (d) and
below Polar
bodies
ULerine
Uterine
cavity
fundus
(c) The activated spernatoz0a ndergo acrosomal reaction and on
(e) release various chemicals, like hyaluronidase that acts
(d)
the ground substances of follicle cells,
corona penetrating
Infundibulum
cnzyme that dissolves corona radiata, and zona lysine or
(a) Ovary
Fimbriao acrosin that help to digest the zona pellucida. All these
chemicals are contained in the acrosome, located at the tip
Perimetrium
Cervix the spernn head, and are collectively termed sperm lysins.
of

-Cervical canal
Fertillin proteins are present on sperm surface. Fertilization
as
-Vagina of egg with only one spermatozoan is known
monospermy.
Ans. (a) Endometrium, (b) Myometrium, Numerous physical and chemical changes occur in
(c) Isthmus, (d) Ampulla, response to egg-sperm binding. First, the egg becomes
(e) Fallopian tube.
 XIT
<br>

dAT OleGLASS
[16] BroLOGY ViRNAPRSS OSra's part
region. The homologous arc
possesses similar
genes.
They called XY linked
activatcd and undergocs denolarizntion of its membrane. two chromosomcs. region). Produced TDF genes, In
Second, the cgg exhibits corticnl enction and shows Z01n0 SRY (scx determining eg
reaction, which makes thc cg inpervious to any other determining factor. is the sperm
It smallest gene with testis,
only
Spem. This is how polyspemy, the cntry of more than basc pairs. Zíy
gene controls formation. 204
one spem into the cgg, is prevented from taking placc. Differentiate between spermatogenesis and oogenesi,
As the fertilizing sperm cnters the ovun it usually looSCS
its flagellum. The spcrm cntry stinmulates the cgB in hunans.
(sccondary oocytc) to completc its second meiotie division Ans. Differences between spermatogenesis and oogenesi
forming a sccond polar lbody and the female pronucleus. Spermatogenesis Oogenesis
The head of the haploid spem swvells to forn the male in the (a) It takes
pronucleus and fuses with the female pronucleus, forming (a) It takes place tubules place in the
Graafian follicles
the diploid nucleus of tlhe zygote. seminiferous ovary by ofthel
3 Descrilbe the stages of oogenesis in human female ? of the testis by repeated| division the repeated
division of spermato of oogonia in
O; What is Oogenesis ? Give a bricf account of the females.
Oogencsis. gonia in males. occurs
(b) It occurs in four stages(b)
It in three stages-
Or; Explain the process of oogencsis.
Spermatogenesis, Oocytogenesis,
Or: Define Oogenesis. process of
Describe the Meiosis-I, Meiosis-II Meiosis-I and
Oogencsis with suitable diagran?
Ans. OosCHCSS– Oogenesis is the process and Spermatogenesis. Meiosis-II.
gametes or ova in the ovary.
of formation of female Spermatogenesis (c) There is no such change
(c)
It consists of following phase involves the maturation
() Multiplication phase- Oogenesis is initiated during of spernmatids into
the emnbryonic development stage where million sperms.
number of gamete mother cell or oogonia are (d) Primary spermatocyte (d) Primary oocyte gives
produced. These cells start division and inter gives rise to four rise to one ovum and
into spermatozoa and three three polar bodies.
prophase lst of miotic division which temporarily
arrested. At this stage developing oogonia is called polar bodies.
primary oocytes. (e) Spermatozoa are motile|(e) Ova are non-motile andl
(ii) Growth phase- Each primary oocytes get surrounded and without food generally full of food
by a layer of granulose cells which is called primary reserves. reserve.
follicle. Primary follicle get surrounded by more layers
of granulose cells anda new theca to form secondary
follicles.
(iii) Maturation phase- In the first maturation phase 3. REPRODUCTIVE HEALTH
the
tertiary follicle. The primary oocyte within the tertiary
follicle grows in size and completes its first meiotic s Multiple Choice Type Questions
division to form a large haploid secondary oocyte and 1 Which of the following is tested by amniocentesis?
a tiny first polar body. The tertiary
follicle changes (a) Genetic disorder, (b) Sex determination,
into mature Graafian follicle which raptures to release (c) Health of embryo, (d) All
the secondary oocyte from the ovary by the process of 2
of these. Ans.(d)

ovulation. The method of directly injecting a sperm into ovum In

Assisted Reproductive Technology
The second maturation phase occurs during fertilization is called
when meiotic division of the secondary oocyte is (a) GIFT,
(b) ZIFT,
completed. This result in the formation of second polar (c) ICSI,
(d) ET. Ans.(¢)
body and a haploid ovum. 3 The correct surgical procedure as a contraceptive menu
Chromnosoall is
number per Oogonia (a) Ovariectomy,
46 Mitosis differentiation (c) Vasectomy, (b) Hysterectomy,
Ans.(¢)
Fetal life
Primary oocyte
(d) Castration.
Progenterone pills prevent pregnancy
1st meiotic division (a) Egg formation, by blocking
Birth (Completed prior to
Ovulatlon) (c) Implantation, (b) Fertilization,
(d) Ans()
The device used by woman None of these.
23
5
Secondary oocyte
First
poler body (a) Diaphragm, for birth control 1$
23
Adult
reproductivo Ovum (c) Copper T, (b) Condom, Ans.(c)
Second
poler body 6 World AIDS Day (d) All of these.
is celebrated on
4 How does the sex-determination take place in human ? (a) 21st December,
(c) lst November, (b) Ist December,
Ans. X%X-XY. This type of sex determination is found in Ans.(b)
mammals and in some insects including fruit fly drasophila,. 7 AIDS was first (d) 11th June.
The female is homomorphic with two similar sex (a) USA,
reported in
chromosomes, XX. The male is Heleromorphy with one (c) Ghana, (b) Nigeria, Ans(9)
X-chromosome similar to that of female and one shorter Sexually transmitted (d) India.
and morphologically different Y-chromosome., The (a) Measles, disease is
Y-chromosome of Drosophila is, however, longer than
X-chromosomes. It is also hooked. Despite difference in (c) Gonorrhoea, (b) TB Ans(c)
morphology, the X and Y chromosome synapse during Process in
which
(d) Typhoid. called
fallopian tubes are s
zygotene. The synopsing part is called differential rerion tied and cut, is
as

The region which does not synapse is called differentinl (a) Vasectomy,
(c) MTP, ils (b) Tubectomy, Ans()
(d) ICSI.
<br>

olerma's - XII,
atfrCLASS
Vhich ofthe following discasc is not sexunlly trnnsmitted
20258P 98BroLOGY [17]
? 28 The main constitucnt of oral contraceptivc pill is- !
(a) Gonorhoca, (b) Sylhilis, cstrogen,
(n) Progcstcronc
(c) Hepcs, (d) Malarin. Ans.(d) (b) Growth hormonc,
11
Vhich is sexually transmitted discnsc ? (c) Thyroxinc,
(a) Gonorhocn, (b) Urethritis,
(d) Luteinizing hormonc. Ans.(a)
. (c) AIDS, (d) Al of thesc. Ans.(d) 29 Population growth in India is / arc the cause of
Medical Temnination of Pregnancy (MT) is considered
eafe un to how many wecks (a) Incrcasc in birth ratc,
of pregnaney ? (b) Declinc in death ratc,
(a) 8 vccks, (b) 12 wecks,
(c) Lack of cducation,
(c) 18 wecks,
. (d) 6 wecks,
Fanmily planning in India was startecd in
Ans.(b) (d) All of thcsc.
30 Lactational amenorrhoca means
(a) 19$1, (b) 1961,
(a) Absence of mensturation during pregnancy,t
(c) 1971, (d) 1981. Ans.(a)
The correct sutgical pTOCcdure as a contraceptive method (b) Absence of mensturation during lactation,
14
is (c) Excessive bleeding during mensturation,
Ans.(b)
(a) Ovaricctomy. (b) Hystercctomy, (d) No production and secretion of milk.
(c) Vascctomy., (d) Castration. 31 Medical termination of pregnancy is safe upto
Ans.(c)
,E Medical ternminationof pregnancy (MTP) was legalised in (a) 8 weeks of pregnancy,
India in (b) 12 weeks of pregnancy,
(a) 19S1. (b) 1961, (c) 18 weeks of pregnancy,
(d) 24 weeks of pregnancy. Ans.(c)
(c) 1971, (d) 1987. Ans.(c)
16 Gonorrhea occurs due to 32 What is the function of copper T ?
(a) Protozoa, (b) Bacteria, (a) Inhibiting ovulation,
(c) Virus, (d) Yeast. Ans.(b) (b) Preventing fertilization,
17 HIV causes (c) Preventing implantation blastocyst,
(d) Stopping gametogenesis. Ans.(b)
(a) Syphilis, (b) Gonorrhea,
(c) AIDS, (d) Herpes. Ans.(c) 33 Hepatitis B is transmitted through
18 Which of the following is not a Sexually Transmitted (a) Blood transfusion,
Disease ? (b) Intimate physical relationship,
(a) Hepatitis B, (b) Gonorrhoea, (c) Sexually,
Ans.(d)
(c) Typhoid, (d) Syphilis. Ans.(c) (d) All of these.
19 Sterilization in male is called 34 Copper-T prevents-
(a) Vasectomy, (b) Tubectomy, (a) Ovulation,
(c) Termination, (d) Emasculation. Ans.(d) (b) Fertilization of egg,
20 Diaphragm, Cervical Cap and Vaults are examples of (c) Implantation of embryo,
(a) Surgical method, (b) Natural method, (d) Both (b) and (c). 2upaabAns.(d)
(c) Barrier method, (d) Chemical method. Ans.(c) 35 Device for birth control isbs i ltle:l
is 1located at
2

21 Central Drug Research Institute (CDRI) (a) Hormonal mnethod,aiacsl

a) Delhi (b) Kolkata (b) Natural method,
Ans.(c) (c) Mechanical method,
(c) Lucknow (d) Ranchi.
a birth control ? Ans.(d)
22 Which of the following is method of (d) All of these.
(a) IVE, (b) ZIFT, 36 Cu ions released from copper releasing Intra Uterine
Ans.(c)
(d) ART. Devices (IUDs)
(c) IUDs, ?
23 Which of the following is a sex linked disease (a) Prevent ovulation,
Phenylketonuria, (b) make uterus unsuitable for implantation,
(a) Down's syndrome, (b) Ans.(d)
cell anaemia, (d) Haemophilia. (c) increase phagocytosis sperms,
(c) Sickle
24 Surgical sterilization in male
is called as Sto(d) suppress sperm motility.
Ans.(d)
are secreted by the
(b) Vasectomy, 37 Which of the following hormones
(a) Tubectomy, Ans.(b) l Placenta ?
(d) None of these.
(c) Emasculation, are caused by bacteria ? D
(a) Estrogen and Progesteroneels
25 Which of the following SIDs n

(a) AIDS and Genital Herpes,2 (b) Relaxin

(c) H.C.G
(b) Syphilis and Gonorrhoca, hietidh i
(d) All of these.
Trichomoniasis and Scabies,
38 STD stands tor
(C) Ans.(b)
within
(d) All of these. effective is used (a) Sexually Transmitted Diseases,
mergency contraceptius are t
(b) Sex related transterred diseases,t
sot id
(a) 72 hours of coitus, sor(c) Sexually transterred diseases,t tt isoe Ans.(a)
(b) 72 hours of ovulation, 1
(d) None of these. o
Ans (a)
(c) 72 hours of mensturation, in a method used to-it
39 Amniocentesis is
(d) 72 hours of implantation. an baby,
essioiad 2(a) detect genetic disorders in unborn
1UDs release copper ion to-h (b) medical termination of pregnanc.
ovulation,olletf
3
its
(2) Frevent (c) Fertilize the egg. Ans.(a)
(b) Suppress mortility, sperm, l i1012
(d) Prevent ovulation.
(C) Increase phagocytosis of implantation. Ans.(b)
unstaible for
(4) Make uterus
<br>

CLASS - XII,
SA° 2025
[18] BiOLOGY orma's
any four sexually
Write
transmitted disease with
their
40 Which of the following pair is not correctly matched ?
causative organisms.
Causative organism
(a) Menarche The first menstruation nt puberty, Disease
(b) MenopausC Cessation of menstrual cyclc, Ans. Gonorrhoca (Bacteria) Neisseria gonorrhoeae
: Remaining part (i) (Bacteria) Treponema pallidum.
(c) Corpus luteum of Graflian (ii) Siphilis
follicle afler ovulation, (Virus) Herpes simplex virus II
(d) None of these. Ans.(d) (iii) Hcrpcs (Virus) Human immnuno deficiency
(iv) AIDS virus (HIV).
Very ShortAnswer Iype Questions
What is IVE" Type Questions
Ans. Thc expanded forn of IVE is In Vitro Fertilization. It is K Long Answer
describe the aims and objectives
of reproductive
Bricfly
artificially done outside the body under similar conditions. programmes in India.
health health prograhmos
What is the safe period for MTP ?
First 1rimester. i.e. upto 12 weeks of pregnancy is
Ans. Ainms and objectives of reproductive and females abos
To create awareness in both males
Ans,
(i)
considered as the safe period for MTP. various reproduction related aspects with the heln of
\What do you understand by population explosion. Government and
3 audio-visual and print media of both
Ans. The trenmendous increase in the size and growth rate or non-government agencies. Parents, can other close
play an
population is called population explosion. relatives, teachers and other friends information
Name the surgical methods of contraceptions. important role in dissemination of such
Ans, \asectony in males and tubectomy in females. (ii) To provide sex education in the
schools to save the
1Write the full forn of IUI and IUT. young school-goers from myths and misconceptions
Ans. IUI-Intra Uterine Insemination. about the sex-related issues.
diseases
IUT - Intra Uterine Transfer. (iii) To prevent and control sexually transmitted
Expand IUD and MTP. by providing proper information about reproductive
Ans. IUD- Intra Uterine Device. organs, adolescence and safe and hygienic sexual
MTP- Medical Termination of Pregnancy. practices.
those in
(iv) To educate the fertile couples and measures.
7 Expand M.R.I. and N.M.R.
Ans. M.R.I- Magnetic Resonance Imaging, marriageable age-group about birth control
pre-natal and post-natal care of mothers and child,
N.M.R.-Nuclear Magnetic Resonance. importance of breast feeding for a few months, etc.
Short Answer Type Questions (v) Adolescent Health Counselling centres should be
insemination ?
What is artificial developed at various places manned by trained and
Ans. It is a technique in which the semen collected either from friendly counsellors assuring confidentiality without
the husband or a healthy donor is artificially introduced being demoralizing.
either into the vagina or into the uterus of the female. 2 What is Infertility ? Suggest some methods to assist
2 What are Test Tube Babies ? Briefly explain. infertile couples to have children.
Or, What is Test Tube Baby ? Ans. Inability to conceive or produce children even after two
Ans. A women who cannot conceive can have baby by some
a years ofunprotected sexual cohabitation is called infertility.
Special technique. Ovum from mother is taken out, Various methods are now available to help such couples.
fertilized in the lab and the embryo is reimplanted into the These are
uterus. Embryo develops into a normal baby. The offspring (i) In vitro fertilization. Patient's eggs and her partner's
thus produced is calleda test tube baby. It is developed by sperm are collected and mixed together in a laborator
IVE.in-vitro fertilization and enbryo transfer techniques. to achieve fertilization outside the body. The embryos
3 How many types of blood groups are found in human produced may then be transferred into the female
being ? Which blood group is universal donor ? patient. It is commonly knows as the Test Tube Baby'
Ans. There are 4 types of blood groups. They are A, B, AB Programme.
and O. (i1) Gamete intra fallopian transfer (GIFT). A procedure
Blood group is universal donor.
wvith
in which eggs are retrieved
sperm and immediately replaced from a woman, mixed o
4 Briefly explain permanent mnethods for contraception. in one or other
Ans Sterilization 1s permanent and sure method for the woman's fallopian tubes so that they fertilize insie
contraception. Surgical intervention blocks gamete the body (in vivo).
transport and therapy prevents conception. It is done by (1) Intra cytoplasmic sperm injection (1cS). A laboratory
Vasectomy in males and tubectomy in females procedure in which sperm and eggs are retrieved from
vasectomy, a small part of the vas deferens is removed or both partners. single sperm into
is injected directly
A

tied up through a smal! incision on the scrotum. In an egg,

then the fertilized egg is implanted into the
tubectomy, a small part o1 the fallopian tube is renmoved or woman's uterus.
tied up through a small incision in the abdomen or through (iV) Artificial insemination (AI) technique.
vagina. In
technique, the semen collected either from the husband
5 Write short note on Infertility. or a
healthy donor is artificially introduced either
into
Ans. Infertility is an inability of producing
child by a couple the vagina or into the uterus (IU– intrauterine
having unprotected sex. Generally female is
this inability but sometime problem also blamed for insemination) of the female.
Specialised health care unit help in
lies in male. 3 Write short essay on reproductive health.
diagnosis and treatment
of these disorder. Correct treatments Ans.A
society with people having physically and functionally
enable and
having child. The infertile couples these couples normal reproductive organ and normal emotional
Assisted Reproductive Technologies have children through behavioural interactions among them in all sex related
technology involves test tube (ART). This aspects might be called reproductive health.
programmes, Gamete
Intrafallopian Transfer (GIFT)baby Importance and Care
andArtificial Insemination
(t (AI). (i) The first steps towards reproductive health is
people
counselling and creating awareness among
<br>

ferma's x
Af sa CLASS
about reproductive organs, adolscemc und nssociatcd
-
XII, 2025 BIoLOGY
u
[191
41Column A
Column Bwq
changcs, safc and hygicnic sexual practices, scxually (i) Testis
transmittcd discascs (STD's) ctc.
(a) Acrosome
(b) Graafian Follicle (ii) Sperm
u
(ii) The programmes like reproductive and child hcalth (c) Leyding Cells(ii) Ovary
care for providing medical facilitics and carc to
problenms like menstrual irregularitics pregnancy (d) Spermatogonia (iv) Organisms causing disease
related aspects, delivcry, MTP, STD's birth control, (c) Vector Dn (v) Zygote
infertility, postnatal child and maternal managcment. () Fertilization (vi) Sperm
(iii)The STD's can be preventcd by observing simplc ()
(ii), (b) (iii),
-
).
Ans. (a)
precautions like avoiding sexual intercourse with (d) (vi), (e) (1V), () (v).
unknown parents, usc of condomes during coitus etc.
iv) Infertile couples ColumnA Column B
programmes like test tubeassisted
and
through various
baby programme. (a) Cashew nut (i) Mesocarpx-kX
3

Deseribe any (b) Coconut (ii) Arilqit

4 tiwo surgical methods to prevent any more (
pregnancies. (c) Ground nut (iii) Endosperm
Ans. Surgical
methods, also called sterilisation, are generally (d) Litchi (iv) Cotyledons
adviscd for the male/female partner as a terminal method
to prevent any more pregnancies. Surgical
(e) Mango (v) Seedkho
intervention Ans. (a) (iv), (b) (iii), (c) (v)
blocks gamete transport and thereby prevent conception. (ii), (e) ().aith
n
(d)
Sterilisation procedure in male is called vasectomy' and
that in female 'tubectomy'. 6 Column A Column B
(a) Zygote (i) Triploid
Falloplan tubes (b) Endosperm (ii) Haploid
(iii) Diplojds
tied and cut
Vas deferens (c) Pollen grain
tied and cut
(d) Testis (iv) Ovary
(e) Progesterone (v) Spermatid
Ans.(a) (iii), (b) (i), (c) (ii).
(d) (v), (e) (iv).
Vasectomy Tubectomy 7 Column A Column B
(a) Corpusluteum (i) Spermatogenesis
In vasectomy, a small part of the vas deferens is removed
or tied up through a small incision on the scrotum where (b) Testis (ii) Progesterone
as in tubectomy, a small part of the fallopian tube is Ans.(a) (ii), (b) (i).
removed or tied up through a small incision in the abdomen
or through vagina. These techniques are highly effective
but thir reversibility is very poor.
O
GENETICS AND EvOLUTION
Match the following from Column-A with Column-B
1
Column A Column B
(a) Somatic hybridization (i) Aril 4. PRINCIPLES OF INHERITANCE AND VARIATION
(b) Litchi (ii) Blood cholesterol lowering agent
(c) Statin (iii) Pomato K Multiple Choice Type Questions
(d) Sporopollenin (iv) Endosperm When the genotype of an organism contains two identical
j (e) Coconut (v) Pollen grain alleles, the organism is considered as
Ans.(a)
(iii),(b) (),(c) (ii), (a) Homozygous, (b) heterozygous,
(d) (v), (e) (iv). (c) recessive, (d) dominant. Ans.(a)
2 To determine the genotype of a tall plant at F2, Mendel
t Column A Column B crossed the tall plant from F2 with a dwarf plant. This is
(a) Vasectomy (i) Protozoans disease called a
Fallopian Tube t
(b) Menopause(ii) (a) Monohybrid cross, (b) Dihybrid cross,o
(c) Tubectomy 'skh (iii) Vasa differens (c) Test cross, (d) Self cross. i Ans.(c)
(d) Production of ova (iv) Ceasation of menstrual cycle 3 Genes which code for a pair of contrasting traits are known
as
(e)
Amocbiasis (v) Oogenesis
Ans.(a) (iii), (iv), (i), (a) Jumping genes, (b) Alleles,
(b)
eg
(d) (), (c) ().t ().(c) Split genes, (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
3 4 Which of the following is an example of homogamnetic ?
Column A Column B (a) Human, (b) Papaya,
(a) Biosphere Reserve (i) Polar bodyts (ol(c) Cladophora, (d) Amoeba. Ans.(c)
ajk.leJ
(b) Oogenesi521 (ii) Core zone 5 The phenotypic ratio for a dihybrid cross is-statA
(c) DNA (iii) Ovulation (a) 1:2:
1

(b) 3: 1

i)(d) 14th day (iv) Replication ic r(c) 9:4 (d) 9:3:3: 1 l ne Ans.(d)
ne&r ich (V)Testosteronee stli 6 The phenotypic ratio in the F2 generation of a dihybrid
(t) Testis (vi) Placenta cross is
Ans.(a) (i1), (b) (iii),g. (¢) (iv), (a) 12:3:1, (b) 9:3:3:1,. ()
(d) (i), (e) (vi),f) (v). id) (c) 12:3:4, (d) 3 : 1. OS S Ans.(b)
 CLASS- XII, 2025
<br>

[20] BrOLOGY of contrasting characters were

studied by
23 How many pairs
7 Who proposed the thcory of lnheritancc of acquired Mendel ?
characters ? (b) 6 pairs,
(a) 5 pairs, (d) 8 pairs.
(a) Darwin, (b) Lamarck, Ans.(c)
Ans.(b)
t (c) 7 pairs, was rediscovered by
(c) Hugo de Vries,
24 Mendel's principle
(d) Miller.
8 If a genctic disease is transferred firom a phenotypically (b) E. von Tschermak,
(a) Hugo de vries, (d) All of them.
nomal but carrier female to only some ofthe male progcny, (c) Correns,
Ans.(d)
the disease is AB Blood group in human is an example of
(a) autosomal dominant, 25 (b) Incomplete dominance,
(b) autosomal recessive, (a) Co-dominance, (d) None of these. Ans.(a)
(c) Multiple alleles, on
(c) sex-linked dominant. based
26 Darwin's theory
is
(d) sex-linked recessive. Ans.(d)
(a) Natural selection, (b)
Acquired character
XX-XOtype and XX-XY type of sex determination are Mutation, (d) Struggle for existence. Ans (al
the examples of (c) cross will give the ratio of1.
(a) Fenmale heterogamety, 27 Which of the following
x
(a) TT TT, (b) TT × tt,
(b) Male homogamety, (d) Tt tt.
>x
Ans.(d)
(c) Male heterogamety, (c) Tt x Tt, was proved doing
28 The chromosomal theory of inheritance 2
(d) Both (b) and (c). Ans.(c) on fruit fly (Drosophila melanogaster) by
experiment
10 Which genetic disease is caused by the trisomy of 21st (b) Thomas Hunt Morgan,
(a) Mendel,
chromosome ? Sutton and Boveri, (d) Henking.
(c) Ans.(b)
(a) Turner's syndrome,
29 p²+ 2pq + q= is the binomninal expression of
1

(b) Down's syndrome, (a) (p + )', (b) (p- ),

(c) Haemophilia, (c) (p x )', (d) (p/q)² Ans.(a)
(d) Klinefelter's syndrome. Ans.(b) 30 Anticodons are present in
11 Law of Dominance was given by
(a) m-RNA, (b) r-RNA,
(a) Darwin, (b) Mendel, (c) t-RNA, (d) All of these. Ans.(d)
(c) Lanark, (d) Halden. Ans.(b) 31 Sickle-cell anaemia is expressed only in
12 Law of use and disuse of organs was given by (a) Hbs (HbS HbS), (b) HbA,
(a) Mendel, (b) Darwin, (c) Both (a) and (b), (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
(c) De Varies, (d) Lamark. Ans.(d) 32 A cross between hybrid and recessive parent is called
13 Which ofthe following is the sex linked recessive disease? (a) Back cross, (b) Test cross,
(a) Sickle cell, (b) Haenmophilia, (c) Monohybrid cross, (d) Dihybrid cross. Ans.(b)
(c) Phenylketonuria, (d) Down syndrome. Ans.(a) 33 The concept of natural selection was given by
14 Law of use and disuse of organs was proposed by (a) Lamarck, (b) Weismann,
(a) Mendel, (b) Darwin, (c) Charles Darwin, (d) Morgan. Ans.(c)
(c) De Vries, (d) Lanarck. Ans.(d) 34 Oenothera lamarckiana was the plant used by Hugo De
15 AColour-blind person cannot distinguish Varies to establish the theory
of
(a) All Colours, (b) Red, (a) Genetics, (b) Mutation,
(c) Green, (d) Red and Green. (c) Evolution, (d) Ecology. Ans.(b)
Ans.(d)
16 Which one of the following is the genotypic ratio in 35 When only one pair of contrasting traits are considered in
monohybrid cross a cross, it is called ?
(a) Monohybrid cross, (b)
(a) 9:3:3:1, (b) 1:2:1, Dihybrid cross,
(c) Single cross, (d) Double cross.
(c) 9:7, (d) 3:
1.
Ans.(b) 36 Enzyme used in cutting DNA at
Ans.(a)
17 What is the reason of down syndrome or Mongolism in specific site
children (a) DNA ligase, is
(b) Restriction endonuclease,
(a) NIlisome, (c) Ribozyme,
(b) Gene mutation,
37 Crossing over takes place (d) Lysozyme. Ans.(b)
(c) Trisomy, (d) None of these. Ans.(c) during which of the following
18 Who is considered as father of genetics ?
stages ?
(a) Diplotene,
(a) Morgan, (b) Mendel, (c) Leptotene, (b) Pachytene,
(c) Hugo - de- vries, (d) Darwin.ortw Ans.(b) 38
(d) Diakinesis. Ans.(a)
19 Mendel's factors are today called as- The two contrasting aspects of the same
Mendel's experiment are character used
(a) Gene, (b) Chromosome,
tl (a) Gene, called
(c) Mitochondria, (d) None. (c) Genotype, (b) Phenotype,
Ans.(a) Ans.(d)
20 An exception of Mendel's law is-lbt 39 "Struggle for existence"(d) Allelomorph.
(a) Dominance,(b) Indepcndent assortment, given by in natural selection theory
() (c) Linkage, isn (d) Purity of gamete.Ans.(c) (a) Lamark,
21 Morgans experiments were on- (b) Fischer,
0rstry ri (c) Darwin,
(a) House fly, (b) Fruit fly, 40 HOW many sex chromosomes (d) Muller. Ans.(©)
h(c) Sand fly, (d) Mosquito. (a) 1
are present in human i
22 The chromosomal type Ans.(b) pair,
of sex-determination in human (c) 3 pair, (b) 2 pair,
being
is
(a) XX-X0,
41 The (d) 4 pair.
phenomenon of Incomplete
Ans.(a)
(b) XX-XY, Dominance observed
)(c) ZZ-ZO, in is
(d) ZZ-ZW. (a) Blood Group,
Ans.(b) (c) Snapdragon, (b) Human Skin colour,
(d) All of these. Ans.(C)
<br>

Verma's af ®
CLASS - XII,
12
Chromosomal theory of lnheritanec was given lby
2025Vt SPRUSS BIoLoGY [211
62 If the number of chromosome in female bee is 32, then
(a) Morgan, (b) Sutton nd Boveri, what would bc thc number of chromnosomes in male bee ?
(c) Hugo de vries, (d) Grcgor J. Mendcl. Ans.(b) (a) 32,
43
(b) 16,
Mendel monohybrid ratio is (C) 8, (d) 64. Ans.(b)
(a) 2: 1, (b) 3 :
1,
63 Which of the following statement is correct ?
(c) 9:3:3:1, (d) 9: 7.
Ans.(b) (a) Primary immunc response is very fast.
S Phenotypic ratio ofa
1
Dihybrid Cross is-
(b) Sccondary immune response is slow.
(a) 1:2: (b) 3:1 (c) Vaccination works on the principle of Memory of
(c) I:1 (d) 9:3:3:1. Ans.(d) immunc systcm.
6 Which of tlhe follovwing rcprescntsa Test cross (d) Antibodics arc produced by T-lymphocytes. Ans.(c)
(a) TTx TT (b) 11 x tt
64 Ifa couple have 5 girls, then the percentage probability of
(c) Tt x Tt (d) Tt x tt. Ans.(d) 6th child to be a girl, will be
36 Morgan worked on-
(a) 25 %, (b) 50 %,
(a) Fruit fly. (b) House fly, (c) 75 %, (d) 100 %. Ans.(b)
(c) Honey bee. (d) Dragon fly. Ans.(a) 65 Which one of the following is an example of chromosomal
47 The transter of characters from one generation to another disorder ?
is callcd
(a) Haemophilia, (b) Thalassemia,
(a) Inheritance, (b) Heredity, Ans.(d)
(c) Phenylketonuria, (d) Down's syndrome.
(c) Variation. (d) Mutation. Ans.(b) 66 ABO blood grouping in human being is an example of
AS In hich of the following mentioned case we get
1: 1 ratio (a) Dominance,
(a) Sex linked, (b) Back Cross, (b) Co-dominance,
(c) Test Cross, (d) Dihybrid Cross. Ans.(b)
49 (c) Independent assortment,
Chromosomal theory of inheritance' was proposed by (d) Linkage. Ans.(b)
(a) Mendel, (b) Temin and Baltimore,
67 Crossing-over occurs between
(c) Sutton and Boveri, (d) Watson and Crick. Ans.(b) (a) Centrioles,
S0 An individual with a genotype SsTtUu will produce
(b) Centromeres,
gametes.
(c) Non-sister chromatids,
(a) 2, (b) 4,
(d) Sister chromatids. Ans.(c)
(c) 8, (d) 6. Ans.(c)
The Functional Unit
68 Inheritance of skin colour in human beings is an example
51 of Inheritance is of
(a) Gene, (b) Chromosome,
(a) Polygenic inheritance,
(c) DNA, All of these.
(d) Ans.(a)
(b) Mendelian inheritance,
52 Crosses between F1 offspring and either of their parents (c) Monogenic inheritance,
are known as

(d) Complementary genes. Ans.(a)

(a) Inbreeding, (b) Back cross,
(d) Test cross.
69 Which of the following plant was selected by Mendel for
(c) Dihybrid cross, Ans.(b)
53 Which of the following is known as Father of Genetics' ?
his experiments?
(a) Mirabilis jalapa,
(a) Mendel, (b) Johanson,
(b) Pisum sativum,
(c) Hugo de Vries, (d) Tsheremak. Ans.(a)
54 The transfer of characters from one generation to another
(c) Lathyrus odoratus,
(d) Oenothera lamarckiana. Ans.(b)
is called
(b) Heredity, 70 When a red skinned animal is crossed with white skinned
(a) Inheritance, animal then Roan coloured animal is produced in F,
(c) Variation, (d) Mutation. Ans.(a)
generation. This shows
SS The phenotypic ratio of incomplete dominance is (a) Co-dominance,
(a) 9:3:3:1, (b) 3: 1, (b) Conplete dominance,
(d) 9:4:3. Ans.(c)
(c) 1 :2: 1, (c) Incomplete dominant,
Só Chromosomal theory of Inheritance was proposed by
(d) Linkage. Ans.(a)
(a) Mendel, (b) T. H. Morgan, 71 Which law of Mendel is discarded by incomplete
(C) Sutton and Boveri, (d) Johansen. Ans.(b)
S7 Chromosomal theory of inheritance' was proposed by
0dominance ?
Law of dominance,
(a)
(a) de Vries, (b) Mendel, Law of segregation,
(b)
Ans.(d)
usa (c) Carl correns, (d) Sutton and Boveri. Law of independent assortment,
(c)
O6 Crosses between Fi offspring and either of their parents Ans.(b)
All of these.
(d)
Sa, are known as 72 Mycorrhizu is a relation between ?
(a) Inbreeding, (b) Back cross, (a) Higher plant roots and Glomus,
(c) Dihybrid cross, (d) Test cross. Ans.(b)
(b) Algue and fungi,
S9 The Functional Unit of Inheritance is
(c) Protozoans and algae,
(a) Gene,t (b) Chromosome,
(d) Leguminous roots and Rhizobium.
Ans.(a)
(c) DNA, (d) All of these.Ans.(0)
73 In sickle-cell anaemia, death
occurs when lethal genes are
o0 Snapdragon exhibits
present in
(a) Codominance, (b) Incomplete dominance, (a) Homozygous dominant
state,
(c) Epistasis, Ans.(b) state,
(d) Pleiotropy. (b) Homozygous recessive
Male and female bird has following set of chromosomes (c) codominant condition,
(a) Zz and ZW type, (b) ZZ and ZO type, (d) Homozygous. is2o 11h Ans.(b)
(c) XX and XO type, (d) XY and XX type.ta Ans.(a) ().
<br>

Vorma' -
[22] BroLOGY af tr CLASS XII, 2025
74 Which ofthe following Mendclian principle is also known Very ShortAnswer Type Questions
and Purity of Gamctcs ? What is a Test Cross ?
(a) Law of Scgrcgation, Ans. Test cross is a cross betwcen gnctically unknown
(b) Law of Dominaec,
individuals with a fully rcccssive traits to determine
(c) Lav of lndcpcndent Assortnnent,, whcther an individual is homozygous or hcterozygous.
(d) (b) and (c) only. Ans.(a) a person having
75 Which one of tlhe folloving is an cxccption to Mcndel's
2 Write the possible genotype of
Law
Turncrs Syndrome.
Ans. 44A + XO.
(a) lncomplcte dominance. What is Chromosomal disorder ?
(b) Linkage and erossing over,
Ans. The genetic disorders caused by chromosomal aberrations
(c) Co-Dominance,
and anomalies are known as chromosomal disorders. They
(d) Allof these. Ans.(d) are caused by mainly defective synapsis and disjunction
76 Father ofGenetics during meiosis. Example- Klinefelter's syndrome, Down
(a) Hargobind Khurana, syndrome, Turner syndrome.
(b) T. H. Morgan, 4 What is Mutation ?
(c) Temin and Baltimorc, Ans. The change in the nucleotide sequence of DNA is called
(d) Mendcl. Ans.(d) mutation.
77 Mendel conducted his cxperiments on
5 Give one example of male heterogamety.
(a) Pisum sativum (Pea), Ans. Human male having XY sex chromosome.
(b) Solanum melongena (Brinjal),
(c) Mangifera indica (Mango),
6 What is crossing over ?
Ans. The mechanism of recombination of the genes due to
(d) Triticum aestivum (Wheat). Ans.(a) interchange of chromosome segments at the time of
78 Which one is the Universal law of Mendelism ? synapsis of homologous chromosomne during meiosis is
(a) Law of Dominance, called crossing over.
(b) Law of Segregation, 7 What is Monohybrid Cross ?
(c) Law of Independent Assortment, Ans. The cross between two plants with a single contrasting
(d) Chromosomal law of inheritance. Ans.(b) character is called monohybrid cross.
79 In which of the following case, the Genotypic and Example- Tall (TT) × Dwarf (tt)
Phenotypic ratio willbe same ? 8 What is Recombination ?
g
(a) Multiple allelism, Ans. The rearrangement of linked genes due to crossing over in
(b) Co-Dominance, known as recombination. Recombination of genes in
(c) Pseudo-dominance, individuals also occurs due to chance separation of
(d) Incomplete dominance. Ans.d) chromosomes during gametogenesis and their random
80 A person having IAB genotype would show the blood coming together during fertilization.
CgTOup AB. This is because of What is Genetics ? Explain
-
(a) Codominance, Ans. The branch ofbiology that deals with heredity transmission
(b) Incomplete dominance, and the variation of inherited characteristics among similar
or related organism. It explains how traits as simple as eye
(c) Dominance,
(d) Chromosomal disorder. Ans.(a) colour or as complex as susceptibility to diseases run in
) families.
81 Which Mendelian principle is also known as 'Law of Purity
of Gametes' ? 10 What is meant by inheritance' ?
(a) Law of Dominance, Ans. Inheritance is the process by which characters are passed
on from parent to progeny. It is the basis of heredity.
(b) Law of Segregation,
11 Why in a test cross, did Mendel cross a tall pea plant
(c) Law of Independent Assortmnent,
(d) Chromosomal Theory of Inheritance. Ans.(b) with a dwarf pea plant only ?
means Ans. To determined the genotype of F2 generation.
82 In hybridization, the term 'back cross'
(a) A cross of F; hybrid with either of the parents, 12 A haemophilic son was born to normal parents. Give
(b) A cross of F, hybrid with another F hybrid,h he genotypes of the parents.
Ans, Father 44A+XY sex chromosome.
(c) A cross of F hybrid with hybrid of F2 tott V/
(d) None of these.
Ans.(b) 4d Mother 44A + XXh sex chromosome.
83 Which of the following is not considered as a riteria for xh is X chromosome with gene for haemophilia.
?
being a Genetic Material ? I d) 13 What is Variation
to generate it's renlica Ans. Variation is the degree by which progeny differs from their
(a) It should be able scope
(b) It should provide the for slow change. l parents.
(c) It should bc chemically and structurally stable. 14 Name he inheritance where both the genotype and
(d) It should bc highly unstable. Ans.(d) phenotype ratio are same.
can be defined as a crosss) Ans. In incompletedominance, the inheritance pattern has the
84 Test cross in plant
a
(a) between
F
hybrid with rcccssive genotype, (2) same genotypic and phenotypic ratio of : 2:1. 1

()
(b) between two dominant traits,ceseoi 15 Name one sex linking recessive disease.
(c) betwecen two recessivc traits,ilkiatb Ans. Haemophilia,
SW (d) between two F hybrids.irhsss laotAt Ans.(a) 16 Write the number of the opposite- paired characters
85 Which of the following pair is correctly matched ? on which Mendel work?
:
(a) Dihybrid cross (Phenotypic ratio) 9 :3:3:
I

Ans. 7
(b) Monohybrid cross (Phenotypic ratio):3: 1ch 17 1ftwo plants (aaBB and AaBB) are crossed, What will
(c) Monohybrid cross (Genotypic ratio) :1:2:1 Ibe the genotypie ratio of the Fi generation ?
(d.e (d) All of these. shse! Ans.(d) Ans. IAaBB: IaaBB
<br>

Yemes anf aa CASS - XIL,

.eName two sex-linked discases in hwmnn beings.
2025PANAPss
scvcn IEach of thc pairs of traits produccd by single allel.
BroLoGY [23)
Ans. 1Hacmophilia,
colour blindncss and night blimdness. No charactcr is thc product of genc intcraction.
10 Epand-
ns.
(() PTC, (ii) TDE, () PEC. Gencs for thesc scven pairs oftraits, arc located on separate
(i) PTC- Phenyl Thio-Carbamide, chromOsomes. Therc is no linkagc.
(ii) TDF- Test Detemining Pactor. ie On the basis of thc above characteristics Mendel could be
(iii) PEC- Poly lEthylene Glycol. ablc to give thc laws of complete dominance, law of
independent assortment and law of signification.
KShort Answer 1ype Questions 6 What is Crossing Over ? Write down the four stages
What the help ofa suitable monohybrid eross,
1

law of dominance in bricf. explain le

involved in crossing over. st
Ans. Law of dominancc states
Ans. Crossing over is the sequence of events takes place in
that onc allelc ofa pair of allcles, meosis cell division. Exchange of genetic material takes
prevents the expression of thc other. The allcle which is place during crossing over.
Cxpresscd in a hybrid is called dominant allele and the occurs
(i) Zygotene- Pairing of homologous chromosome
uncxpresscd one is temed recessive allele.
called synaps. At this stage homologous chromosomes
This can be cxplaincd through following monohybrid are called bivalent.
coss (ii) Pachytene- Homologous chromosome appeared as
T tetrade. Non-sister chromatids of homologous
Tall dwarf
p
chromosome cross over and exchange their genetic
material.
(iii) Diplotene- Bivalent chromosome separate from each
Tt Tall (hybrid) F,generation other but they remain attached by the formation of
chiasmata.
Or.
(iv) Diakinesis- Terminalisation ofchiasmata takes place.
Homologous chromosome separates from each other.
7 Discuss the phenomenon of 'Incomplete Dominance
Tt Tt Tt All hybrids F, generation with example.
Ans. Incomplete dominance- When the f has a phenotype that
does not resemble either of the two parents it is called
2 Why is Mendel known as father of genetics ? complete dominance. For example, in a cross between true
Ans. Gregor Johann Mendel (1866) demnonstrated the way in breeding red flowered (RR) and true- breeding white
s
which characters are transmitted fromn generation to flowered plants (rr), the Fi (Rr) was pink. When the Fi
generation. He suggested that each cell of an organism was self pollinated the F2 resulted in the ratio (RR) Red:
contains two factors for, each character, both ofwhich are 2(Rr) Pink: 1 (r) white. Here the genotype ratios were
separated and are passed on the different progeny through same but the phenotype ratio changed from the
different gametes. Thus, Mendel laid the foundation of 15th 3:1 dominant: recessive ratio. This is because R was not
genetics, the science of hereditary and variation, hence it complete dominant over r and it made it possible to
is proper to call him father of Genetics. distinguish Rr as pink from RR(red) and rr (white).
3 What is Point Mutation ? Give one example. What are Multiple Alleles ? Give two examples.
Ans. Mutation arising due to a change in single base pair of Ans. Incomplete dominance: It is the phenomenon in which
now
DNA is called point mutation. The term mutation is neither of the two alleles of a gene is completely dominant
used in rather strict sense to cover only those changes which over the other. The inheritance of flower colour in dog
alter the chemical structure of gene at molecular levels.can
un It
flower/ snapdragon (Antirrhinum majus) and that in
is a recurrent event because given length of DNA
a
Mirabilis jalapa. (40'clock plant) are examples of this
undergo only a limited number of chemical changes. phenonmenon.
The human disorder called sickle cell anemia is caused
by
When a cross is made between a red flowered plant of
a single base substitution in a gene. This alteration results snapdragon, the F hybrid has pink flowers.
at position 6
in the replacement of glutamic acid by valine When the F individual was self-pollinated has an F2 raised,
in the B polypeptide chain of haemoglobin,
making the
manifested only in the F, contained individuals bearing red, pink and white
latter haemoglobin S. The disorder is age flowers.
homozygous recessive state. It kills the victim by the 9 What is Codominance? Explain.
of 20 years. Ans. The situation in which two different alleles for a trait are
4 Write about Mendel in four lines. expressed unblended in the phenotype of heterozygous
Ans. Mendel wVas born on 22 July 1822 ina
farmer family. individuals. Neither allele is dominant or recessive, so that
1} Mendel is known as father of genctics. pea
Mendel was born
plants for his both influence the phenotype. Type AB blood is an
S4 in Silisian of Herizendro. He cho0se ti example. Such traits are said to be codominant.
selections, His died in 1884.Ct pea white
Mention Mendel's advantages in selecting the
Pgenoration Red (RR) ()e
plants for experiments. Gametes
Ans.
Characteristics of pea plant
() Contrasting characters. sclf-pollination. F, Gonoration All pink (Rr)
(ii) True breeding line i.e. continuous R R
(iii) Bisexual flowers. Gametes Red
RR
Gametes
5
(iv) Short life cycle. Pink
Rr
Pink
Rr
(v) Can be grown in open ground
or pol.e F, Generation
White
(vi) Has several pure varieties.
Li In seven pairs of traits selected by
Mendel, one trait is
so no incomplete caol Figure- A cross betveen red and white snapdragon, with
completely dominant over other there is ty the Fz progeny showing incomplete dominance.
dominance or co-dominance. uhet el
<br>

[24] BroLOGY Vorma' asf sr CLASS - XII, 2025

I0 How is sex-determined in human ? of separation of the members of the homologous pair (a
On Explain the mechanism of sex determination in of chronosomes during mciosis.stk
humans. Polyploid- Any organism in which the number of complete
Or, How docs the sex-determinnton take plnce in chromosome sct is higher than the diploid number is clled
hùman ? polypoid and phenomcnon is know as polyploidy.
Ans. In human XY type ofsex detemination is scen. Both males 16 What are differcences bctwecn Back cross and Test
and females have cqual umber of clhromosomes. Males Cross ?
have one X-chromosome and a smaller Y-chromosome. Ans. Differences between back cross and Test cross
While femalc have a pair of X-chromosomes. Hence male Back Cross Test Cross
have autosomcs +XY while females lhave autosomes +XX. cross are
This show male heterogamcty. (a) All back cross are not (a) AIl test
test cross. backcross.
(b) Back cross is done to (b) Test cross is done to
XX knew the genotype of know the genotype of
parents along with the progeny of Fi
rogemy. generation.
XX XY (c) In Back cross F, hybrid (c) In test cross F hybrid is
Male Female
is crossed with any of crossed back with
By the process of spermatogenesis male produce two types the parent either recessive parent.
of gamete 50% carrying X-chromosome and 50% carrying dominant or recessive.
Y-chromosome. However female produces only one type (d) F, is crossed either with (d) F hybrid is always
of gamete carrying X-chromosome. Sperm carrying X homoxygene or crossed with the
chromosome fertilizes the egg zygote will develop into heteroxygous parent. recessive parent.
female (XX) and if sperm carrying Y-chromosome fertilize
the ovum, the zygote develop into male (XY). 8 Long Answer Type Questions
11 The hu man male never passes on the gene for 1
Explain the law of Dominance and The Law of
haemophilia to his son. Why is it so ? segregation with the help of suitable examples.
Ans. The human male never passes on the gene for haemophilia Or, With suitable example explain the law of
is present on the X-chromosome. A male has only dominance and law of segregation.
X-chromosome, which he farther. Ans. Law ofdominance- states that one allele ofa pair ofalleles,
12 What is Male Heterogamny ? Give two examples of male prevents the expression of the other. The allele which is
heterogamy. expressed in a hybrid is called dominant allele and the
Ans. Heterogamy is the condition where two different types of unexpressed one is termed recessive allele.
gametes are produced from a single cell. Human males are This can be explained through following monohybrid
heterogamous for sex chromosomes that they produces two crosS
types of gametes one having X chromosomes and other T
Tall
t
dwarf
havinigY chromosomes.
Examples- Human male and Male fruit fly. 1
Tt Tall (hybrid) F, generation
13 Write the Chromosomal configuration of Klinefelter's
Ans.
syndrome and Turner's syndrome?st
genetic disorder is also
Klinefelter 's Syndrome- This an
or,u Tt Tt Tt All hybrids F, generation
caused due to the presence of additional copy of
X

a Mendel 's Law of Segregation- In a cross between tall and

chromosome resulting into karyotype of 47, XXY. Such dwarfplant, the size of stem is considered, Mendel made a
an individual has overall masculine development, however,
cross between pure tall (TT) and a pure dwarf (tt) pea plant
the feminine development (development of breast, i.e., are as follows
Gynaecomastia) is also expressed. Such individuals
sterile. Mendel selected a tall pea plant represented by genes (TT)
a to the and a dwarf pea plant represented by genes (tt). Pea plant
bo Turner 's Syndronme- Such disorder is caused due is self pollinating. He removed the anthers of tall plant
absence of one of the X chromosomes, i.e., 45 with X0,
2id and stigma of dwarfplant, deposited pollen grains of dwarf
Such females are sterile as ovaries are rudimentary besides plant on the stigma of tall plant and obtained seeds.
other features including lack of other secondary sexual When the seeds were placed in the soil and allowed to
characters. grow he obtained only tall plant (Tt), although, he was
14 Differentiate between Dominance and Recessiveness.
expecting the plants of an intermediate size. These plants
Ans. Differences beween dominance and recessiveness cwere labeled as plants of First filial generation (Fi
Dominance Recessiveness generation). In F generation all plants were tall because
(a) Dominant gene or (a) Recessive gene or factor the character tall is dominant over the dwart.
factor is able to express is unable to express tt
itself even in the itself in the presence of
presence of its recessivd dominant allele. Tt T Tt T
TT Tt Tt
allele. All hybrid tail
(b) It expresses iself (b) The recessive gene
because it forms forms an incomplcte or He allowed the plants of Fgeneration to self-pollinate.
complete polypeptide defective polypepticde or Gametes fornmed by meiosis contained only one gene of a
enzyme for expressing or enzyme and thus fails charactor because genes separate at the time of gamete
its effect. to express its effect. formation, The seeds thus obtained were placed in soil and
allowed to grow. The plants formed were talland dwarr
15 Differentiate between Aneuploidy and Polyplold. the ratio of(3: 1), Genotypically pure tall, hybrid tall and
Ans. Aneuploidy- Aneuploidy is a phenomenon of gain or loss in the ratio of l :2:1. These were labeled as
n
of one or more chromosome (s) that results due to failure
adwarf were
plants of F2 generation.
<br>

Yoma's uf sr CLASS- XII, 2025 BroLoGY [25]

What is Hincmophilin ? Write its sex-inked inheritance Morgan kncw that the genes were locatcd on the
pattern. X chromosornc and when the two genes in a dihybrid cross
Ans. Hacmophilia- 1 is a inherited discase in which ability of werc situatcd on the same chromosome, the proportion of
the blood to clot is severely reduccd, causing the sufTerer parental genc combinations were much higher than the non
to bleed severcly from even a slight injuy, This is due to parental typc. Hc attributed this due to the physical
the absence of blood cloting faetor (VIll) Anti association or linkage of two genes and coined the terms
hacmophilia globulin or fnctor (1X) Plasma linkagc to describe this physical association of genes on a
Thromboplastin. Generally, fenmale are carrier of this chromosome, and the term rccombination to describe the
disorder and renains normal in whole lifc. generation of non-parental gene combinations.
Sex- linkrd inheritance pattern- When a hacmophilic Morgan also found that even when genes are grouped on
carrier female marries with normal male, the offspring the same chromosome, some genes were very lightly
would be normal girl, carrier girl, normal boy and linked, while others were loosely linked. For example, he
hacnophilic boy in cqual ratios i.c 1:1:1:1 found that genes white and yellow were very tightly linked
When Hacmophilic male marrics with nonal female, then and showed only 1.3 per cent recombination while white
normal boy and carrier girloffspring arce in 1:1 ratio. and mniniature wing, using showed 37.2 per cent
\When Haemophilic male and carrier female marry each recombination.
other then offspring would be hacmophilia girl, carrier girl, Explain the Chromosomal theory of inheritance.
haemophilic, girl dies in foetus stage. Thus all offspring O; What do you understand by Chromosomal Theory
girls are carrier girls. of Inheritance ?
3 Discuss Mendel's Law of Inheritance. Ans. Chromosomal Theory of Inheritance- Walter Sutton the
Ans. Mendel 's law ofInheritance are Theodor Boveri independently postulated this theory in
(i) Principle of Unit Characters- Each organism ,has a 1902. They found that the behavior of chromosomes was
large nurmber of characters such as height, hair skin parallel to the behavior of Mendelian factors (genes) and
colour, etc. Each characters behaves as a unit. It used the chromosomes movement of explain Mendel's
controlled by discrete unit called factors. Laws.
(i) Principle of Paired Factors- Each character is The sinilarities are as follows
represented in an individuals by two unit factors, now (i) Both genes and chromosomal occur in pairs in normal
called alleles. The alleles occupy the same gene locus diploid cells.
on the two homologous chromosones.
(ii) Both of them segregate during gamete formation and
(iii) Principle of Dominance- Out of the two factors only one member of each pair enters a gamete.
representing different traits of a character only one (ii) Members of each pair segregate independently of the
expresses itself. Factor which is unable to show its
members of the other pairs.
effect in the presence of alternate allele in the hybrid Sutton and Boveri argued that the paring and separation of
is called recessive factor.
the homologous pair of chromosomes would lead to the
(iv) Principle of Segregation-- Two factors of a character segregation of a pair of factors they carried.
present in an individuals do not get mixed up but
remain distinct and segregate from each other at the Define Linkage and Linkage Group. Discuss the effect
time of gamete formation, so that a gamete carries only of linkage and its importance.
one factor of a character and is always pure. Or, What is Linkage ? Who coined the term? Write
(v) Principle of Independent Assortment- Alleles of the name of the insect used for this studies.
different characters assort independently of one Ans. Linkage- When two or more genes do not exhibit separate
another at the time of gametogenesis sporogenesis and existence i.e they are linked together and they inherit
get randomly rearranged in the off spring at the time parental trait more than s0% then they are called linked
of fertilization. genes and the phenomena is called linkage.
4 What are Chromosomal Disorders ? Name three Thomos Hunt Margon described it by the study on
chrom0somal disorders and explain any one with the Drosophila Melanogaster insect.
suitable example. Linkage Group- Linked genes present on the same
Ans. The genetic disorders caused by chromosomalaberrations chromosome is called linkage group. It is denoted by
They
and anomalies are known as chromosomal disorders. haploid number of chromosome.
are caused by mainly defective synapsis and disjunction Example- Drosophila have four linkage group (n= 4)
during meiosis. Example- Klinefelter's syndrome, Down sl Maize have ten
linkage group (n = 10)
syndrome, Turner syndrome. 2
Effect of linkage- Due to linkage number of parental
appears phenoptically
Tiurner Syndrome- The individual a gamete characters are more than hybrid characters in next
female. The effect appears due to the fusion of s generation. Genes are tightly linked together having less
without sex chromosome andcomesgamete
a with one distance between them. These genes show very few
one
X-chromosome. The individual so to have only a3 non-parental gene combination. Linked gene shows only
Sex chromosome. (X-chromosome) that the total number 1.3% recombination. It changes the Mendelian ratio from
Turner
ofchromosomes is 45. The individual suffering from i.9:3:3:1 to 7:1:1:7
posterior
syndrome have short stature, webbed neck, low limited mportance of linkage
hairline, inereased carrying angle of elbow, sparse pubic () Linkage helps in gene mapping which is extensively
secondary sex characters (undeveloped breast, reduced used in sequencing of whole genome.
hair, small uterus, absence of menstrual cycle), nipples, (ii) Linkage helps in keeping the parental characters
ovaries, sterility, broad chest with widely spaced
intelligence. 0
together in their original torm from generation to
abnormal jaw formation and often subnormal generation.
H. Morgun in
5 Briefly mention the contribution of T. 8 Deseribe sex-linked inheritance with the help of an
genetics. Xample.
Ans. Contribution ofTH. Morgan in genetlcs- Morgan carried Ans. Sex-linked inheritance is the inheritance of certain genes
to study genes
Out several dihybrid crosses in Drosophila
crosses were similar to the together along with determine genes, because of their
that were sex linked, The peas, presence on the sex chromosomes.
dihybrid crosses carried only by Mendel in
<br>

Ly2025
[26] BroLOGYS resistance- Such plants arc discase
(iv) Ati-diseases as nematode infection is removcd
Evample-Test eross (Red 13vecd F, Female x white Eyed resistancc. Such by
mcthod in a few plants.
male) The hybrid or female files vere fest erossed witlh
E

male nnd female flics nppearcd le st RNA concentration of medicines GM plants Can
tewhite eycd nnale filcs. Both 19 (v) High mcdicinc like Insulin,
interferon, Hormoncs,
red cyedand white cycd in cqual proportion i.o,I I red cyed producc
femalc: red eyed female: red cycd malc: whitc cycd
1 1

malc. 1 indicatcd that the female files of F generation ctc. inheritance pattern of blood groups in
11 Describe the
carried the traits of both rod and white eycs. human beings.
is of four kinds-
-A, B, AB and 0.In A
Write short note on the following Human blood
group
(i) Sickle-cell anaemia,
Ans.
antigen
A
is found. The same way blood. B

blood-group group has bothA

an

(ii) Down's syndrome, group has B antigen, AB blood no antigen.

O blood grOup has
(iii) Klinefelter's syndrome, hn antigen whereas blood-groups
(iv) Turner syndrome. Inheritance ofABO
Ans. (i) Sickie-cell anacmia- This is an autosome linked fr Genotype of O blood group
A° and [AJA
recessive trait that can be transmitted from parents to Genotype of A blood group and JBB
the offspring when both the partners are carrier for Genotype of blood group-0IE°
B

the gene (or heterozygous). blood group- IAJB

g Genotype of AB presence of allele A or IA
This disease is controlled by a single pair of allele, A antigen is formed in the presence or rB
HbA and Hb$, Out of the three possible genotypes only
B antigen is formed in the
of allele B af
homozygous individuals for HbS (HbSHbS) show the 1.e., in the absence
No antigen s formed in allele O
diseascd phenotype. Heterozygous(Hb^HbS)
are B. ho
individuals appear apparently unaffected but they 6A and A and O
carrier of the disease as there is 50 per cent probability tik (i) Parent blood-groups- will
utste of transmission of the mutant gene to the progeny, thus antigen A is formed therefore Child blood-group
exhibiting sickle-cell trait. The defect is caused by the be A.
substitution of Glutamic acid (Glu) by valine (Val) at O
(ii) Parent blood-groups- B and
antigen B is formed therefore Child blood-group
will
the sixth position of the beta globin chain of the
hemoglobin molecule. be B.
The substitution of amino acid in the globin protein (11) Parent blood-goups A andB
results due to the single base substitution at the sixth Both antigens A and B are formed therefore
Child
codon of the beta globin gene from GAG to GUG. blood-group will be AB.
The mutant haemoglobin molecule undergoes 2

yrc (iv) Parent blood-groups- AB and AB

polymerisation under low oxygen tension causing the
Both antigens A and B are formed and have I
in this
change in the shape of the RBC from biconcave to
elongated sickle like structure. 15 25% children will have A, 25% children will
Sd tu l 50% children will have AB blood groups.
(ii) Down 's Syndrome-The cause of this genetic disorder
copy of the
is the presence of an additional () Parent blood-groups- AB and O
chromosome number 2 (trisomny of ). This disorder and B are formed therefore
1 21
Both antigens'A
was first discovered by Langdon Down (1866). The 50% children will have A and 50% have B blood
affected individual is short stature with small round groups. Child blood-group will be AB.
open mouth. Palm
head, furrowed tongue and partly crease. Physical, (vi) Heterogeneous parents of A and blood groups will
11etns is broad with characteristic palm have children of blood groups A, B, AB and O in the
is retarded.
baded psychomotor and mental development is
t ratio of 1:1:1:1.
(iii) Klinefelter 's Syndrome- Thisangenetic disorder Rh inheritance patterns- The Rh blood group system is
bu caused due to the presence of additional copy of
X-1 individual has overall masculine development, attributable to two genes, RHD and RHCE, which are
located on chromnosome I. Rh positivity or Rh negativity
3EL however, the feminine development (development of
is distinguished by testing for the RHD genes has been
wc be breast) iss also expressed. Such individuals are sterile.
inherited from one or both parents. The RHD gene
(iv) Turner Syndrome-This is genetic disorder which
a
one of the X dominant so a person is considered to be RhD poSu
is caused due to the absence, of are sterile whenever this gene is present, even through the gene
chromosomes, i.e., 45 with X0, Such females have only been inherited fromn one parent. Converset
as ovaries are rudimentary besides other features person will be RhD inherited.
including lack of other secondary sexual characters. negative if no RhD gene is
12 Explain Mendel's law of: segregation through suitable
10 Wbat is Genetically Modified Plant ? How are the example.
genetically modified plants useful ?tets Ans. Principle of
Segregation- The principle states that during
Ans, Genetically Modified Plant- Plant which has been the production of gametes
manipulated using genetic engineering techniques to factor segregate so the two copies ofeach hereditary
from
are called Genetically that offspring acquire one factor
produce better quality plants a each parent. This is also
called principle of purity
of
Modified Plants. In most cases the aim is to introduces
gametes.
new trail to the plant which does not occur naturally in the
species e.g. B1-cotton. TT
C13:Advantages
(i) High production- GM plants can grow rapidly and NSalf
thus give high production TT Tt
T
Tt
(ii) Nutrition Valuie- Vitamins A rioh and Protein rich
tt with
Example We
hybrid cross
potato is developed by genetic engincering. Iha a pure dwart pea pure tall pea plant (TT) plant
a
tall
plant (tt) which results hybridgeneration
an (iii) Survival in adverse conditlon-- GM plunts can survive in generation. Again
P

Wsd) in extreme cold or hot environment and so they require we by self-pollination in F: pure tall,
l get second
Jess care. 2 hybrid generation F2 offspring of I phenotype
tall and 1 pure dwarf plant. That is their
<br>

BIOLOGY [27]
Ha's aHf CLASS- XII, 2025
are taken into consideration
A cross in which two characters
ratio is 3:1 and genotype ratio is :2:1. Genotypc
ratio dihybrid cross. A cross
1

during cxperimcntation, is called

1

clarifics: that dvarf and tall factors in thc offspring remain

nmcan inlheritcd from thcir (6).betwccn a pca plant with grecn, wrinkled seeds are
in S0 S0 ratio which clcar
parents. Thercfore it is the factor which carrics spccific cross is madc bctwecn a pea plant having yellow
smnooth
one tactor and rennains A

green wrinkled seeds

traits i.c onc gamcte carrics only sccds (YYSS) and
a pca plant with
always purc. in a
13 What is a Test Cross ? Show plhenotypic ratio 1:1 (dh (Yyss). are allowed to selfpollinate,
When plants of Figeneration
monohybrid test cross through Punnet squarc. gametes formed YS, Ys, yS and ys by meiosis,
they, unite
were
Ans. Test cross-lt is a back crOss betwcen an organisms whose at random forming seeds. Theare plants thus obtained
an organism smooth (YYSS,
genotype for a certain trait is unknown and so called as F2 generation. They Yellow
unknown
that is homozygous recessive for that trait the offspring. YySS, YsSS, YYSs); yellow wrinkled (YYss,
Yyss) and
genotype can be determined from that of the
if the green wrinkled (yyss) in the ratio of 9:3:3:1.
Offspring of tcst cross would be 100% dominant 50% From the above dihybrid
cross, it can be derived that each
dominant is homozygous. Offspring would be gene is assorted independently of the other or during its
dominate and S0% non- dominant Test if, the trait is
cross gives passage from one generation to the other law of
heterozygous i.e ratio their ratio is l:1. independent assortment is justified.irsehstT
1:l:1:1ratio with dihybrid case. differencesbetween incomplete
15 What are the co-dominance ? Explain with example.
TT tt dominance and
Or, Differentiate between incomplete
dominance and
tt All hybrids F,generation codominance.
TT Tt Tt
Ans. Differences between incomplete
Dominanceand
14 Describe Mendel's monohybrid and dihybrid
cross.
Codominance
Ans. Mendel proposed two general rules to consolidate his Incomplete Dominate Codonminance
crosses. Today
understanding of inheritance in mnonohybrid one the twol(a) The effect of both the
these rules are called the Principles or Laws of Inheritance: (a) Effect of of
alleles is more alleles is equally
the First Law or Law of Dominance and the Second Law prominent.
or Law of Segregation. prominent.
produce
A monohybrid cross is defined as the
cross happening in (b) The effect in hybrid is (b) Both the alleles
parentsdiffering in one trait intermediate of the their effect independently
the Fl generation offspringa of expresSsion of the two Example- IAB, ttbS and
only. A dihybrid cross is cross happens F1 generation HbA.
offspring of differing in two traits. alleles.
Law of Doninance- Law of dominance states that 16 What are the differences between a Monohybrid and
one allele of a gene Dihybrid cross
dominance is a phenomenon, in which a ?
p expresses itself and suppresses the expression ofathe other Ans. Differences between a monohybrid and a dihybrid cross
hybrid.
allele of the same. They are present together in
This can be explained through following monohybrid
Monohybrid iSiui Dihybridw
(a) It is a cross between (a) It is a cross between two
Cross
T t two pure organisms in pure organisms of a
dwarfhot e species in order to study
Tall order to study the
inheritance of a single the inheritance of two
pair of alleles. pairs of alleles belonging
Tt 0 Tall (hybrid) F,generation to two different characters.
a
(b) It produces aphenotypic|(b) It produces phenotypic|
or, TT ninilat monohybrid ratio of 3:1 dihybrid ratio of9:3:3:1
in F2 generation. in F2 generation.
Tt tt Allhybrids ;F, generation (c) It produces genotypic |(c) It produces genotypic
l TTTt ratio of 1: 2: 1 in F2. genotypic ratio of
two pea plants 1:2:1:2:4:2:1:2:1
Mendel made a cross between dihybrid cross. On the
deferred in two characters is called (d) Test cross ratio 1:1(d) Test cross ratio1:1:1:1
cross he proposed law of
basis of the result of this
Independent Assortment. of
According to this law, the factors of different pairs OF INHERITANCE
each other. They
do not influenceassortment 5. MoLECULAR BASIS
contrasting characters, to form
are independent of one another in their Ouestions':
new combination during gamete
formation. it t) s Multiple Choice Type
Yellow smooth Green wrinkled
1
Which of the following codons has dual fiunction2r
Parent
YSS)ot yyss (a) UAG, (b) UGA,
Ans.(d)
(ys)
d. (c) UCC, ti (d) AUG,
Gamotos YS) S) (ys)
2 Which of the following is Termination codon? i y
YySs)
(a) UGA, (b) AUG
F, Goneralon YySB ysB ySB (C) GUA, Se (d) GGG bsh seaibsDMAns.(a)
i)
3 Which of the following is an initiation codon ?tW S

(YS) YB) y8) yB) (a) UUU, (b) AUA,

F, Generation
YYSSYYSs Yy8S Yy3s
s) (c) AUG, (d) UAG. let Ans.(c)
gametes
YS
YYSs YYss YySs Yyss 4 Initiation codon of protein synthesis is- oiouts AVU
Ys)
Naie

yS) YySS YySs

yySS vySs) (a) GUA, (b) GCA, 16sa 520di (o)
0

ys YySs Yyss yySs yyss tb(c) CCA,edtkc2 Qn (d) AUG. o2atyl Ans.(d)
<br>

[28] BrOLOGY Vermaas af s° CLASS- XII, 2025

Number of basc pairs in haploid set of DNA ofhuman is 24 Pyrimidine base present in RNA in place of thymine of
DNA is
(a) 3.3 x 10°, (b) 6.6 x 10°,
(a) Adcninc, (b) Guaninc,
(c) 4.6 x 10°, (d) 9.9x 10°. Ans.(a)
was initially (c) Cytosinc, (d) Uracil. Ans.(d)
The technique of DNA fingerprinting
developed by 25 In DNA molcculc adeninc is 15% what would be
(a) G J. Mendcl, (b) Alee Jetrcys, percentage of guaninc
(a) 15%o, (b) 30%,
(c) Francois Jacob, (d) Jacques Monod. Ans.(b)
7 At which position in RNA, in every nuclcotide residue an (c) 33%, (d) 35%o. Ans.(c)
additional - OH group is prescnt in the ribose? 26 The term nuclcin is associatcd with
(a) S' position, (b) 3' position, (a) DNA, (b) RNA,
(c) 2 position, (d) 4' position. Ans.(d) (c) Protein, (d) All of these. Ans.(a)
For initiation of protein synthcsis ribosome binds to the 27 Nucleosomne contains
codon of messenger RNA. (a) Only histones, (b) Both DNA and histones,
(a) AUG (b) UGA, (c) Only DNA, (d) Both DNA and RNA. Ans.(b)
(c) AGU, (d) UAG. Ans.(a) 28 Which enzyme is used to join the cut in DNA ?
Themostable DNA polymerasc has been isolated from (a) Ligase, (b) Cellulase,
(a) Agrobacterium tumifaciens, (c) Pectinase, (d) EcoRT. Ans.(a)
(b) Thermus aquaticus, 29 Central dogma was proposed by
(c) Escherichia coli, (a) Beadle and Tatum, (b) Temin and Baltimore,
(d) Bacillus thuringiensis. Ans.(b) (c) Klung, (d) Crick. Ans.(d)
10 In which phase of the cell division does DNA replication 30 Nucleic acids are polymers of
take place ? (a) Nucleotides, (b) Nucleosides,
(a) Gi phase, (b) S-phase, (c) Amino acids, (d) Nucleoproteins. Ans.(a)
(c) G2 phase, (d) Go phase. Ans.(b) 31 Nuceleosome contains
11 The process by which RNA is formed from DNA is called (a) Histone molecules, (b) Nuclear pore complex,
(a) Replication, (b) Transcription, (c) Nucleoplasmin, (d) Nucleotides. Ans.(a)
(c) Translation, (d) Linkage. Ans.(b) 32 Who had coined the term 'Mutation' ?
12 Which nitrogenous base is not present in a DNA molecule ? (a) Morgan, (b) Alexander Flemming,
(a) Adenine, (b) Guanine, (c) Hugo de Vries, (d) Dixon and Jolly. Ans.(c)
(c) Cytosine, (d) Uracil. Ans.(d) 33 Genes which code for a pair contrasting traits are known
13 The number of total codons that code for different amino as
acids is (a) Heterozygous, (b) Alleles,
(a) 20, (b) 60, (c) Homozygous, (d) Recessive. Ans.(a)
(c) 64, (d) 61. Ans.(d) 34 Heterochromatin is transcriptionally
14 When was the human genome project started ? (a) inactive, (b) active,
(a) 1980, (b) 1990, (c) Both (a) and (b), (d) None of these. Ans.(a)
(c) 1985, (d) 200s. Ans.(b) 35 If a double stranded DNA has 20% of cytosine, calculate
is
15 The number of base pairs in the DNA of E.coli bacteria the percent of adenine in the DNA
(a) 3.3 x 10°, (b) 4.6 x 109. (a) 60%, (b) 40%,
(c) 6.6 × 106, (d) 4.6 x 106 Ans.(d) (c) 80%o, (d) 30%. Ans.(d)
16 The process of synthesis of messenger RNA on the DNA a
36 Removal of introns in transcription unit is
template is called (a) Transformation, (b) Splicing,
(a) Replication, (b) Transcription, (c) Tailing, (d) Capping. Ans.(b)
(c) Translation, (d) Reverse transcription. Ans.(b) 37 The unequivocal proof of DNA a genetic material came
17 DNA is found in- from the studies on a
(a) Mitochondria, (b) Nucleus, (a) Viroid, (b) Bacterial virus,
(c) Chloroplast, (d) All of these. Ans.(d) (c) Bacterium, (d) Fungus. Ans.(b)
18 Anucleoside differs from nucleotide in not having
a 38 Triplet codon refers to sequence of three bases on
(a) Sugar, (b) Glucose, t (a) tRNA, (b) rRNA,
(c) Nitrogen base, (d) Phosphate group. Ans.(d) (c) mRNA, (d) All of these. Ans.(c)
19 The salient feature absent in genetic code 39Translation is the formation of
(a) Unambiguous, (b) Degenerate, (a) mRNA, (b) Hormones,
(c) Punctuation, (d) Universal. Ans.(c) (c) Proteins, (d) tRNA. Ans.(c)
identify the
20 DNA finger printing cannot 40 What is the distance between two strands of DNA ?
(a) Criminals, (b) Identical twins, (a) 34 A, (b) 20 A,
(c) Dead person, (d) Paternity test. Ans.(b) (c) 10 Å, (d) 9.8 A. Ans.(a)
?
21 Who discovered DNA polymerase 41 How many codons are present in inheritance Codon ?
(a) Okazaki, (b) Komberg, (a) 4, (b) 16, (d) 64. Ans.(d)
Ans.(b) (c) 32,
(c) Mesclson and Stahl,(d) Watson and Crick. 42 The mole percentage ofadenine in a double stranded DNA
When was human genomc project launched
?
22 is 30, VWhat willbe the mole percentage of cytosine n me
(a) 1990, (b) 1992, DNA ?
(c) 1996, (d) 1998. Ans.() (a) 10, (b) 20, (c) 30, Ans.(b)
(d) 60.
23 DNA nucleotide contains 43 WIhich DNA is produced from RNA ?
(a) Ribose sugar, (b) Glucose, (a) A-DNA, (b) C-DNA,
(c) Fructose, (d) DeOxyribose sugar. Ans.(d) (c) B-DNA, Ans.(b)
(d) Z-DNA,
<br>

r® CLASS -XII, 2025 BroLOGY [29]

Hormas Tf 62 Lac Operon Modcl is given by
Which one is correct
44
(a) A +GT+C, (b) A + G=T-C, (a) Jacob and Monad, (b) Hershy and Chase, ee
(c) Darwin, (d) Mcndel. Ans.(a)
(c) A–G=T-C, (d) A -G=T+ C. Ans.(a) carry the amino
63 Which of thc following RNA is used to
45 The tern Codon' is associatcd to
acids to ribosome during Translation-sebetth fi ist
(a) t-RNA, (b) m-RNA, (b) t-RNA,
Ans.(a) (a) m-RNA,
(c) rRNA, (d) c-DNA. (c) s-RNA,iae (d) sn-RNA. Ans.(b)
46Initiation codon AUG' codes for which of thc following 64 The chromosomes are made
up of two thread like
Amino Acid ? structures. These thread like structures are called
as-
(a) Valinc, (b) Alaninc, (a) Chromatin, (b) Centromere,
(d) Methionine. Ans.(d) (d) Chromonemata. Ans.(c)
(c) Phenyl alanine, (c) Chromatid,
47 Thc process of Replication proceeds in the direction of 65 In a DNA molecule, which of the
bond is found to be
(a) $'3, (b) 3' s!,
present between the two NITROGENOUS BASES
(c) 2! s', (d) s' 2!. Ans.(a) (a) Glycosidic bond, (b) Phosphodiester bond,
(d) Peptide bond. Ans.(c)
48 SyTnthesis ofDNA molecule from RNA molecule is termed (c) Hydrogen bond,
66 The Unwinding of DNA is catalyzed by
(a) Transcription, (b) Reverse Transcription, (a) Helicases, (b) DNA Polymerases,
Ans.(a) (d) DNA ligase. Ans.(a)
(c) Translation, (d) Replication. (c) Topoisomerase,
49 In which phase of Interphase, the process of DNA 67 In a DNA molecule, bond between NITROGENOUS
replication takes place ? BASE and SUGAR molecule
(b) G phase, (a) Glycosidic bond, (b) Phosphodiester bond,
(a) S-phase, Ans.(a)
(c) G2 phase, (d) M-Phase. Ans.(a) (c) Hydrogen bond, (d) Peptide bond.
S0 Which of the following are Genetic material(s) ? 68 The enzyme that helps in Reverse Transcription is8
(a) Polymerase (b) Reverse Transcriptase
(a) DNA, (b) RNA, Ans.(b)
(c) Chromosome, (d) (a) and (b) only. Ans.(d) (c) Ligase (a) Topoisomerase.
was developed by
51 How many regions are there in a Transcription Unit in 69 The technique of DNA fingerprinting
DNA ? (a) Meselson and Stahl, (b) Singer and Nicolson,
Ans.(c) (c) Alec Jeffery, (d) Watson. Ans.(c)
(a) 7, (b) 5, (c) 3, (d) 2. new
52 In RNA, Thymine is replaced by 70 Human Genome Project led to the development of
(a) Guanine, (b) Adenine,
area in biology named as
(d) Uracil. Ans.(d) (a) Genetics, (b) Molecular Biology,
(c) Cytosine, (d) Bioinfromatics. Ans.(d)
(c) Embryology,
53 Proteins are made up of
71 Who coined the term Gene' ?
(a) Fatty acid, (b) Glycerol, (b) John Ray,
Ans.(d) (a) Mendel,
(c) Glucose, (d) Amino Acid. Ans.(c)
as (c) Johanson, (d) Watson.
54 Synthesis of m-RNA from the DNA is called 72 The Unwinding of DNA is catalyzed by
(a) Transcription, (b) Replication, (a) Helicases (b) DNA Polymerases
(c) Translation, (d) Reverse Transcription. Ans.(a) Ans.(a)
(c) Topoisomerase (d) DNA ligase.
55 In 70S and 80S, the letter 'S' is a used to represent 73 Which of the following is genetic material ?
(a) Size, (a) RNA, (b) DNA,
(b) Density, (c) Protein, (d) Both (a) and (b). Ans.(d)
as
(c) Sedimentation coefficient, 74 Synthesis of mRNA fromn the DNA is called
Ans.(c)
(d) All of these. a polypeptide
(a) Transcription, (b) Replication,
56 The Coding segment of a DNA, that codes for (c) Translation, (d) Splicing. Ans.(a)
is called as 75 The coding sequence of mRNA is called as
(a) Cistron, (b) Muton, (a) Intron, (b) Cistron,
(d) Dendron. Ans.(a) Ans.(d)
(c) Recon, (c) Positron, (d) Exon.
name of
57 Kornberg's enzyme is another 76 Ifcoding strand is 5'ATGCAT3', then the mRNA sequence
(b) Primage, 13ie will be
(a) Ligase, these. Ans.(c)
(c) DNApolymerase, (d) None of 5'AUCGAU3'
(a) (b) 5'AUGGAU3'
sequence in mn-RNA, 5'AUCCAU3' (d) s'AUTGAU3'. Ans.(b)
58 The coding sequence or expressed (c)
are defined as 77 The sequence of nucleotide in the template strand ofa DNA
(b) Introns, is 3'ATGCATGCATGC 5' What will be the sequence of
(a) Exons, (a)
(c) Cistrons, (d) Positrons.hAns. nucleotide in the messenger RNA?hsl
59 DNA dependent DNA polymerase catalyses
polymeriza (a) 5' ATGCATGCATGC 3'
(b) S' AUGCAUGCAUGC3'
tion in which direction ?
(c) 5' TUCGTUCGUACG 3'
(a) 3'5' (b) S'3 Ans.(b) (d) S' UACGUACGUACG 3' Ans.(d)
(d) Nonc of these.
(c) Both (a) and (b)
is given by 78 The sequence of nucleotide in the coding strand of a DNA
60 Transforming principle is 3' TÁCAGTTAcCGG S' What will be the sequence of
(a) Mendel, (b) Morgan, nuoleotide in messengor RNA ?
(d) Darwin. hh Ans.(c)
(c) Griffith,
conservative mode of (a) 5' AUGUCAAUGGCC 3'
O
The experimental proof for Semi (b) S' ATGTCAATGGCC 3'.
Replication get demonstrated by (c) 5' TACAGTTACCGG 3'tldLs l

(a) Jacob and Monad, (b) Hershy

and Chase, aheheh Ans.(a)
Ans.(d) (d) S' UAGCCACUGTCA 3'ti
(c) Darwin, (d) Meselson and Stahl.
<br>

- XIL, 2025
[30] BroLOGY VRMAPRRNS Verma's aaf a°CLASS
...
In split Lencs, the cxons arC
Aperson having, AIB genotype would show the blood 91 3
79
1
chst
group AB. This is because of (a) Introns, (b) non coding sequcnccs,
(a) Codominance,s!hh t (c) coding scqucncos, (d) opcrons. Ans.(c)
o
(b) lnconplete dominancc,t a
i dd 92 Thc distancc betwccn A and B genes is too long on a
(c) Dominance, chromosome. Thc strength oflinkage between them would
8
Ans.(a) be
(d) Chromosonmal Disorder
so Which enzyne cuts DNA at speeific sites ?
(a) DNA polymemse, (b) Less,
(6) Taq-polymcrase, hl3 (c) Not related to distance,
(c) Topoisomerase. (d) Equal to the distance between the two genes. Ans.(b)
(a) Restriction cndonuclcasc. Ans.(d) 93. Which of the following statement(s) is/are correct with
SI PCR and RELP are nmcthods of respcct to an Enzyme.
(a) Study of cnzymes, E) (a) All Enzymes are Proteins.
(6) DNA sequencing, (b) AllEnzymnes are Proteins except Ribozyme.
(c) Genetic transformation, (c) All Proteins are Enzymes.
(d) Genetic finger printing. Ans.(d) (d) None of the Enzymes are Protein.T2tT Ans.(a)
S2 PyTìmidines present in RNA are 94 Phenylketonuria is- l
(a) Cytosine and thyminc,siunelok (a) Autosomal Recessive,lt sern eiinl
(b) Adenine and guanine, u
)i (b) Autosomal Dominant,
(c) Cytosine and uracil, (c) Sex linked Recessive,
(d) Thymine and uracil. Ans.(c) (d) Sex linked Dominant. Ans.(a)
83 The term genomne denotes 95 There are 64 codons in genetic code dictionary because
(a) Haploid set of chromosomes, (a) There are 64 types of t-RNAs found in cell.
(b) Bivalent, (b) There are 44 meaningless and 20 codons for amino
(c) Monovalent, acids.
(d) Diploid chromosomal set.hh Ans.(a) (c) There are 64 amino acids to be coded.
84 Meselson and Stahl experiment proved (d) Genetic code is triplet. Ans.(d)
(a) DNA is genetic material, tdk 96 During Replication
(b) Central dogma, (a) The two DNA strands gets separated in its entire length.
(c) Transformation.c (b) The two DNA strands cannot be separated in its entire
(d) Semi conservative DNA replication. Ans.(d) length.
85 The RNA polymerase holoenzyme transcribes (c) The number of chromosomes becomes double.
(a) the promoter, (d) The number of chromosomes becomes half. Ans.(a)
(b) the structural gene, 97 Replication of DNA as Leading strand and Lagging strand
(c) the structural gene and the terminator regions, represents-sytcb
(d) the promoter, structural gene and the terminator l (a) Semi continuous and Discontinuous replications.
regions. Ans.(c) (b) Discontinuous and Semi continuous replications.
86 Bacterial nucleoid has (c) Continuous and Discontinuous replications.
(a) One single stranded DNA, (d) Discontinuous and Continuous replications. Ans.(c)
(b) One double stranded DNA l
98 VNTR stand for
(c) Two Single stranded DNA, 3
(a) Variable number of random repeat,
(d) Many doubles stranded DNA. Ans.(b) (b) Variation number of random repeat,
87 SNPs stand for
te (c) Variable number of tandem repeats,
(a) Some nucleotide polymorphism, (d) Variable number and tandem repeat. Ans.(c)
b) Single nuclear polymoretoide,otieost (o) 99 The Replication of DNA takes place in
e-(c) Some nuclear protein,iliisue notibos1 (a) 5'3' polarity always,
sd t! Ans.(c)
(d) Single nuclear polymorphism. (b) 3' S' polarity always,
on the principle of- (i
88 DNA fingerprinting works
e o)
(C)
3 5° (in Leading strand).ahcleeh
(a) Antigen-Antibody reaction,AU (d) 3'S° (In lagging strand). Ans.(a)
(b) DNA polymorphism, lo upl 100 The Genetic code is degenerate because
A
ut
(c) Contact inhibition,iDI7 (a) One amino acid is represented by only l codon.
(d) Both (b) and (c). Ans.(b)
a phenomenon in which- th) (b) One amino acid is specified by the 2 codon.
89 Pleiotropism is (c) One amino acid can be represented by more than
(a) One gene control
onc character.31A lcodon.
(b) Many genes controls a single character, (d) 1
codon can code for many amino acids. Ans.(c)
(c) Many genes controls muny characters, 101 The term 'Genome' refers to
(d) One gene controls Muny characters. Ans.(d) (@) The complete set (2n) of chromosomes inherited as a
90 Double helix model of DNA Was given bym o4unit rom both the parents.
(a) Wilkinson, (b) The conmplete set (n) of chromosomes inherited as a
(b) T.H. Morgan, unit from one parent,
(c) Hargobind Khurana, (c) Both (a) and (b),
.(d) Watson and Crick. .iSa. )0tuAns.(d) Lie() None oT (hese.t Lhtitt Ans.(b)
<br>

ma' aaf sa CLASS -

XII, 2025
t02 1Besides the Human Genome which among the following 112 Thec tcchniquc of DNAfingerprinting is
BroLOGY
applicable
[31]
in
has becn scqucnced?dl st (a) Ficld of Forensic Scicncc, r2
(a) Bacteria and Yeast, (b) Genctic biodiversity.
(b) Cacnorhabditis clegans and Drosophila, n
(c) Evolutionary biology, Ans.(d)
(c) Ricc and Arabidopsis. (d) Allof thcsc. iibeot to be
(d) All of thesc. Ans.(a) 113 In a DNA molccule, which of the bond is found
prcsent betwcen the two nitrogenous bases?MH
umber of gencs is found to
sl
103 Thc maxinum and minium Int (a) Phosphodicster bond,
be prescnt on bond,4 sle
(a) Chromosomc no. I and the X-chronosome respectively. 32 (b) Glycosidic 1
D
(c) Hydrogen bond, ithitienike
(6) X-Chromosome and the Chromosome no. I respcctively. sit / ohAns.(c)
(d) Peptide bond. I
(c) Chromosomc no. l and the Y-chromosome respcctively.
(d) N-Chromosome and, the X-chromosome no-1
114 A typical nucleosome
consists ofnl
espectivcly. Ans.(d) (a) 50 bp of DNA hellX,1s2otY iD n

I04 The technique of DNA Fingerprinting is useful in (b) 100 bp of DNA heliX,LLiy
(a) Finding out variations in individuals of a population (c) 1s0 bp of DNA helix,
Ans.(d)
at phenotypic level. ,A(d) 200 bp of DNA helix.v
115 In a DNA molecule hydrogen bond is opresent between
(b) Finding out variations in individuals ofa communities stde 21 3) (i)
at phenotypic level. (a) two nucleotides,i t2r3
a
(c) Finding out variations in individuals of population (b) ribose sugar and phosphate molecule,lt
at genotypic level. be,(c) nitrogenous bases,i spoar ti eobti(
Ans.(a)
(d) None of these. Ans.(b) (d) ribose sugar and nitrogenous base.,|1
116 The function of Helicase during the
process of replication
105 The technique of DNA Fingerprinting works on the
principle of is
(a) Similarities in DNA sequences, (a) Joining of DNA fragments,
(b) differences in DNA sequences, 2l (b) Unwinding of DNA strands,iian etJoft
dou (c) Polymerization of nucleotides, ..tte hssoTi 3mo
(c) Polymorphisnm in DNA sequences, segments. 2oqAns.(b)
(d) Difference in Proteins. Ans.(a) 3(d) Formation
of
primer lI
106 A Nucleotide consists of 8 Very Short Answer Type Questions
(a) Sugar + Nitrogenous base, What is a Nucleosome ?
(b) Sugar + Phosphorus molecule, Ans. A nucleosome is the structural unit of DNA packaging in
(c) Nitrogenous base + Phosphorus molecule, eukaryotes.
(d) Sugar + Phosphorus molecule +Nitrogenous base. Ans.(d) 2 Define a Gene.
107 'Nucleoside' consists of Ans. A gene is a functional unit of inheritance. It may also be
(a) Sugar molecule + Phosphorus molecule said as a DNA sequence coding for tRNA or rRNA
+ Nitrogenous Bases. molecule.
L
(b) Sugar molecule + Phosphorus molecule 3 What is RNA splicing ?
- Nitrogenous Bases. Ans. RNA splicing is a biological reaction in which introns are
(c) Sugar molecule + Phosphorus molecule. removed from a transcribed RNA to create mRNA. This
process occurs in conjunction with the transcription of
(d) Nucleotide - Phosphorus molecule. Ans.(a)
causes JO DNA to mRNA.
108 During the process of Replication Helicases
4 What is Transcription ?
(a) Polymerization of Nucleotides,gh l Ans. Formation of RNA over DNA template is called
(b) Primer formation, transcription. Both the strands of DNA do not transcribe
T
(c) Joining of DNA fragments, y
RNA, but only one of them does it. Transcription required
a
(d) Unwinding of DNA strands.
03
iat uoAns.(d) KC enzyme RNA polymerase. All the three species of RNA
109 DNA DNARNA Proteinoil dtrtui are produced through transcription.
The flow of genetic information in the form of
above Who proposed the famous double stranded helical
presented chart will be termed as structure of DNA ?
(a) Replication, Transcription, Translation. 3l Ans. James Watson and Francis Crick in 1953.
(b) Replication, Translation, Transcription. 6 Who proposed the operon concept.
Replication.7 ini Ans. Jaccob and Monod in 1961.be
(c) Transcription, Translation, Ans.(a)
(d) Translation, Replication, Transcription. 7 Which scientist first of all developed the technique of
110 The 'ori' site is related to D.N.A. fingerprinting?
is initiated. Ans. Dr. Alec Jefferys.
(a) A unique sequence where replication
where the DNA replication is terminated. 8 Name the enzyme which cut DNA into fragments.
(b) The region
is initiated. Ans. Restriction endonuclease.
(c) The region where Transcription
Ans.(a) 9 What is the full form ofATP ?
(a) All of thesc.
was to Ans. ATP- Adenosine triphosphate.
111 The main aim of the Human Genome Projcct

(a) Create awareness

among the students about Genomic Short Answer Type Questionst
research. 1
What is DNA Fingerprinting? Write it's two
(b) Crcate awareness among the scientists about Gonomic applientions.
research. Ans. Method of identification based on individual's DNA helps
genome. .
(C) Sequence every base in human forensic scientists and legal experts to solve crimes,
(d) Al of these. Ans.(c) identify, theft, legal disputes of paternity etc.
 sa
<br>

- XIL,
[32] BroLOGY
PRUs Verma'i aaf CLASs 2025
n
(vi) To address thc cthical, legal, and social issues (ELSI)
Application
t is uscd ns a tool in forcnsic scicnce to idcntify
that may arise from the projcct.
(i)
Wlhat is Variable Number Tandem Repeats (VNTRS) ?
criminal.
Ans. Thc slhort nuclcotides repcat scquences in the DNA which
(ii) To settle patermity disputes, vary in number from pcrson to person and are inheritable
(iii) To identify racial group to study biologicnl evolution. arc called Variable Number Tandem Reports.
2 Write the function of RNA durng protein synthesis. 10 State two main differences between DNA and RNA.
Ans. RNA (Ribonucleie acid) is an important macromolccule
made up of subunits known as nucleotides. It plays a vital Ans. Differences between DNA and RNA
role in gene cxpression by acting as intermediate between DNA RNA
genctic infomation cncoded by DNA and protein. The (a) It is a single stranded
primary function of RNA is the synthesis of proteins. (a) It is a double-stranded
structure. structure.
While DNA provides the code for the cells activity RNA sugar.
is responsible for converting that code into proteins that (b) It contains deoxyribose(b) It contains ribose
cary out various cellular functions. sugar.
3 Why is DNA considered a better hereditary material 11 What is Transcription ? What is the product of
than RNA ? transcription ?
Ans. DNA is considered a better hereditary material than RNA Ans. Transcription- The process of copying genetic information
because of the following as
from one strand of the DNA into RNA is termed
() Itis able to generate its replica. transcription.
occurs in the
(1) It is chemically and structurally stable. The product of transcription is mRNA. It
the scope for show changes that are required
(i11) Itprovides nucleus of the cell.
for evolution. 12 Differentiate between Template strand and Coding
(iv) It expresses itself in the form ofMendelian characters. strand.
What is meant by semi-conservative nature of DNA Ans. Difference between template strand and coding strand
replication ? Template strand- The two strands that have opposite
Ans. After DNA replication, the daughter DNA formed contains polarity and the DNA dependent RNA polymerase also
one parental strand and one newly synthesised strand. Such catalyse the polymerization in only one direction, i.e.,
type ofDNA replication strand is called semi-conservative 5'3' the strand that has polarity 35 acts as a template
DNA replication. and is referred as template strand.
Mention characteristics of Genetic code. Coding strand- The strand which has the polarity 5' 3'
Ans. Characteristics of Genetic code and the sequence same as RNA (except thymine at the place
(i)) It is a triplet code, of uracil) is displaced during transcription. This strand is
(ii) Adjacent codons in genetic code do not overlap, referred to as coding strand.
(iüü) There are no punctuation marks in it, 13 Write differences between Nucleoside and Nucleotides.
Ans. Nucleoside- A molecule of sugar when combines with a
(iv) It is universal,
nitrogen base it form nucleoside.
(v) It is degenerative.
6 What is Genetic Code ? What do you understand by Nucleotides- When a nucleoside combines with
universal and degenerate phosphoric acid with phosphodiester bond it forms
the term unambiguous, nucleotides.
regarding genetic code ?
Ans. The relationship between the
sequence of nucleotides on 14 What are satellite DNA in a genome ? Explain their
mRNA and sequence of amino acid in the polypeptide role in DNA finger printing.
Ans. A small stretch ofDNA sequence repeats many time, shows
chain is called genetic code. one a high degree of polymorphism and forms a bulk of DNA
Unambiguous code- When one codon codes for only in a genome called satellite DNA. These regions of DNA
amin acid. corresponding are very specific in each individual and vary in number
Universal code- It means that codon and itsExample- from from person to person but are inherited each individual
amino acid are the same in all organisms. inherits these repeats from parents which are used as genetic
bacteria to human, UUU codes for phenylatanine. more markers in DNA finger printing.
are coded by
Degenerate- When some amino acids 15 What is meant by Linked Genes ?
than one amino acids. Ans. The genes which tend to transmit together as a unit as they
7 Write in brief about chemicalwas evolution./ are located very close in the same chromosome are called
Ans. Theory of chemical evolution
given by Oparin and
According to them first life form originated from linked genes.
Haldane. like RNA, protein 16 What is the function of DNA Ligase ?
preexisting nonliving organic molecule
The conditions on the earth favouring Ans. DNA Ligase
and amino acid. temperature, volcanic
chemical evolution were high CH4, NH, etc.
(i) It helps in repairing of DNA
storms, reducing atmosphere containing ?
(ii) It seals recombination fragments
genetic project
8 What are the goals of human (iii) It connects Okazaki fragments.
imporlant goals of
HGP are as follows
Ans. Some of the
20,000-25,000 genes
17 Write the names of Purine and Pyrimidine bases in a
(i) To identify all the approximately DNA mucleotide.
in human DNA, Ans. DA ucleotide~
sequences of the 3 billion chemical
(ii) To determine the up human DNA, Purlne base- Adenine (A) and Guanine (G)
base pairs that make
Pyrimidine base- Cytosine (C) and Thymine (T)
(iii) To store this information in databuses, 18 Name the nitrogen bases of DNA.
(iv) To improve tools for data analysis,beleth
to other sectors, such Ans. (i) Adenine [A]
(v) To transfer related technologies (ii) Guanine [G]
as industries, (iii) Thymine [(T] (iv) Cytosine [C]
<br>

a - BIOLOGY [33]
Ga's f CLASS XII, 2025 to E. coli
19 What is Exon ? Radioactive phages werc allowed to attach the viral coats
bacteria. Then as the infcction procccdcd,
Ans. An cxon is any melcotidc scqucnee cneloscd by a genc a
that is prescnt in the final mature RNA produet, It rofers to werc rcmovcd from the bacteria by agitating themn in
blcndcr. Thc virus particles were separated from the
both thc DNA scqucnce within a gene and to thc a
corresponding sequence in RNA Iranseripts (non- coding bacteria by spinning thcm in centrifuge. radioactive
RNA product of a genc). Bacteria that wcrc infectcd with viruses that had was
werc radioactivc, indicating that DNA the
20 How insulin ean be produced through recombinnnt DNA Bacteria
DNA tcchnology? material that passcd from the virus to the bacteria.
proteins
Ans. Production of mewer and safer therapcutic dugs, called that were infcctcd with viruses that had radioactive did not
recombinant dugs. were not radioactive. This indicates that proteins
is therefore the
Insulin, a panercatic hormonc, used for conversion of enter the bacteria from the viruses. DNA to
bacteria.
exCCss glucosc into glycogen. Its deficiency causes diabetes genetic material that is passed from virus
mellitus. 8 Long Answer Type Questions
The ctfort of synthesis of human insulin through 1 Describe transcription unit in DNA.
recombinant DNA technology was done by Eli Lily 1983. Ans. A transcription unit in DNA is defined primarily
by the
To sequcnce of DNA was prepared for the two chain, A three regions in the
DNA
(21 amino acid) and B (30 amino acid) ofinsulin by reverse gene, (iii) A terminator.
(i)A promoter, (ii) The structural
transcription of their mRNA. Plasmid of E.coli and insulin There is a convention in defining the two strands of the
DNAin the structural gene of transcription unit. Since
gene are treated with same restriction endonuclease to a
DNA
produce sticky end and joined together by DNA Ligase the two strands have opposite polarity and the
recombinant DNA in form of plasmid carrying insulin dependent RNa polymerase also catalyses the
genes. polymerisation in only one direction, thata is, (5-3'), the
21 Give the structure of Nucleosome. strand that has the polarity 3'
5
acts as template, and
Ans. The basic unit into which the DNA is packed in the is also referred to as template strand. The other strand which
has the polarity (5-3) and the
sequence sane as RNA
chromatin of eukaryotes. A nucleosome contains an during
octamer of proteins consisting of two copies each of (except thymine at the place ofuracil), is displaced
histones H2A, H,B, H; and H4, around which is wrapped transcription. Strangely, this strand (which does not code
two-and-a-half turns of DNA. Histone H; binds of DNA for anything) is referred to as coding strand. All the
outside the ball in the linker region. A typical nucleosome reference points which defining a transcription unit is made
contains 200 bp of DNA helix. The nucleosomes in with coding strand. To explain the point, a hypothetical
chromatin are seen as "beads-on-string" structure when sequence froma transcription unit is represented below
viewed under electron microscope (EM). 3'-ATGCATGCATGCATGCATGCATGC - 5'
Template Strand
DNA HIHistone 5'-TACGTACGTACGTACGTACGTACG –3'
Coding Strand
The promoter and terminator flank the structural gene in
a
Histone
octamer transcription unit. The promoter is said to be located
towards 5'-end (upstream) of the structural gene (the
reference is made with respect to the polarity of coding
strand). It is a DNA sequence that provides binding site
Core of histone for RNA polymerase, and it is the presence of a promoter
molocules
in a transcription unit that also defines the template and
a
The nucleosomnal organization provides chromatin fibre coding strands. By switching its position with terminator,
approximately 10 nm in thickness, which gets further the definition of coding and template strands could be
a nm diameter. This
condensed to produce a solenoid of 30 reversed. The terminator is located towards 3'-end
solenoid structure undergoes further coiling to produce a (downstream) of the coding strand and it, usually de fines
a nm
chromatin fibre of 200 nm and then chromatid of 700 the end of the process of transcription. There are additional
diameter, which can be seen under the light microscope. A regulatory sequences that may be present further upstream
all
nuclear scaffold formed by nonhistone proteins holds or downstream to the promoter.
the folded loops of chromatin. 2 What do you understand by genetic code ? Describe
a
22 How did Hershey and Chase prove that DNA is the type and characteristics of genetic code.
genetic material ? Ans. Genetic code is the sequence of nitrogen base on mRNA
to
Ans, In 1952, AIfred Hershey and Martha Chase workedand transcript from DNA which determine the sequence of
material
discover and prove that DNA is the genetic The amino acid during protein synthesis.
not the proteins. They worked with bacteriophages. Its There are two types of code
bacteria.
tadpole shaped bacteriophage attaches to the (i) Sense codons-The codons which code an amino acid.
dissolving the
genetic material enters the bacterial cell bytreats These are 61 sense codons which code 20 amìno acid.
cel] wall of bacteria. The bacterial cell. the viral
own and subsequently (ii) Signal codons-These are the codons for signal to start
genetic materia as if it was its te Or stop the protein synthesis.
manufactures more virus particles. Hershey and Chase
or DNA from AVG is the start codon which also codes an amino acid.
worked to discover whether it was protein Three codons UAA, UAG and UGA are the stop codon
the viruses that entered the bacteria.
on mediumn that contained which provide signal to stop the protein synthesis.
They grew some viruses
radioactive phosphorus and others on medium that 6Characteristics of'genetic code up
on
contained radioactive phosphorus and others growmedium ) The codon are triplet made of three base which
that contained radioactive sulphur. Viruses in the h
code an amino acid.
presence of radioactive phosphorus but protein does not. (ii) One codon codes for only one amino acid, hence the
Similarly, viruses grown on radioactive sulphur contained code is unambiguous.tio
radioactive protein but not radioactive DNA because DNA i(iii) Some amino acids are coded by more than one codon,
does not contain sulphur. hence the code degenerate.ilo tin
<br>

CLASS - XIL,
2025
transferrcd the 15N cclls into
a
BroLOGY nedium
with
(34] (ii) Thcnthey4NHACl and took samplcs at various definite
in a contiguous fashion.
codon is read in nRNA without normal multiplied and cxtracted
(iv) The punctuation. as cclls
timcintervals the as double-stranded heliccs.
means commaless the
It code is cxcept in et DNA that remaincd
The
is nearly universnl werc separatcd independently on CsCy
() Genctic code few piotozoa.
t

mitochondria and various samplcs

mcasurc the densitics of DNA
an omino gradicnts to
codon, which code
(i) AVG is dualactfnction vas cxtracted from the culture one
a
ncid and also as initiator codon. (iii) The DNA that the transfer from 15N to 14N medium
Deseribe Frcdrcick Griffth 's experiment on gencration aftcr
minutes (I gencration); had a hybrid
3
streptococcus Incumonin. Discuss the conclusion
be [that is after 20 density. DNA cxtracted from
or intermediate the
nrrived that DNA is genetie material.
a generation [that is after 40
an cxpcrimcnts with culture after another was conposed Of0
Ans. Frodrcick GriMh in 1928 conducted
streptococcus pncumonia which cause pncumonia. minutcs (1 generatiOn)] light' DNA
amounts of this hybrid DNA and of
Lie vinulent
S-cell
+ Live micc - Mic dicd
Virulent
S-ccll 5
Describe the different
Or:
between DNA and
What are the differences types of nucleic acids
RNA

and
Non virulent No write the differences
between them.
Iive nice Mice died
bacteria (DNA) and ribonucleic acid (PN.
R-cclls Ans. Deoxyribonucleic acid in living svete
No are the two types of nucleic acids found
Heat killed + Live mice Mice live bacteria ) DNA- It is the genetic material that codes or
S-cell All organism contain either DNA
Virulent particular traits.
Heat killed + Live mice Mice died RNA. that :
S-cells Live S-cell
(ii) RNA- another form of genetic material
It is
R*Cells used within living organism.
(i) He observed that two strains ofbacterium one forming l Differences between DNA and RNA–
smooth shiny colonies with capsule, while other DNA RNA
forming rough colonies without capsule. Colonies with RNA is
capsule are called S-type strain and colonies without (a) Sugar present in DNA (a) Sugar found in
capsule are R-type strain. is deoxyribose. ribose.
present in
(ii) When live S-type cells were injected into mice they (b) Nitrogen bases present |(b) Nitrogen
died due to pneumonia. in DNA are adenine, RNA are adenine,
(iii) When live R-type cells were injected into mice, they thymin, Gaunine and Uracil, Gaunine and
survived. Cytosine. Cytosine.
(iv) When heat killed S-type cell were injected into mice, (c) It is always double (c) It is single stranded
they survived and there were no symptoms of stranded structure. structure somnetime it
pneumonia.
may found as double
(V) When heat killed S-type cells were mixed with live stranded.
R-type and injected into mice, they died due to (a) It is the genetic material (d) It is the genetic material
unexpected symptoms of pneumonia. of all most all the living of only some viruses.
He concluded that heat killed S-type bacteria caused a organism.
transformation of R-type bacteria into S-type bacteria but (e) It is chemically less (e) It is chemically more
he was not able to understand the cause of this bacterial reactive and structurally reactive and structurally
transformation. more stable. less reactive.
O. Avery, C. Macleod and M. McCarty proved biochemical () DeOxyribose sugar in (o Ribose sugar is more
nature of transforming principle and concluded that DNA DNA is less reactive reactive because of
is the genetic material. because of C-H bonds. C-OH (hydroxyl) bonds.
4 Describe briefly the molecular mechanism of DNA Not stable in alkaline Stable in alkaline
replication. conditions. conditions.
Or Who demonstrated the semi-conservative (e) A-T(Adenine-Thymine), (g) A-U(Adenine-Uracil),
replication of DNA ? Explain the experiment in G-C(Guanine-Cytosine). G-C(Guanine-Cytosine)
detail. 6 Differentiate between
And
What is meant by semi-conservative mode of DNA Euchromatin
.O; Heterochromatin.
replication ? How did Meselson and Stahl prove Ans. Ditferences between euchromatin and heterochromat
this ?
Ans. Semi-conservative mode of replication of DNA is the Euchromatin Heterochromatin
process by which a DNA molecule produces two identical (a) Regions of chromatin Regions of chromatin
(a)
daughter DNA molecules; each strand of the original DNA which are loosely which are densely
molecule acts as a template for the formation of a new, tL packed during interphase
are called euchromatin. packed during cell
complementary strand. Mathew Meselson and Franklin division are
Stahl are best known for their joint demonstration of heterochromatin.
semiconservative replication of deoxyribonucleic acid b) After staining these (b) After staining thes
(DNA). They performed the following experiment in 1958 region are lightly
Tegions are appeared
(Ö) They first grew Escherichlu coli in a medium stained chromatin, intensely stained
containing 15NH,CI (15N is the heavy isotope of ntib: chromatin.
nitrogen) as only nitrogen source for many generations, (O) EuchOmatin contains
The result was that 15N was incorporated into newly active genes. (c) Heterochromatin gerte
srt t synthesized DNA (as well as other nitrogen containing ho
Contains inactive
cnriched
with/
(d) They do not
compounds). This heavy DNA molecule could be containd) These are e

distinguished from the normal DNA by centrifugation

repetitive DNA highly repetitive
in a cesium chloride (CsCl) density
Sequence. e randomly arranged
gradient. sequence.
DNA
<br>

abas A
- XII,
SA
Rplain l'olymerase Chain Renction with
CLASS
2025 BIOLOGY [35]
7
Ans..Polymerase Chain Renetion dingrnm. is tcrmcd as inducer in the abscnce ofa preferred carbon
techniquc for raidly producing (PCR)
a
laboratory
(nmplifyng) nillions to
s sourcc such as glucosc. If lactosc is provided in the growth
hillions of copCs of a spccific segment
won
emedium ofthec bacteria, the lactosc is transported into the
then be studicd in grenter of DNA, whielh cclls.
short synthctic DNA iagmentsdetail, PCR involves using The lactose then induces the operon in the following
scRmentof the genome to called primers to sclect a mame The repressor of thc opcron is synthesised from
be anplificd, nnd then multiple the i genc. The repressor protcin binds to the opcrator region
eudns of DNA Synthesis to anmplify that segment.
of the opcron and prcvcnts RNA polymerasc from
Reeln to be ampihnl transcribing thc opcron. In thc prescncc of an inducer. This
) allows RNA polymerase acccss to the promotor and
transcription procccds. Essentially, regulation of lac operon
can also be visualised as regulation of cnzyme synthesis
Denaturntion
by its substrate.
9 Draw a well labelled diagam of DNA double helix.
Imera Anneallng Ans.

Nolvnieruye
MneTase)

Base patrs
) Adenine 1hynineik f)
Exlnson

30 cveles Guanine Cvtoetne

Sugar phosphate oOj

tímes)

PCR is important because it can generate several copies of

a DNA sequence in a very short time period. It is also
important in forensic science as a tool for genetic
engineering. It helps in analyzing the gene expression.
What do you mean by regulation of gene expression? 6. EvOLUTION
Explain with the help of lac operon.
Ans. Regulation ofgene expression refers to the control of when 8 Multiple Choice Type Questions
and to what extent genes are turned on or off. This process
1 Wings of bat and wings of insects have similar functions
is crucial for determining the types and amount of proteins SO are examples of
synthesized by a cell, influcencing its functions and (a) Homologous organ, (b) analogous organ,
responses to the environment. (c) heterozygous, (d) homozygous.t Ans.(b)
The Lac operon- In Lac operon, a polycistronic structural 2 Who proposed the embryological support for evolution ?
gene is regulated by a common promoter and regulatory (a) Charles Darwin, (b) Oparin and Haldane,
genes. Such arrangement is very common in bacteria and (c) Alfred Wallace, (d) Ernst Heckel. Ans.(d)
is referred to as operon. To name few such examples, 3 Which of the following fitness is also known as Darwinian
lac operon, his operon, val operon, etc. fitness ?
a
(a) Respiratory fitness, (b) Reproductive fitness,
(c) Digestive fitness, (d) Excretory fitness.ieAns.(b)
In absence of inducer
y

Pl
region(o)
Repressor binds to the operatorfrom 4 Darwin's theory is based on
Reprcssor miNA and prevents RNA polymerase (b) Acquired character, 1
(a) Mutation,
Reprca90r (c) Natural selection, (d) None of these.Ans.(c)
In presence of inducer
y

Transcriptuon
The brain capacity of the Neanderthal man was
(a) 650 - 800 cc, (b) 900 cc,
Nepiessor mkNA lacmRNA
Translatlon (c) 1400 cc, (d) 300 cc. Ans.(c)
6 Wings ofa butterfly and wings of a bird are example of
.

B-alactusidase permcasc transacctylasc

Inducer
(a) Analogous organs, (b) Homologous organs,
(Unactive repressor)
(c) Vestigial organs, (d) None of these. Ans.(a)
one regulatory gene (the i gene
The luc operon consists of Darwin's theory is based on-ilik ,
hx
not refer to inducer, rather it is derivedy
here the term i does
irom the word inhibitor) and three structural genes (2, (a) Natural selection, (b) Acquired character,
genc for beta-galactosidase (B-gal), aoit(C) Mutation, (d) Struggle for existence. Ans.(a)
and a). The z codes
which is primarily responsible for the hydrolysis of the 8 Theory of Natural Selection was proposed by-0
monomeric units, galactose (a) Thomas Malthus, (b) Purkinjee, io
disaccharide, lactose into its
and glucose. The
y gene codes for permease, whicha (c) Watson and Crick, (d) Charles Darwin. Ans.(d)
to B-galactosides. The cones
increases permeability of the cell the three gene
9 Study of fossil unde
gene encodes a transacetylase. Hence, all metabolism of (a) Organic evolution, (b) Palaeogeography,o
operon are required for Ans.(c)
products in lac operons as well, the genes present in (c) Palaeontology, (d) Herpetology.
lactose. In most other same or 10 Theory of inheritance ofAcquired Characters was proposed
to function in the
tnc operon are needed together by
related metabolic pathway. gi (a) Darwin, lbun (b) Lamarck,
s 1

the enzyme beta-galactosidase

Lactose is the substrate foron (c)
and it regulates switching and off the operon. Hence,
it lt Mendal,sicnls (d) Wallace. 02atiaio Ans.(b)
<br>

[36] BroLoGY
11 p2 2q +
q?=1 a
binominl expression of
is
eNiA P
ma aHf sa CLASS

providing various aspccts of biological information

- XII, 2025

(a) (p + q)?. (b) (p - q'. cspccially thc molcculcs connccted with genomics and
(c) ( × q)' (d) (p/q)2. Ans.(n) protcomics is callcd bioinformnatics.
12 Homologous organs are similar in State Law of Dominancc.
Ans. Whcn two alternative form of a trait are present in an
(a) Function, (b) Oriin,
(c) Sizc, (d) length. organism. Only onc factor cxpress itself in Fi Progeny.
Such biological phenomcnon is termed as law of
Ans.(b) e
13 'Inheritancc of acqired characters' wns proposcd
by dominance by Mendal. The factor which shows its effects
(a) Darwin, (b) Lonnarck, in F; generation is ternmed as dominant while the other
(c) Mogan, (d) Mendel. Ans.(b) which fails to show its effect and remains masked is termed
14 First human like hominid was as recessive.
(a) Homo erectus, (b) Australopithccus, What is co-dominance ? State one example in human.
(c) Honno habilis, (d) Ramapithecus. Ans.(c) Ans. Co-dominance is the phenomenon in which alleles are able
IS Homologous structures support evolution. to express themselves completely when present together.
(a) Divergent, (b) Convergent, Example-Allblood group in humans where both the alleles
(c) both (a) and (b), (d) Darwin's theory. are expressed to produce RBC surface antigen A and B.
Ans.(a)
16 Vermi-form appendix is a 10 What are the key concepts of Darwinian theory of
(a) Connecting link, (b) Vestigial organ, evolution.
(c) Analogous organ, (d) None of these. Ans. Two key concepts of Darwinism are
Ans.(b)
17 Operon mnodel is representation of (i) Branching descent, (ii) Natural selection
(a) Gene synthesis, 11 What is Hardy-Weinberg principle ?
(b) Gene expression,
(c) Gene regulation, (d) Gene function.
Ans. It is the principle which state that gene frequency in a
Ans.(a) population remains stable and constant from generation to
18 In 1859 Darwin published a book
called generation.
(a) On the principles of population,
12 What is Trisomy ? Give an example.
(b) The origin of species,
Ans. When a particular chromosome is present in there copies
(c) Mutation theory, in a cel1, it is called trisomy, For Example, Down's
(d) HMS Beagle. Ans.(b) syndrome is because of trisomy of 21st chromosome.
19 Darwin's finches show one of the following aspects 13 What are differences between Homologous and
of
evolution Analogous organ ? Give example.
(a) Biogeographic evidence, Or, Differentiate between homologous and
(b) Industrial melanism, analogous organs.
(c) Biochemical evidence, Ans. Differences between homnologues and analogous organs
(d) Embryological evidence. Ans.(a) Homologous organs Analogous Organs
20 Modern human, Homo sapiens arose during ice age (a) Homologous Organs (a) Analogous organs differ
between have a similar basic in their internal
(a) 1,00,000 - 40,000 years ago, internal structure. e.g. structure. e.g. bird and
(b) 75,000- 10,000 years ago, pentadactyl constitution insect wings.
(c) 18,000 years ago, of fore limbs.
(d) 10,000 years ago. Ans.(a) (b) They have the same (b) Analogous organs do
origin or position in not possess similar
E VeryShort Answer Type Questions relation to other body origin or position in
1
Who wrote the book The Origin of Species' ? parts. relation to other body
Ans. Charles Darwin. parts.
|(c) They may be (c) The analogous organs
2 Give an example of adaptive radiation. phenotypically may have a superficial
Ans. Darwin finches.
different. resemblance.
3 Define Homologous organ. |(d) They may exhibit (d) They Show convergent
Ans. The organs which have same origin but different functions divergent evolution or
are called homologous organs. Example- forelimbs of radiation. Example
adaptive radiation. Inset and bird wings.
vertebrates. Example- Forelimbs
4 What is Genetic Drift ? a section of tetrapods.
Ans. The elimination of genes of certain traits when
migrate or dies off due to natural calamity S Short Answer Type Questions
of a population gene frequency of the How is Darwinian theory
is calledas genetic drift. It alters the 1
different from Lamarck's
remaining population. theory ?
5 What is gene migration ? in addition
Ans. Darwinian Theory Lamanck's Theor
Ans. When a section ofpopulation migrates, results
it
(a) This theory discredits (a) Lamarckism strongly
new genes or alleles to one population and their loss to the internal vital force
of drift. builds on the notion of
another population. This is called genetic theory. internal vital force in
6
organs
What are vestigial are ? organismms.
an
Ans. The organs which reduced and functionless in sn(b) Development or disapp (b) From an evolutionary
are well developed and functional in allied crance of an organ
organism but in perspective organs
)forms are called vestigial organs. Example- body hair happens cdue to continuous develop if they are
mammals, vermiform appendix etc. variation, constantly used. If unused
boc
?
7 What is Bioinformatics of'huge
it could disappear.
science which deals with handling and storing
Hn (C) Darwinism emphasises
Ans. The (C) Lamarckism discredits the
genomics as databases, analysing and the struggle for existance. struggle for inheritance.
tdhinformation of
<br>

Verma's aHf CLASS -

a
XII, 2025
one line. ench on sS P
BIOLOGY [37]
2Write life-Thcories the two theories of evolution. Two ways in which
Ans. Origin of study of fossils support biological
Theon' of special creation- According evolution
() God, to this theory, (i) The study
thc supcrmatural being of Archacopteryx reveals that birds have
nlants and animals, All livingcrcated thc carth light, cvolved from rcptiles. This shows fossils provide
today werc crcatcd as such. organism that we scc cvidence for cvolution.
arms Yas always the same. The diversity of the lifc (ii) Phylogeny can be constructed from fossils.
Earth is about 4000 ycars
old. (iii) Habitat and behaviour of extinct organisms can be
y) Thcory of panNpernnia/Cosmozoic inferred from well-preserved fossils.
seientists belicvc that life theory- Some Where did Darwin err in his theory of the «Origin of
has appeared on earth from Species" through natural selection ?
other planets or outer space. Early
thought that units called 'spores' orGreek Philosophers Ans. Darwin s theory had following drawbacks
on the earth along 'pansperms' came (i) Survival of the fttest- Darwinism can explain the
with meteorites and they might have
evolved into the present day form. survival of fittest but is unable to account for arrival
Describe Darwinism. of the fittest. It is difficult to suppose that small
3
Any population has
variations could have formed organs like wings and
built-in variation in characters. mimicry colouration which are useful only in their
Individuals with those characteristics which enable them fully developed state.
to survive better (fitness of the individuals) in
the natural Certain organs can be helpful to the organism only in
conditions, would outnumber the others, who are less fully developed state.
adapted under the same natural condition. This fitness of (i1) Over specialization-Tusks of elephants and the antlers
individuals according to Darwin, refers ultimately to of some deer have overgrown their usefulness.
reproductive fitness. Such fit individuals leave more (iii) Vestigial organs- A number of vestigial organs
progeny (with more fit individuals) than others. They are persisting generation after generation has no
selected by nature to survive and reproduce (Natural explanation according to Darwinism.
selection). In due course of time, new life forms arise and (iv) Unchanged forms- Pteridophyte for example
evolve and thus natural selection is a mechanism of selaginella is continuing on this earth for the last 200
evolution. million years without any change, whereas, Darwin
4
What is Speciation ? List any two evens leading to supposed addition of useful variation with every
speciation. generation.
Ans, The process involving formation
of new species from the (v) Darwin did not differentiate between somatic and
existing species is called speciation. germinal variations.
Tvo events leading to speciation are (vi) Darwin also failed to explain how terrestrial animnals
()) Interbreeding among different population.
would evolve form aquatic animals.
9 Mention three observations on which Darwin based
(ü) Migration. his theory of Natural Selection.
5 What is convergent evolution ? Ans. Three observations are
Or, Describe with examples convergent evolution. (i) Natural populations of all organism have the potential
Ans. Natural selection can lead to similar adaptations for survival to increase rapidly, because organism can produce far
change more offspring than are required merely to replace the
in the similar habitats. This form of evolutionary
convergent or parallel evolution. parents.
1S
called
resemble (ii) Most population are normally stable in size, except
Marsupials (pouched mammals) of Australia
in similar habitats for seasonal fluctuations.
cquivalent placental mammals that live (iiü) Natural resources are limited.
OI Other continents. Australia ago.
separated from other
years Pouched mammals 10 What was Lamarck's theory of evolution ? Explain
continents about 50 million
separation from Antarctica and the theory by quoting an example.
aived in Australia before in isolation. Ans. Lamarck's theory of evolution states that use and disuse
evolved into different form
that made the two of an organ can bring about a change in that organ which
Natural selection favOured changes oli is then acquired and passed on to the next generation.
roups more alike. Example- The long neck of giraffe was explained by
What are Vestigial Organs ? How
can you differentiate
organs lari Lamarck as an outcome of theseonanimal to stretch their
hem from rudimentary ? neck constantly to eat the leaves the upper branches of
Ans,The
organs present in reduced size and functionless trees.
dilion which are not of
any use of animals possessing 11 Differentiate between Hom0zVgous and Heterozvgous.
hem are called Vestigial organs. other Ans. Differences between homozygous and heterovgous
developed form in
These Organs still present in fully organs were
rudimentary Homozygous Heterozygous
Pelcs and are functional. But at any time
as well
(a) When both alleles of a (a) When both alleles of a
neither fully developed nor functional
gene are similar, than gene are dissimilar then
4S they are not homologous.
the individual is called the individual is called
() Vermiform appendix. homozygous like TT heterozygous like Tt, orj
(ii) Coccyx in man. Tt.
(Oi) Wisdom teeth in man.
examples ofvestigial (b) They uro true breeding (b) They are not true
(iv) Plica Semilunaris in Mun, are the leading to pure line, breeding.
(o) Gamete produces by (c) The gametes produced
organ. Ways in whlch the them are similar in by them are of two type,
What are
Fossils ? Mention any two evolution of
study of Support biological genotype. one with doninant
fossils allele and other with
organism. of prehistoric
Ans,
Fossils are remains or impression
rock
or other media, recessive allele.
the
organism preserved in sedimentary
<br>

CLASS - XIL, 2025

Noma's af aa®
[38] BrOLOGY divergent
water (provision
another flask with arrangcment for boiling chamber was
12 Dirferentinte betwecn convergent nnd for cvaporation). Thc othcr cnd of the spark a
Cvolution. conncctcd to a trap by tubc
a that passcd through
condensation and collcction
Ans. Diferences bcvce Covegent an Divcrgent evohution Condenscr (an rrangcncnt for Haldanc's soun)
Comevent cvolution DirryCnt evoution ofaqucous solution, cquivalcnt to rain and
trap, in turn, was Conncctcd with the flask for boiling
(a) It takes place due to
The apparatus
(a) l takcs placc due to
cnvironmental changes water (arrangencnt for circulation). The controlit was devoid of
Variation in cnviro1 containcd cvery arrangcment cxccpt that
and migration. amount of
11ental circunslancCs. as cnergy sourcc. Afier eighteen days, significant
(b) The specCs Oulr com (b) Thc outward, as well organic compoUnds (mnonomers), such
the simple major
internal appcarancc
of

position would appear as amiIo acids (as glycine, alanine and aspartic acid) and
the spccies, may vary. aqueous sample of
diferent howeer.
a peptide chains, began to appear in theinsignificant amount
within thev bear set. On the contrary,
the experinental in the control apparatus.
resenmblance to their of organic molccules was formedwas
a
ancestors. Therefore, the obvious inference that abiotic synthesis
(c) Mings of birds and l(c) Darwin's finches are the monomers occurred in the simulated
common example of of organic
bats arc cxamples of experimental condition.
divergent evolution. significance
cOnvegent cvolution. 3 State Hardy-Weinberg Rule. What is its
Long Answer Type Questions in evolution ?
the trends of
1 What is Natural Sclection ? Give an example of natural Ans. Study of gene frequencies in population and population
selection in reference to industrial melanism. their change under varied condition is called
Ans. Natural selection is the process by which those organisms genetics.
a
that are best suited for their environment survive and Population- group of individual present in geographical
reproduce. Onc of the most striking examples, which area which share a common pool.
demonstrates the action of natural selection in the wild is to
in Genefiequency- Percentage of an alleleanin relation the
the case of peppered moth, Biston betularia that lives total alleles of a gene present in interbreeding
all parts of England. This moth shows cryptic coloration population.
with two phenotypes, light (grey) and dark (black). During Gene pool- AII the genes and their alleles found in
an
1850 to 1950. biologists found the black variety became interbreeding population.
more and more common and of the light form scarcer,
particularly in the industrial cities (Manchester
area, for However, normally the alleles tends to maintain an
Cxample).
equilibrium with reference to one another over generation
irrespective of phenotypic expression. This is genetic
The change in frequency of the gene for black colour equilibrium. It operates when
coincided with the spread of heavy industry in the locality.
(i) Population is stable
Before the Industrial revolution the air in and around
Manchester was clean. The bark of trees growing in the (ii) No migration (emigration or immigration)
area was covered with lichens. Against the pale tree trunks (iii) Size of population is large
on which they used to rest during daytime, the speckled (iv) Mutation are negligible
variety of moth is camouflaged. Insectivorous birds
a (v) Sex ratio is unity and mating is random.
presumably had difficulty in seeing it, so the moth had This genetic structure of non-evolving population is called
good chance of surviving and reproducing. Hardy Weinberg Equilibrium.
Due to industrial smoke and soot the apale tree trunks
p+q= l; (p + )² = 1; p²+ 2pq² q² =1.
+

became more and more blackened. As result the light

The five basic process which changes HNE are
moths stood out in contrast to its background, increasing
the possibility of being easily detected and eaten by their (i) Mutation, (ii) Recombination,
predators, such as birds, in much greater number than the (iii) Gene migration, (iv) Genetic drift,
dark melanic variety. Decrease in the number of light moths (v) Natural selection.
and increase in the number of dark variety was the ultimate
Role of HWE in evolution- Evolution is not only the
result. Therefore, evolution favoured the melanic moths development ofnew species from older ones, it is even the
to reproduce more successfully for their adaptation in the
polluted areas of England. Evolution of darker form in minor change within a species generation to generation
response 1o industrial pollution is known as industrial over long period of time causes gradual transition to new
in the
melanism. species. It causes change in frequencies of alleles
gene pool of a population.
2 How did Stanley Miller test Oparin-Haldane's theory homologous nd
on the origin of life ? What do you understand byexample both in plant
Or, How did Urey and Miller provide the conditions analogous organs ? Explain with
of primitive earth to prove the origin of life in their and aninal.
experiments ? Ans. The organs which have sanle basic structural design and
uses and tunction
Or, Describe how the origin of life from abiotie development origin but ditter in their
substances was proved experimentally. are called homologous oyan.
similar
Ans. In 1953, Stanley Miller and Hurold Urey tested Oparin Example- Forelimbs of sole animals have ulna,
Haldune hypothesis by ercating in the laboratory, unatomical structure. They all passes hunmerus, radius, but
conditions comnparable to those of carly curtlh. Their Curpels, metucarpals and phalanges in their torelinbs
upparatus produced a variety of amino acids and otlher uy they use it in ditlerent ways.
organic compounds found in living organisms today. In plant tondrils of cucurbita and thorns of
Bougainvilled
Miller sealed in a spark clhamber a mixture water (| l20),
of ure homologous organ because both are the moditicatio
methane (CH4), ammonia (NH3) and hydrogen gas (H2). of' stem but their tunctions are ditlerent.
He mude arrangement for insertion of two electrodes to
provide electrical energy (stimulation Analogous organ- Organs which havebut litterent pertorns
spark chamber. The spark chamber of lightning) to the developmental origin and structural design
was connected to similar function are called analogous organ.
<br>

obrma'o -
cT SA CLASS XII, 2025 BroLoGY [39]
nanplc-Wings ofbutterly and birds are not anatonmically
Oncogcnic viruscs arc responsible for
lnilar strueture nlthough thcy perforn similar function.
nlant swcet potato is thc modification of root wherc ns (a) Common cold, (b) Cancer,
o
potatois the 1modification of'stem but botlh (c) AIDS,t (d) Typhoid. tth Ans.(b)
nnodify to storc 10) Thc cclls which sccrcte perforin
food. are-host
Match the following (a) Killcr T-cclls, (b) Plasma cells,
from Column-A with Column-B- (c) Supprcssor T-cclls, (d) Helper T-cells. Ans.(a)
1 Column A Column B 11 Immunity acquired after an infcction is- tatt
(a) Central Dogma (i) Watson amd Crick
(b) DNA (ii) F. H.C. Crick (a) Active immunity, (b) Passive immunity,
(c) RNA (iii) DNA tb(c) Innate immunity, (d) Both (a) and (c). Ans.(a)
Replication
(d)
12 Pneumonia is transmitted by
(iv) Protein
(c) (a) Food and water, (b) Wind,irte ieuro l icr
Hìstones (v) AUGC (c) Insects, i (d) All. ( ondel Ans.(a)
Ans.
(a)- (ù). (b) (), (c) (v). 13 The study of the cause ofa disease is called-l
(d) (iii), (e) (iv).
(a) Pathology,oo (b) Etiology,tuiku zief
Column A Column B (c) Zymology,lu (d) Ethology.h Ans.(b)
(a) Prinmase (i) Separation of DNA strand 14 Widal test is done to confirm-t T025
(b) Ligase (ii) RNA primer
(c) RNA polymerase
(a) Malaria,ordote (b) Typhoid, iltisicotbh
(ii) Transcription of RNA tri (c) AIDS, i(d)
C
Cancer.sh Ans.(b)
(d) Okazaki fragments (iv) Join broken pieces ofDNA
(e) Helicase
15 Antibodies are found in
(v) Broken pieces of DNA strands
Ans. (a) (ii), (b)
(a) Blood, irali (b) Lungs,
(iv), (c) (iii); (c) Heart, (d) Kidney. ig Ans.(a)
(d) (), (e) (). 16 Central drug research institute is located in
3 Columin A Column B (a) Patna, i (b) Ranchi,
(a) Nucleic acid (i) DNA h(c) Lucknow, (d) Kanpur. Ans.(c)
(b) Translation (ii) RNA 17 Which of these is sex-linked inheritance ?
(c) Nucleotide (iii) Protein synthesis (a) Haemophilia, (b) Diabetes,
Ans. (a) (ii), (b) (iii), (c) i). (c) Influenza, (d) Tuberculosis. Ans.(a)
18 Which of the following diseases is not sexually
transmitted ?
BIOLOGY IN HUMAN WELFARE (a) Gonorrhoca, (b) Syphilis, s.i e
ie
(c) Herpes, (d) Malaria. Ans.(d)
19 Study of cancer is known as
7. HUMAN HEALTH AND DISEASE (a) Parasitology, (b) Ascariasis,t
(c) Oncology, (d) Amoebiasis. n
Ans.(c)
E Multiple Choice Type Questions 20 Infective stage of Plasmodium to man is
1
The antibody which can cross placental barrier is (a) Gametocyte, (b) Sporozoite,
(a) IgA, (b) IgE, (c) Merozoite, (d) Meta-Merozoite. Ans.(b)
Ans.(d) 21 Amoebiasis (amoebic dysentery) is caused by- s)
(c) IgM, (d) IgG.
2 Which antibody is present in colostrum ? (a) Porifera, (b) Protozoa,
(a) IgM, (b) IgE, (c) Helminths, (d) Fungi.
tn Ans.(b)

(c) IgA, (d) IgG. Ans.(c) 22 Bar body is found in

an against allergy ? idh(a) Males, (b) Female,
3 Which of the following is antibody
(a) IgG, (b) lgE, YIE (c) Both (a) and (b), (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
Ans.(b) 23 Which one of the organisms does not cause disease in man
(C) IgA, (d) IgM.oluige)
World AIDS day is (n).2(a) Bacteria, (b) Viruses,
o
(a) December 21, (b) December
1, (c) Fungi, (d) Amphibian. Ans.(d)
Ans.(b) 24 Minamata disease is due to pollution of water by
(c) November 1, (d) June 5.
which (E).2 (a) Oil,
irl(b) Fluoride,
Virus-infected cells secrete proteins called infection.
PrOtect non-infected cells from further viral (c) Mercury,0 b(d) Arsenic. h
Ans.(c)
(a) exon, (b) intron, 25 Cirrhosis is caused by taking
Ans.(b) (b) Opium, : sttbatv
(C) interferon, (d) neutrophils. as bio-control (a) Bhang,ho
viruses, which are used (c) Alcohol, tis (d) Cocaine. d Ans.(c)
e
pathogenic
gents to attack insects and arthropodsmosaic are 26 Which of the following is sexually transmitted disease ?
virus,
(a) Lambda phage, (b) Tobacco Ans.(d)
(a) AIDS, (b) Polio,
(C) x (d) Baculoviruses. (c) Elephantiasis, (d) Tuberculosis., Ans.(a)
7 174, causative organism
Wnich of the followingparasites
is the 27Lymphoma cancer is found in
of malaria2ie et (a) Cartilage, (b) Fat tissue, in
(a) Ascaris, fenlesl (b) Plasmodium, A Ans.(b) (c) lymph tissue,(d) Epithelial tissue. Ans.(c)
virus,
(c) Salmonclla, (d) Rhino a constituent of oral 28 Study of interaction of antigens and antibodies in the blood
is
the following chemicals
is called
CoOf
Contraceptive pills? (31 (a) Serology, c(b) Haematology,is21
(a) Oxytocin, (b) Prolactin, inaLif setunts Ans.(c) ther (c) Angiology, se
(d) Cryobiology,w Ans.(a)
(c) Progesterone, (d) Relaxin.
<br>

-
CLASS XII, 2025
B1OLOGY can cause Cancer, is called
[40] 50 Any substances that
(b) Oncogenes,
29 Elephantiasis is caused by (a) Carcinogens, Metamerism. Ans.(a)
(b) Taenia, (d)
(a) Ascaris, Ans.(c) (c) Metastasis,
(c) Wuchereria, (d) Entamoeba.
51 Morgan worked on
by bacteria ? hh (b) House fly,
30 Which disease is caused (a) Fruit fly,
(a) Pneumonia, (b) Cancer, bee, (d) Dragon fly. Ans.(a)
Ans.(a) (c) Honey a Sexually Transmitto
(c) Malaria, (d) Common cold. Which of the following is not
are 52
31 Benign and malignant tumours formed in
Disease ?
(a) Flu, (b) Typhoid, (a) Hepatitis B,
(b) Gonorrhoea,
(d) Cancer. Ans.(d) (d) Syphlis. Ans.(c)
(c) Cholera, (c) Typhoid,
32 Tapeworm is a Snapdragon exhibits
53
(a) Bisexual animal, (b) Unisexual animal, (b) Incomplete dominance,
Ans.(a) (a) Codominance,
(c) Both (a) and (b), (d) None of these. Epistatsis, (d) Pleiotropy. Ans.(b)
(c)
33 Bee keeping is called 54 ELISA is a diagnostic test for which disease
(a) Apiculture, (b) Sericulture, (b) Cancer,
(a) Malaria,
(c) Aquaculture, (d) Lac culture. Ans.(a) (d) Typhoid. Ans.(c)
(c) AIDS,
34 Vinegar is prepared from alcohol with the help of 55 Cirrhosis' is related to
(a) Lactobacillus, (b) Acetobacter, (b) Kidney,
Ans.(b) (a) Lungs,
(c) Azotobacter, (d) Rhizobium. (d) Liver. Ans.(d)
(c) Brain,
35 Triple antigen vaccine is not used for a
56 Typhoid fever is caused by species of
(a) diphtheria, (b) pertussis, (a) Paramoecium, (b) Plasmodium,
(c) typhoid, (d) tetanus. Ans.(c)
(c) Euglena, (d) Salmonella. Ans.(d)
36 BCG vaccine is given to children to check following ?
57 Oncogenes are responsible for which of the
(a) Diarrhoea, (b) Tuberculosis, (b) Cancer,
(a) Cholera,
(c) Polio, (d) Anthrax. Ans.(b)
(c) Malaria, (d) AIDS. Ans.(b)
37 Types of tumour (Cancerous cells) 58 Cirrhosis of liver is caused by chronic intake of
(a) Benign, (b) Malignant, (b) tobacco,
Ans.(b)
(a) drug,
(c) Both of the these, (d) None of these. (c) alcohol, (d) sugar. Ans.(c)
38 Nicotine is found in 59 Antibodies are produced by
(a) Alcohol, (b) Tobacco, (a) T-cells, (b) B-cells,
(c) Hamiplant, (d) None of these. Ans.(b) Ans.(b)
(c) Sertoli cells, (d) Mast cells.
39 Overall ability of living body to fight against disease is called
60 The sexual stage of Malarial parasite is completed in
(a) Interferon, (b) Allergy, (a) Mosquito, (b) Human,
(c) Immunity, (d) Incubation. Ans.(c) Ans.(a)
(c) Water, (d) Pig.
40 Ringworm is caused by 61 Any substances that can cause Cancer, is called
(a) Fungus, (b) Helminthes,
(d) Amoeba.
(a) Carcinogens, (b) Oncogenes,
(c) Ascaris,so Ans.(a)
organ ? (c) Metastasis, (d) Metamerism. Ans.(a)
41 Which among the following is a Primary Lymphoid 62 Antibodies are produced by
(a) Bone marrow, (b) Thymus, (a) T cells, (b) B cells,
(c) (a) and (b) both, (d) None of these. Ans.(c)
(c) Sertoli cells, (d) Mast cells. Ans.(b)
42 Dengue fever is caused by 63 Allergy is related to which of the following?
(a) Bacteria, (b) Virus, (a) Histamine, (b) Serotonin,
(d) Worms. Ans.(b) (c) Melanin,
(c) Protozoa, (d) Both (a) and (b). Ans.(a)
43 Hepatitis B vaccine is produced from 64 Histamine is secreted by
(a) Yeast, t (b) Algae, (a) Granulocyte cells, (b) Dendritic cells,
(d) Bacteria. Ans.(a) Ans.(d)
(c) Fungi, (c) Phagocytic cells, (d) Mast cells.
44 An antibody molecule can be represented as 65 ELISA is a diagnostic test for which disease
(a) HL neesh (b) HL (a) Malaria, (b) Cancer,
t (d) H3L.
0
Ans.(a) (c) AIDS, (a) Typhoid. Ans.(c)
(c) HzL3
45 The total Number of Amino Acids are-l 66 Contact inhibition property of
(b) 23, (c) 15, (d) 20.t Ans.(d) (a) Normal cells, (b) Cancerous cells,
(a) 22,
46 Cell Mediated Response is associated with (c) Macrophages, (d) Hepatic cells. Ans.(b)
(a) B-Cell, t (b) T-Cell, 67 Cell Mediated Response is associated with
-
(c) C-Cell, (d) cell. Ans.(b) (a) B-Cell, (b) T-Cell,
(d) a-cell. Ans.(a)
47 Cirrhosis' is related to (c) C-Cell,
t (a) Lungs, (b) Kidney,:tntlepl 68 Hallucinations is related to the drug
(C) Brain, (d) Liver.ti Ans.(d) (a) Opioids, (b) Cannabinoid,
48 Widal test is associated with Ans.(c)
(c) Cocaine, (d) Hashish.
0(a) Malaria, (b) Tuberculosis, 69 Interferons are secreted by
h(c) Cholera,b (d) Typhoid. Ans. (d) fu (a) Viral infected cells,
49 Infective stage of Malarial parasite is (b) Fungal infected cells,
(a) Trophozoite, (b) Sporozoite, (c) Bacterial infected cells, Ans.(a)
(c) Merozoite, iz (d) Gametocytes.' Ans.(b) (d) Protozoan infected cells.
<br>

Verma's aHf sT"CLASS - XII, 2025 PRSs BroLOGY [41]

WIhich onc of' the following is not a
70 fungal discasc- 82 Innate Immunity mncans
(a) Rust of whcat. (a) Immunity by Birth,
(b) Smut of Bajra, (b) Immunity before Birth,
(c) Black rot of crucifcrs,
(c) Acquircd characters,
(d) Red rot of sugarcane. (d) Immunity before Birth. Ans.(a)
Ans.(c)
41 ENccssive aid longeT consuiption of alcohol /drug may 83 Which ofthe following is an Example of Active Immunity ?
leads into (a) Vaccination,
(a) Liver cirrhosis,
(b) Colostrum,
(b) Respiratory tailure and Heart failure.
(c) Readymade antibodies,
(c) Cerebral haemorrhage and damage to Nervous system. Ans.(a)
(d) All of these.
(d) Allof these. Ans.(d) 84 Interferons are secreted by
12 Penicillin is obtaincd from (a) Bacterial infected cells,
(a) Aspergillus fumigatus, (b) Fungal infected cells,
(b) Streptomyces griseus, (c) Protozoan infected cells,
(c) Penicillium griseofulvum, (d) Virus infected cells. Ans.(d)
(d) Penicillium notatum. Ans.(d) 85 Which genetic disease is caused by Trisomy of 21st
73 Active immunity is got from chromosome ?
(a) Antibiotics, (a) Klinfelter's syndrome,
(b) Weekend germs in injection, (b) Turner's syndrome,
(c) Live germs in injection, (c) Down's syndrome,
(d) Phenylketonuria. Ans.(c)
(d) Blood transfusion. Ans.(b)
74 Sickle cell anaemia is a 86 Human Blood group is an example of
(a) Autosomal recessive, (a) Co-dominance,
(b) Autosomal dominant,
(b) Multiple allelism,
(c) Both (a) and (b),
(c) Sex linked recessive, Ans.(c)
(d) Incomplete dominance.
(d) Sex linked dominant. Ans.(a)
87 Humoral Response is associated with
75 Colour blind person cannot recognise (a) Lymph, T Cell, Memory cell and Antibody,
(a) Red and yellow colour,
(b) Blood, B Cell, Plasma Cell, Memory Cell and Antibody,
(b) Blue and green colour, (c) B- Cells and T- Cells,
(c) Red and green colour, (d) Antibody molecule. Ans.(c)
(d) any colour. Ans.(d) 88 Tumour is/are
76 ELISA is based on the principle of (a) Group of cells who have lost the property of Contact
(a) Antigen-Antibody reaction, Inhibition
(b) DNA polymorphism, (b) Group of cells having property of Contact inhibition
(c) Contact inhibition, (c) Group of cells having specific function
Ans.(a) (d) Group of cells having general function Ans.(a)
(d) Both (b) and (c).
77 Amoebiasis (amoebic dysentery) is caused by 89 Metastasis means
(a) Entamoeba histolytica, (a) spread of tumour away from their origin.
(b) confination of tumour to the site of origin.
(b) Plasmodium vivax,
(c) enlargement of a cell in size,
(c) Salmonella typhi,
Ans.(a) (d) Degradation of a celI. Ans.(a)
(d) Streptococcus pneumonia.
90 Withdrawal syndrome is related to
78 PCR can detect
(a) drug and alcohol addiction,
S(a) A very low amount of DNA, (b) the condition of mental retardation,
(b) Substantial amount of RNA, (c) excessive weight loss in an individual,
(c) DNA and RNA, Ans.(a) (d) genetic disorder. Ans.(a)
(d) AIlof these. Immunity?
is an Example ofActive S Very Short Answer Type Questions
9 Which of the following
1 Writethe names of two primary lymphoid organs.
(a) Vaccination,
Ans. Two primary lymphoid organs are
(b) Colostrum,
Readymade antibodies,
(c)
(i) Bone marrow,
Ans.(a) (ii) Thymus.
tss (d) All of these. 2 Write two effects of drug abuse.
O0 Interferons are secreted by
Ans. Two effects of drug abuse are
(a) Bacterial infected cells,
) A person commonly becomes dull, antisocial,
(6) Fungal infected cells, depressed, tired, aggressive etc.
(C) Protozoan infected cells, (ii) Alcohol usage leads to the failure of vital organs like
w
Ans.(d)
8841titkshe
(d) Virus infected cells. the liver and kidneys.
81 Secondary
Immune response is- 3 Give examples of two infectious diseases.
(a) Slovwer, Ans. 7ivo infectious diseases are
e
(b) Faster, (i) Flu,tto(i) Measles,s
Moderate,csks st ngs01lrek Ans.(b)
response. tritf
to the primary
(4) Not related
<br>

[42] BroLoGY
ess Vermas aAf JA" CLASS XII, 2025
cancer begins
(primary) tumour. For cxample, if the canccr
What is Antibody ? in the stomach and sprcads to the pancreas, the
counter the cancer cclls.
Ans. Thc proteinaccous nolccules produccd to cclls in thc pancrcas arc stomach
specifie antigen called antibodics. (b) Vuccination- Pcople should get vaccination
to avojd
Name two sexually ransmitted discAses. infections, particularly during epidemic. Vaccination
is availablc against cholcra, typhoid, tuberculosis
and
Ans. (i) AlDS,
(ii) Gonorhoca. many other discascs.
Which of the following is not
n restriction enzyme ?
2 What measurcs should bc taken to prevent from
(EcoRl/ Pectinasc) contacting sexually transmitted discases ?
Ans. Pectinasc. Ans. The measures should be taken to prevent from
contacting
7 Where Central Drug Research Institute (CDRI) is
sexually transmitted disease are as follows
situatcd ? as condoms etc. during
19int tbl (i) Use of contraceptives such
Ans. Lucknow (U.P) intercourse.
Who won the Nobel Prize for the discovery of (ii) Sex with unknown or multiple partners should be
Penicillin? avoided.
Ans. Alexander Fleming (iii) Abstaining from vaginal, anal or oral sex can prevent
is Immunity ? Mention different types of
What STD.
immunity that you have read. 3 Write short note on Pneumonia disease.
a
Ans. Immunity isa natural or acquired resistance ofan individual Ans. Pneumonia is a disease caused by bacteria like
to the development of pathological condition even after Streptococcus pneumoniae and Haemophilus influenzae.
having received infective does of virulent pathogen, its Pneumonia infects the alveoli (air filled sacs) of the lungs.
toxin or an allergen. As a result of the infection, the alveoli get filled with fluid
Iypes of Immunity leading to severe problems in respiration. Symptoms of
In
(i) Innate Immunity pneumonia include fever, chills, cough and headache.
severe cases, the lips and finger nails may turn gray to
(ii) Acquired Immunity.
10 Give four examples each of contagious and non bluish in colour. A healthy person acquires the infection
by inhaling the droplets/aerosols released by
an infected
contagious diseases.
person or even by sharing glasses and utensils with an
Ans. Contagious diseases
6) infected person.
Smallpox, Chickenpox, Measles, STDs.o What are the effect of nicotine?bihd
a

4
Non-contagious diseases Ans. In a low concentration nicotine have following effects
r
Cholera, Tuberculosis, Typhoid, Malaria. (i) stimulates conduction of nerve impulses.
11 Super bug was discovered by .....sss
(ii) Relaxes the muscles.
Ans. Alan Christianson.
(iii) Releases adrenaline, increasing heart beat and blood
12 Write full form of IUD. What is its use ? pressure.
Ans. IUD- Intrauterine Contraceptive Device. (iv) Retards foetal growth.
Uses- Prevent pregnancy. (v) High concentration of nicotine paralyses nerve cells.
13 Expand the following abbreviations
(c) STD,
5 Write two symptoms of cancer.
(a) MALT, (b) HIV,
(d) MTP, (e) VD, () AIDS.
Ans. Symptoms of cancer
(i) The cells divide repeatedly with uncontrolled cell
Ans. (a) MALT- Mucosa Associated Lymphoid Tissue.
division forming large mass of tissue called tumour.
(b) HIV- Human Immunodeficiency Virus. (ii) The invasion of cancerous cells from one part to other
(c) STD- Sexually Transmitted Disease. parts by body fluid.
(d) MTP- Medical Termination of Pregnancy. :) 1 Write two symptoms of AIDS.
(e) VD- Venereal Diseasert uit brasel ) Ans. Synmptoms of AIDS
() AIDS- Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome.
h
(i) Weight of body decreases gradually.
14 What is an Oncogene ?t. loio lz uar.ub c (ii) The body has regular fever, headache, dizziness etc.
Ans. An oncogene is a gene that when mutated or expressed at What are Allergens ? How do human beings respond
abnormally high levels contribute to converting a normal to them ?
cell into a cancer cell. Ans. Allergens are substances which act as weak antigens an
15 Whích vaccine is taken for Diphtheria, Titanus and yCause inappropriate and excessive immune respons:
Pertrussis ? Allergen being a harmless substance initiates antiboay
Ans. DPT vaccine. formation which in turn binds to the receptors on the
16 What are antibiotics ? cell. The mast cell releases chemicals such as histamnes.
Ans. An antibitic is a type of antimicrobial substance active Which in turn causes inflammation of mucus membrai
against bacteria. 8 What is a Carcinogen ? Name one chemieal carcinog
17 Write the scientific name of baker's yeast. with its target tissue ?
Ans. Saccharomyces o
Ans. The physical,
chemical and biological agents which cause
cerevisiae.dss de
ahs ydl cancer are called carcinogens.
K Short Answer Type Questionse Chemical carcinogen- Asbestos act on
lungs.
1
Define e 9 What is Autoimmunity ? Explain.
(a) Metastasis.lodeotA Ans. Autoimmunity is reuction tissucs
to an individual's owWn Auto-
(self-antigens) to which tolerance
(b) Vaccination. has been lost.attacks
Metastasis- The spread of cancerous maycells from ono immune disease ensues when
Ans. (a)
be carried the imnmune systemDiseases
part of the body to another. The cells the target cells of the autoimmune reaction. myasthenia
by the lymphatic system or
in the blood. Cells that consideredto be ofautoinmmune
origin include:
have metastasised are like those in the original t gravis, multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis ete.
 CLASS- XIL,
<br>

How did spleen act as a lymphoid organ 2025 PR BIOLOGY [43]

?
Ans. Splcen
is a large bcan shaped organ. swallowing the drops. 'Immunization' is the term used for
It mainly contains
lymphocytes. It act as a filter of the process of both getting the vaccine and becoming
lood-borne, micro-organismns. Spleenthe blood by trapping imimune to the disease as a result of the vaccine. Most
reservoir of crythrocytes. also has a large people use the terms 'vaccination' and 'Immunization
Vrite the various methods by which interchangeably but their meanings are not exactly the samne
Lymph nodes are stmall solid structure
HIV is infected ? because immunity follows vaccination in most, but not all
oints along thc lymphatic located at different cases.
system. They serve to trap
icro-organisms or other antigens. the 20 What is Allergy ? Explain.
lumph nodes arc responsible Antigens trapped in the Ans. An inappropriate and excessive immune to certain antigens
for the activation of
lvmphocytes present thcre and cause present in the environment is called allergy. The substances
the immune response. to which such an immune response is produced are called
12 What are Hallucinogens ? allergens. The antibodies produced to these are of IgE type.
IProducts from plants like Atropa belladonna
Common examples of allergens are mites in dust, pollen,
SDp, are hallucinogenic. and Datura
LSD (Lyscrgic acid Diethylamide) animal dander etc. Symptoms of allergic reactions include
is obtained from a sneezing, watery eyes, running nose and difficulty in
.. fungus. breathing. Allergy is due to the release of chemical like
How does smoking histamine and serotonin from the mast cells.
tobacco in human lead to oxygen
deficiency in their body ? 21 What is an Allergen ? How do hunan beings respond
knc Smoking increases the carbon monoxide content
in the to it ?
blood which has greater affinity to Ans. Allergen is an antigen that is capable of inducing an
oxVgen. Carbon monoxide form a haemoglobin than allergic reaction.
stable bond with
haemoglobin and does not allow binding
of oxygen. Antibodies to allergens combine with receptors on the
Smoking also damagcs alveolar walls, body's mast cells. Every person is not allergic to all
which reduces
respiratory surface. allergens, nor does the first exposure to an allergen cause
14 Define Autoimmune Discases. Give two
examples. allergy. It only hclps to form antibodies. However, on
Ans. Auto
immune discasc rcsult when the immunc system second exposure the allergens combinc with antibody
attacks and destroys sclf" cells and molccules. Hashimoto's bound mast cclls. This complexing causes the cells to burst
thyroiditis, systcmic lupus crythematosus and rhcumatoid and relcasc histamines, which are responsible for
arthritis are somc autoimmunc discases. inflammatory responses.
22 Write short note on HIV.
15 What is Amocbiasis ?
Write the name of its causative Ans, HIV stands for human immunodc ficiency virus. HIV is a
agent.
Ans. Amoebiasis- Amocbiasis is an
infection of the gut causecd virus that damagcs the immunc systcm. The immune
by a parasitc callcd Entamocba histolytica, which is found system helps the body fight off infections. Untreated HIV
in most tropical arcas. infects and kills CD4 cells, which arc a typc of immune
Aimoebiasis cause ulceration and bleeding. Recurrent buts ccllcalled T cells. Over time, as HIV kills morc CD4 cells,
the body is morc likely to get various types of infections
of diarrhea will also occur, with the appearance of blood and cancers.
and slimy mucous in the bowel nmotions. Dehydration may
occur insufficient fluid is taken to replace the fluid lost as 23 Describe various types of antibodies with their
a result of the diarrhea. respective functions.
Ans. Antibodies are glycoprotcins, called immunoglobulins,
It is caused by
Entamocba histolytica parasite. which have spccific amino and sequence by which they
16 Haemophilia victims are mostly men but very rarely can interact with specific antigens. Antibodies form 20%
women are affected by this defect. Why is it so ? of the plasma protcins. Each antibody has a combination
Ans. The gene for haemophilia is localcd on the of atleast 2 light (L) ad 2 heavy (H) polypeptide chains
X-chromosomes. A male reccives the X-chromosomes (HzL2). The hcavy chain has larger number of amino acids.
from his mother. So heamophilic father does not pass the The polypeptide form a Y-shapcd configuration. The stem
X-chromosomes or haemophilia to his son, but the mother ofY is exclusively formed by heavy chains. In the arms of
passes it. Y both light and hcavy chains occur parallel to each other
17 Can a drug addict make to lead normal life ? Suggest except for antigen binding sites. Binding occur by
the various steps of changes in everyday life. disuplhide bonds (S-S-).
Ans, Once a person depends on drugs it is difficult to get rid of 24 Write short notes on the following
or
this habit due to psychological and physical (i) AIDS,
physiological reasons. The person believes that the normal
(ii) Cancer.
State of well being can be attained only with the drug's Ans. (1) AIDS AIDS is a disorder of cell mediated immune
or alcohol
action alcohol. Sometimes the intake ofa drug
or system of the body. There is reduction in the number
becomes essential to maintain physiological equilibrium. of helper T-cells which stimulate antibody production
In such situations the nervous system functions normally by B cells. This results in the loss of natural defense
In the presence of the drug only. It
seems almost impossible
against viral infections.
to sustain life without drug. (ii) Cancer- Cancer is characterized by uncontrolled
18 What is Vaccine ? Give one example. growth and division of certain body tissues thus
or
nuS, Vaccine is a preparation containing live, attenuated forming a tumour. Such cells are called arneoplastic
3

microorganisms (or some part or

nactivated (killed) an immune cells. Cancer cells do not undergo differentiation and
Product of them), which is used to stimulate
u
have high invasiveness.
response in the recipient, which gains immunity. The Salk 25 Distinguish between Antibody and Antibiotics.
a vaccine that contains
Pouo vaccine is an example of Ans. Antibody
inactivated viruses. (i) Biochemical formed in body for combustion antigen.
?
how is vaccination different from immunization a (ii) Proteinaceous in nature
Ans,
Technically "vaccination' is the term used for giving
is. actually getting the injection or (iii) Are extruded from surface of plasma cell.
Yaccine- that
 - XIL,
Verma's dHI O° CLASS 2025
<br>

[44] BrOLOGY HVRMAPRISS system depends on

or Lysis of The ccllular or ccll-mcdiated immunc
(iv) Protective, causing immobilization lymphocytcs callcd T cclls, which are located both in the
antigenic materials.
blood and in thc lymphoid tissucs.
(v) Have variable site for attaching to antigen (IgA, IgD, Innatc immunity is non-specific type of
lgE. lgG and lgM) Iate imnily- is
Antibiotics
lefencc, that is prcscnt at the time of birth. This to
accomplishcd by providing different types of barriers
(i) An antibacterial agent that inhibits baeterinl growth our body. Innate
thc cntry of the forcign agcnts into
and kill it. immunity consist of four typcs of barriers. These are- (i)
(ii) First uscd by walksman compound from onc
a
Physical barriers, (ii) Physiological barriers, (iii) Cellular
microorganism which inhibits the growvth of other barriers, (iv) Cytokine barriers.
microbcs. 2 Write a short note on vaccination and immunisationor?
(i) Arc producedin vitro, do not fight against virus. Ans. Vaccination is the process of introducing weakened
inactivated pathogens or protein into a person to provide
26 Dimerentiate between Active Immunity and Passive
Immunity. protection against a disease.
Ans.Differcncesbehreen active and passive immunity
Immunisation is a process in which body produces
Actie mmunin Passive Immnity antibodies against the vaccine and develop the ability to
(a) lt is developed by an (a) It is developed when neutralise pathogens during infection.
individual's own cells readymade antibodies Vaccination provide immunisation after a time gap based
in response to an are inoculated from on the property called memory of immune system. Vaccine
infection or vaccine.
a outside. generates memory B and T cell that recognise the pathogens
(b) It has no side effects. (b) It may cause reaction. and produce an intense immune response.
Edward Jenner coined the term vaccine. In some cases
a
lc) Itprovides relief only (c) It provides immediate in
relief. after long period. single does of vaccine is enough for the time whereas
(d) It is long lasting (d) It is shortlived. other 2 or 3 boosters are required to develop life time
effectivity. immunity.
on
27 Differentiate between Antibody and Antigen. 3 Mention the harmful effects of alcoholic drinks
family and community life.
Ans. Difference between and antibody and antigen consists of consuming enough
Ans. Alcoholismn is a problem that
Antibody Antigen alcohol to interfere with every part of life. Alcoholics don't
(a) Antibodies are self (a)Antigens are large only hurt themselves; they hurt family and community life.
molecules and circulate foreign molecules. Alcoholic drinks are costly and most drinkers, because of
in body fluids. their selfish habit, deprive their children and other members
(b) Chemically antibodies (b)Chemically antigens are of the family of the basic needs. Thus, they create health
are either proteins or proteins. and other problems. The drinking of alcohol is invariably
polysaccharides. associated with social crimes and dissolution of moral and
(c) Antibodies are produced (c) The entry of antigens cultural inhibitions.
in response to antigens. stimulates the formation Alcoholics can often become iritated and argumentative,
of antibodies. quiet and withdrawn, - or depressed, as well as feeling
anxious and confused and try to find relief by drinking
e Long Answer Type Questions more.
1 What is Immunity ? What are the various types of Violence and other corrupt practices in the community are
immunity ? often directly or indirectly due to the consumption of
Ans. The immune system is the body's defense against infectious alcohol. The intake of alcohol increases the rate of
invaders. Through a series of steps
organisms and other industrial accidents and decreases production. Trafiic
called the immune response, the immune system attacks accidents are often due to the drunken drivers. Ilegal
organisms and substances that invade body systems and activities like production and selling of illicit liquor
cause disease. increases antisocial activities.
a cells,
The immune system is made up of network of body. 4 How does the transmission of following diseases take
tissues, and organs that work together to protect the
or leukocytes,
place ? Write their causal organism ?
The cells involved are white blood cells, (i) Amoebiasis, (ii) Malaria,
to seek out
which come in two basic types that combineor substances.
(iii) Ascariasis, (iv) Pneumonia.
and destroy disease-causing organisms Ans. (i) Amoebiasis–
many locations in
Leukocytes are produced or stored in Caused by- Entamoeba histolytica.
the body, including the thymus, spleen, and bone marrow.
reason, they're called the lymphoid organs. There Transmission
For this
are also clumps of lymphoid tissue throughout the body, (a) By injecting cysts with food and water.
primarily as lymph nodes, that house the
leukocytes. (b) The cysts are carried by flies from faeces to food
old
between the and drinks.
The leukocytes circulate through the body vessels.
organs and nodes via lymphatic vessels and blood (ii) Malaria
in a coordinated
In this way, the immune system works Caused by- Plasmodium vivex.
manner to monitor the body for germs or substances that Transmission
might cause problems. (a) By female Anopheles mosquito.
The immune systemn of humans consists of two parts, (b) Fenmale Anopheles iniects sporozoites along wi
system and cell
humoral (antibody mediated) immune as saliva during sucking blood.
AMI and CMI,
mediated immune system, abbreviated system (iii) 4scariasis
7ype of immune system-- The humoral immune plasma Caused by- Ascaris Lumbricoides.
involves antibodies that are dissolved in the blood Transmission- By contaminated food and water
with
are produced by lymphocytes
and lymph. These antibodies Ascaris eggs.
called cells.
B
<br>

Vermad CLASS- XII,

2025P BIoLOGY [45]
(iv) Pcumonia
Caused by- Streptococcus pncumoniac. (iii) Sterilization- Patient's surrounding and article of use
Transmission– By sputum, droplcts or should be sterilized. Soap, phenyl, dettol and antiseptic
paticnt. acrosols of the lotion may be used wherever necessary.
sHt is Tuberculosis ? For which baeteria is it (vi) Education- People should be educated about the
Write about its control. caused ? communicable diseases so that they may protect
Thuberculosis- It is an infectious themsclves against infection.
Ans. discasc in
trachea, bone and lymph nodes arc affccted. which lungs, () Isolation- A person suffering from an infectious
disease should be segregated, so that others do not
Causativc Oganism-Tuberculosis is caused by catch infection from him.
veobacterium tuberculosis. It is spread bybacterium inhaling (vi) Vaccinatio– People should get vaccination to avoid
droplet or acrosol present in air relcased by infections, particularly during epidemic. Vaccination
infected person
during coughing and sharing of object. is available against cholera, typhoid, tuberculosis and
Simpton- many other diseases.
G) Person is suffering
from persistence fever and 8 Write short notes on
coughing. (i) Antibodies.
(ii) Feeling weak and tired soon. (ii) Cause, symptoms and control of cholera,
(iiü) Loss of weight. Ans. (i) Antibodies- Antibodies are protein molecules called
(iv) Sometime blood is seen immunoglobulins (Ig) found in the serum of blood.
in cough.
(v) Lymph gland is swollen due to infection. There are five types of Immunoglobulins or
Antibodies–
Control (a) Ig A, (b) Ig M, (c) Ig E,
(i) Patient should be kept in a separate room. (d) Ig G, (e) Ig D.
(ii) Should not be spits any where. An antibody has a Y shaped structure each antibody
(ii) Should be careful for clean environment. molecule has four peptide chains, two small chain are
(iv) Balance and nutritious diet should be given to the called light chain. The other two chains are longer
patient. called heavy chain. Hence antibody is represented by
(v) Vaccine of BCGshould be given in the primarily stage H)L2. Because antibodies are found in blood, the
of child. response is called as Humoral Immune response.
Antibodies is produced by T lymphocytes in response
6 What is Cancer ? Describe its type and treatment. to pathogens in blood to fight with them. T cell do not
Ans. Cancer-Diagnosis- Cancer can be diagnosed/detected by secret antibodies but help B-lymphocytes cell to
(i) Biopsy and histopathological studies of the tissue. produce them.
(ii) Blood and bone marrow teste for increased cell counts (ii) Cause of cholera- Bacterium vibrio cholera causes
as in leukaemia. cholera infection. The deadly effects of the disease
(iii) Use of technique like radiography, Magnetic are the result of producing a toxin by bacteria in small
Resonance Imaging (MRI) and computed tomography intestine of human. Toxin bind to the intestinal walls
(CT) for cancer of internal organs. where it interferes with the normal flow of sodium
(iv) Use of antibodies against cancer-specific antigens. and chloride. This causes the body to secret enormous
(v) Applying principles of molecular biology to detect amount of water leading to diarrhoea and a rapid loss
genes in individuals with inherited susceptibility to of fluids and salts. Contaminated water is the main
source of cholera infection although raw vegetables,
certain types of cancer. fruits and other food item are the sources of bacteria.
or in
Treatment of cancer- The following methods (one
Symptoms- Main symptom of this disease
combination) can help treat cancer.
to (a) Frequent vomiting and watery stool.
1) Surgery- The tumor cells are surgically removed (b) Weakness and feeling uncomfortable.
reduces the load of cancerous cell. (c) Thrust and cramp in abdomen.
(i1) Radiotherapy- The tumor cells
are irradiates wholly
with (d) Urination is less, loss of water and salt from the
(but taking care of the surrounding normal cells) body.
safe doses of radiations.
(11) Chemotherapy- Certain drugs
are used to kill the Contro
(a) To check dehydration of body. ORS solution
cancerous cells, but mnajority of the drugs have side should be given to the patient.
effects like hair fall anemia, etc. (b) Water tank and well should be chlorinated to kill
use of biological
(V) Immunotherapy- This involves the which the germ.
response- modifies, like alpha-interferon, use.
b)e/ (c) Raw food should be washed before
activate the imnmune system and help in destroying acquired immunity? What are its various
9 What is
the tumor. types ? How cell mediated immunity protects the body
measures ? Suggest
What are the various public health
7
diseases. from the attack of pathogens ?
some measures as safeguard against infectious to check Ans. Acquired Immunity- It is developed after the birth
during
DTeventive measures are precautionary steps taken one's own life spawn. It is not inheritable It is acquired in
Lhe transmission of infectious diseases.
Common response to a disease or vaccine, e.g., against small
pox,
measures include education, isolation,
Preventive vector and polio, tetanus etc.
Vaccination, sanitation. eradication of Two types of Acquired Inmunity are
sterilization. (i) Active Immunity
heaps, polluted water, foods Occurs when the body
)Sanitation- Garbage flies are sources of Natural Active Imunity-
Cxposed to dust and the chief responsc to actual exposure to pathogens, leading to
surrounding can
diseases- causingorganisms. Sanitary production of antibodies. vaccination
prevent spread of diseases.
places of the Artificial Active Immunity-Results from
to produce an
Eradication of Vectors- The brecding
adult vectors killed where immune system is stimulated disease.
Vector should be destroyed and immune response without causing the
by suitable methods.
<br>

CLASS- XII, 2025

?
[46] BIoLOGYs PyrTD non-symnbiotic nitrogen fixer
7 Which onc is a (b) Oscillatoria,
(ii) Passive Immunityy (a) Rhizobium,
Natural passive immunity- Involvcs thc transfer of (d) Lactobacillus. Ans.(c)
(c) Nostoc, causes filaria in human
antibodics from mother to child during prcgnancy. Wuchereria bancrofti
being. It
is
Artificial Passive Immunity- Involves the injcction group
ofantibodics produccd by nnother individual or animal of which (b) Bacteria,
for providing immedinte but tcmporary protection. (a) Protozoa, (d) Helminth. Ans.(d)
Cell mediated inmunity rclies on T cells a type of white (c) Virus,
blood ccll to protcct the body from pathogens. When a Biogas contains
pathogen infects a ccll, antigen presenting cells display (b) H;S,
(a) CO2,
fragments of thc pathogen on their surface. Cytotoxic (d) Al of these. Ans.(d)
(c) CH4, enzyme
is not a restriction
T cells then directly attack and destroy infected cells, 10 Which of the following
preventing the spread of the pathogen. (b) Bam Hi,
(a) Eco Ri,
10 Differentiate between B-cells and T-cells. (d) Pectinase. Ans.(d)
Ans. Dipference between B-cells and T-cells (c) Hindi iii, obtained from
11 Antibiotics are mostly
B-cells TLcells (b) Actinomycetes,
(a) Fungi,
(a) B-cells form humoral or (a) T-cells form-cell Cyanobacteria, (d) Both (a) and (b). Ans.(d)
(c) the form of
anti-mediated immune mediated immune 12 Nitrogen is absorbed by plants in
system (AMIS). system (CMIS). (b) NH3,
are (a) NO3,
(b) They differentiated (b) They are differentiated (d) Both (a) and (b). Ans.(d)
marrow. (c) NO2,
in bone in thymus gland. to which gas leak ?
(c) They defend against (c) They defend against 13 Bhopal gas tragedy is related
some viruses, (a) PAN, (b) Smog,
viruses, protists, fungi
encapsulated bacteria and some bacteria which (c) Methyl isocyanate, (d) SO2. Ans.(c)
a
and toxins. enter the cells. 14 Which of the following is viral disease
(d) They are formed by (d) They are formed by (a) Flu, (b) Polio,
division of plasma division of lymphoblasts (c) AIDS, (d) All of these. Ans.(d)
cells, the blood and of three types- killer, non
15 Bio fertilizer is present in roof nodules of which
lymph. helper and suppressor cell. leguminous plant ?
(e) Plasma cells do not move(e) Lymphoblasts move to (b) Clostridium,
to the site of infection. the site of infection. (a) Azotobacter,
() Killer cells on reaching (c) Frankia, (d) None of these. Ans.(c)
() Plasma cells secrete
antibodies that pass the site of infection 16 Antibiotics are mostly obtained from
into the blood and secrete perforin that kill (a) Bacteria, (b) Viruses,
lymph. microbes puncturing (c) Angiosperms, (d) Fungi. Ans.(a)
their cell membranes. 17 The bacteria which converts milk into curd is ?
(a) Lactobacillus, (b) streptococcus,
(c) Clostridium, (d) Spirillum. Ans.(a)
8. MICROBES IN HUMAN WELFARE 18 Penicillin Antibiotic was discovered by
(a) S. Waksman,
Multiple Choice Type Questions (b) Alexander Fleming,
1
The conversion of milk into curd increases its nutritional (c) Louis Pasteur,
ability due to increase in
(d) Edward Jenner. Ans.(b)
(a) Vitamin C, (b) Vitamin D,
19 The micro-organism used in curd formation
(c) Vitamin B12, (d) Vitamin B6. Ans.(c)
(a) Lactobacillus,
is
2 Which of the following is not a nitrogen fixing organism ? (b) Aspergillus,
(c) Saccharomyces, (d) Penicillium.
(a) Paramoecium, (b) Anabaena, Ans.(a)
20 High value of BOD shows
(c) Azotobacter, (d) Rhizobium. Ans.(a)
(a) normal water,
3 According to Central Pollution Control Board which (b) highly polluted water,
size (in micrometre) is harmnful to human (c) less polluted water,
particulate
21 (d) pure water. Ans.(b)
health ? Cigarettes smoke
(a) Carbon dioxide,
contains
(a) 10, (b) 7.5,
(c) 5, (d) 2.5 or less./lo) Ans.(d) (b) Carbon monoxide,
Which substances are produced by the breakdown of (c) Hydrogen oxide,
carbohydrates in the process of fermentation ? (d) Hydrogen monoxide.
Ans.(b)
(a) Ethanol and carbon dioxide, 22 Before the baking
of loaf the bubbles bread
(b) Water and carbon dioxide, 3
contains inside the
(c) Ethanol and oxygen, (a) CO2 and Ethyl
alcohol,
(d) Water and oxygen. Ans.(a) (b) Ethyl alcohol,
5 Penicillin is obtained from (c) CO2,
(a) Bacteria, (b) Fungi, (d) Methyl and
23 Which one Ethyl alcohol. Ans.(c)
(c) Algae,uos (d) Angiosperm. Ans.(a) ofthe following
as bacterium extensively
6 Ti- plasmid is found in-s 4ip bio-pesticide is used
(a) E. coli, (a) Bacillus subtilis,
e (b) Bacillus thuringiensis,
(b) Agrobacterium tumefaciens,
(c) Bacteriophage, bl (c) Streptococcus
(d) None of these. 3e'D 21ilieiNTIT Ans.(b) (d) Lactobacillus lactis,
acidophilus. Ans.(b)
<br>

Vorm' aHf srCLASS- XII, 2025SPUr LUPD

APREs BioLoGY [47
Very Short Answer Type Questions The clinical application of monoclonal antibodies is
Write the name of a microorgnnism whieh is uscd ns n immunc suppression for kidney transplantation.
biofertilizer. Define Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) ? What
Ans. Rhizobium, Azotobactor, Mycorhiza. docs it indicate ?
Write the names of twO miero-0rganisms that are uscl Ans. Biochcmical oxygen demand is the amount ofoxygen used
in hunan welfare. by microorganisnms in the proccss ofbreaking down organic
Ans. Bacteria and Yeast. matter in water. The more organic matter there is (e.g., in
Write the names of two microbes used in houschold
sewagc), the greater the number of microbes. The more
products. microbcs there arc, the greater the nced of oxygen to
support them; consequently, less oxygen is available for
Ans. TiO microbcs ar
higher animals such as fishes. The BOD is therefore a
(i) Lactic aeid Dateria (LAB) for curd formation. reliable measure of the organic pollution ofa body of water.
(ii) Saccharomyces Cerevisiae for bread preparation. What does BOD mean if water sample has more BOD ?
What are Antibiotics ? Ans. BOD stands for Biochemical Oxygen Demand which
Ans. Antibiotics are chemical substances, which are produced represents the amount of dissolved oxygen that would be
by some microbes and can kill or retard the growth of other consumed if all the organic matters in one litre of water
dìsease causing microbes. were oxidised by micro-organisms. More BOD value
means the water sample is polluted by organic matter.
What are Methanogens ?
Ans. Methanogens are anaerobic bacteria which produce large Name the enzyme produced by streptococcus
amount of methane along with CO, and H. bacterium. Explain its importance in medical sciences.
Ans. Streptococcus bacterium produces streptokinase. It is used
Which bacterium produces the insecticidal Cry
protein'? for removing clots from the blood vessels in a heart patient.
Ans. Bacillus thuringiensis. 9 What are the benefits of Biofertilizers ?
7 What is Lac operon ? O, What are the advantages of Biofertilizers ?
Ans. Lac operon is an operaon or a group of genes with a single Ans. The micro organism which enhances the availability of
promotor that encode gene for the transport and metabolism nutrients like nitrogen and phosphorus to crop plant are
of lactose in E.Coli and other bacteria. called biofertilizer. e.g Free Living N2 fixing bacteria e.g
Azotobacter, Symbiotic N2 fixing bacteria e.g Rhizobium.
Short Answer Type Questions The benefits of using biofertilizer
What is Biogas ? How do microbes play an important ) They do not pollute soil ground water or surface water.
role in the production of biogas ? (i) Number of soil borne pathogen is decreased.
Ans. Biogas is a methane rich fuel gas produced by anaerobic
(iii) Maintains the loose texture of soil.
breakdown or digestion of biomass with the help of
methanogenic bacteria. (iv) Low cost.
(v) Do not change the pH of soil.
Microbes are essential for biogas product. The
methanobacteria present in the organic waste decomposeas (vi) Can be used in any type of soil condition.
the waste and produce the mixture of gases known 10 What are other bioactive molecules ? Name them.
biogas. Ans. Bioactive molecules are those that have an effect on a living
2 What is Biogas ? Why is it preferred to other organism, tissue or cell and are non-essential as body can
conventional energy fuels? on
function properly without them.
Ans. The gas produced by the anaerobic action of bacteria Plant Bioactive molecules
as biogas. It is preferred over other Carotenoids, Polyphenols Phytosterols, Coenzyme Q.
biomass is know a
conventional energy fuels because it is cleaner fuel, has Animal Bioactive molecules
no fuel smell and can be used as a source of energy as it is Fatty acids,
inflammable. Creatine.
3 What is Sewage ? In which way sewage can be harmful 11 Write a short note on Ganga Action Plan (GAP).
to us ? Ans. Ganga runs its course of over 2500 kms from Gangotri in
Ans. Sewage is the municipal waste water. A large quantity of
waste water is composed ofhuman excreta. Itmany contains large iothe Himalayas to Ganga Sagar in theareBay of Bengal. It is a
of which river with which the people of India attached spiritually
amounts of organic matter and microbes, and emotionally. Department of Environment, in December
are pathogenic. If untreated waste is disposed in the rivers 1984, prepared an action plan for immediate reduction of
bodies. It leads to
and streams, where it pollutes water is harmful to tu pollution load on the river Ganga. The Cabinet approved
many diseases, which
origin and spread of the Ganga Action Plan in April 1985 as a 100% a centrally
community health. sponsored scheme. The GAP envisaged tackling of
4 What is Microbe ? Give examples. are diverse
L
domestic sewage only to bring the pollution level of rivers
Ans. Microbe is a minute life form. Microbes under permissible limits.
viruses,
protozoa, bacteria, fungi and microscopic plants 12 Which gases consists ofa mixture of Biogas ?
that are proteinaceous infectious
viroids and also prions Ans. Biogas is a mixture of gases (mainly methane and CO)
agents.
are its advantages ? suitable for cooking, heating, clectricity generation and
5 What is hybridoma technique ? What for transport fucl.
Ans. Hybridoma- The hybrid cells developed
in the medium
is the 13. Write the names of three mierobes used in human
are known as hybridomas. Hybridoma technique welfare.
same clonc produce the A
method where all hybrids of the Ans. A fungus named Aspergillus niger produces citric acid.
samne antibody moleculc.
arc that a bacterium named Acetobacter aceti produces acetic acid.
The advantages of hybridoma techniques in culture Another bacterium named clostridium bretylium produces
t hybridoma clone can be maintained indefinitely butyric acid.
quantities
and thus making it possible to produce unlimited Bacterium named lactobacillus produces bactic acid.
h
of pure antibiotics of known specificity.
<br>

PosVerma's eHI 25
[48] BrOLOGY Superovulation and embryo transplantation- Generaly
Questions onc ovum is rclcased from
cach ovary at the time of
X Long Answer Tpe injection, more ova Can
1 What is the role of nninmal husbandry in lhunan ovwlation. But by hormone
ovary. After artificial insemination
weifare ? Explnin with exannples. Droduccd from thc
arc collected at a
time. Each embryo is
Ans. Animal husbandry is the agricultural prnctices ofbrecding 10 cnbryos
carc and transplantcd into a surrogate mother carrier cow. At very
and rising livestock. It is a practice of taking can be preserved for several
d

brceding domcsticatcd animals by applying scicntific low tcmperaturc foctus

principles. The breeds ofcattle are classified into
three groups
cow this breed are good miu
Animal husbandry mects the denand of food from around (a) Milch Breeds- The of
and animal products bothinternns of quality and quantity. producing.
Various practices are adoptcd for this purpose like Cow of these breed are poor milk
(b) Drought Breeds-
1managcment of farm ficld, farnm animal and animal producer.
brecding.
(c) General utility breeds-TheyThe cow of these breer
By maintaining efficient farm management for milk and are intermediate between
good milk producers.
its products for human consumption is increased. Milk
yicld prinnarily depend upon the quality of breed also. milch and drought breeds.
Domestications of fowls used for food or for their eggs are New Breeds at National
called poultry farm management. It includes selection of (i) Karan Swiss- The breed has been evolved Haryana. h.
Dairy research Institute, Karnal in
disease free suitable breed, proper conditions of farm, semen of Brown
availability of foodand water with hygiene and health care breeding the Sahiwal cows with the
of the birds. Swiss bull imported from USA.
(iü) Sunandini- This breed is originated in
Kerala by
Fish farming, the another kind of farm management which Brown
involves catching, processing and selling of fish. Coatlas crossing the local non-descript with Jerscy,
and Rohu are the common fresh water fishes. A large Swiss and Holstein Friesian breeds.
number of human population depends on fish and their (iii) Karan Fries- The breed is originated at National
Dairy
product for food. It both provide income and employment
to a large number of fisherman fish cod liver oilis used as
Research Institute Karnal out of crossing between
Tharparkar and Holstein Friesian.
medicines.
The animal breeding through interspecific hybridisation,
4 Write a note on microbes in sewage treatment.
Ans. Microbes in sewage treatment- We know that large
artificial insemination and by multiple ovulation embryo quantities of waste water are generated everyday in cities
transfer technology has improved the genotypes of and towns. A major component of this waste water is human
livestocks. So that they became more useful for humans. excreta. This municipal waste-water is also calledsewage.
Along with these sericulture and apiculture provide as
honey, wax and silk etc. Thus animal husbandry plays an
It contains large amounts of organic matter and microbes
many of which are pathogenic. This cannot be discharged
important role in human welfare by providing us milk, egg,
meat, wool etc. into natural waterbodies like rivers and streams directly.
Hence, sewage is treated in sewage treatment plants (STPs)
How microbes produce biogas ? Describe. to make it less active. Treatment of waste water is done by
ns. Biogas is a mixture
of gases (containing predominantly the heterotrophic microbes naturally present in the sewage.
methane) produced by the microbial activity and which
may be used as fuel. Microbes produce different types of This treatment is carried out in two stages
gaseous end-products during growth and metabolism. The Primary treatment-It basically involves physical removal
type of the gas produced depends upon microbes and the of particles- large and small- from the sewage through
organic substrates they utilise. There are certain bacteria, filtration and sedimentation. Removal is done in stages,
that grow anaerobically on cellulosic material, produce initially, floating debris is removed by sequential filtration.
large amount of methane along with CO, and H2. These Then the grit (soil and small pebbles) are removed by
bacteria are collectively called methanogens, and one such sedimentation. All solids that settle from the primary
common bacterium is Methanobacterium. These bacteria sludge, and the supernatant forms the effluent. The effluent
are commonly found in the anaerobic sludge during sewage from the primary settling tank is taken for secondary
treatmernt. These are also present in the rumen (a part of treatmnent.
stomach) of cattle. A lot of cellulosic material is found in Secondary treatment or biological treatment-The primary
the rumen. Here, these bacteria help in the breakdown of effluent is passed into large aeration tanks where it is
cellulose and play important roles in the nutrition of cattle. constantly agitated mechanically and air is pumped into
Thus, the excreta (dung) of cattle, commonly called dung, it. This allows vigorous growth
is rich in these bacteria. Dung can be used for generation
of useful aerobic microbes
into flocks (masses of bacteria associated
filaments to form mesh like structures) with fungal
of biogas, commonly called gobar, is rich in these bacteria.
What are the methods for improving milk production these microbes consume the major part while growing organ
and quality of milk in a dairy farm. matter in the effluent. This significantly of the
s. Milk production and quality (biochemical oxygen demand) of the reduces the BOD
of milk, primarily depends to the amount ofthe oxygen effluent. BOD retes
on the quality of breed in a dairy farm.
that
the organic matters in one liter would be consumed n
Mature cattle having more than three years of age should vwater were oxidised oy
be used for breeding. bacteria. The sewage water isof
reduced. The BOD test measures treated till the BOD P
There are two methods of cattle breeding the rate of uptake
OXygen by micro-organisms
() Natural Breeding- It may be random or controlled. 1
a
indirectly, BOD is a measurein sample of water, and
thus,
tiThe progeny obtained from such breeding are of the organic matter present
evaluated and superior malc and female among them I2 in the water. The greater the BOD
e are its polluting potential. of waste water, o

identified for further mating. A superior female

Once
coW produce more milk per lactation. the BODof sewage or waste is reduced significantly.
the effluent is
(ii) Artificial Insemination-- It involves the insemination then passed into a settling tank where the
of the semen of superior bulls of endogenous breed bacterial flocks' are allowed
is called Activated to sediment. This
into native cows.
sludge is pumped backSludge. small part of the sead
A activated
into the aeration tank to Serve as
<br>

-
gorma's al SR CLASS
XII, 2025sP LAVEEM&Ps BroLOGY [491
the inoculun, The renaining major part of thc sludgc indircctly, BOD is a mcasure of the organic mattcr present
pumpcd into large funks cnlled anacrobic sludge is
Herc, other kinds of bactcrin, which 2rOW
digestcrs. in thc watcr. Thc grcater the BOD of waste water, morc is
est thc bacteria anacrobically, its polluting potential.
and tlhe fungi in the sludge. During this Oncc tlhc BOD ofsewagc or wastea is reduced significantly,
igcstion, bactcria producc a mixture of gasCs such a8
thc efflucnt is thcn passcd into settling tank where the
ethanc. hydrogen sulplhidc and carbon dioxide, These bacterial 'Mocks' arc allowcd to sediment. This sediment
gAsCs can
forn biogas and be usCd as source of energy as is callcd Activatcd Sludgc. A small part of the activated
it is inflammable. serve as
sludgc is pumpcd back into the acration tank to
he cflucnt fionn the sceondary (rcatment plant is gencrally the inoculum. The remaining major part of the sludge is
melcascd in to natural Water bodies like rivers and strcams. pumpcd into large tanks called anacrobic sludge digesters.
Write short motes on Here, other kinds of bacteria, which grow anaerobically,
5
digest the bacteria and the fungi in the sludge. During this
) amuna Aetion Plan. gases such as
digestion, bacteria produce a mixture of
(i) Bio-controlAgents. methane, hydrogen sulphide and carbon dioxide. These
Ans. (i) Vauna Action Plan- In order to protect the major gases form biogas and can be used as source of energy as
rivers of lndia from sewage pollution, the Ministry of it is inflammable.
Environment and forests has initiated development of The effluent from the secondary treatment plant is generally
sewage treatment plants under the national river streams.
released in to natural water bodies like rivers and
Conservation Authority like Ganga Action Plan and
Y'amuna Action Plan. Match the following from Column-A with Column-B
1 Column A Column B
Industries contribute chemical effluents to the river's (i) Vaccine
pollution load and the toxicity kills aquatic animals (a) Malaria
in large sections of the river. Under these plans, a large (b) AIDS (ii) Fish
number of sewage treatment plants were built so that (c) Pisciculture (iii) Lymphoid organ
only treated sewage is discharged in river. (d) Tonsil (iv) Traditional drink
(ii) Bio-control AgentS- Microbes are the bio-control (e) DPT (v) Plasmodium
agents used for controlling plant diseases and pests. (f) Toddy (vi) HIV
Lady birds and Dragonflies are used to get rid of aphids Ans. (a) (V), (b) (vi), (c) (ii),
and mosquitoes. The bacteria Bacillus thuringiensis (d) (ii), (e) (i), () (iv).
(Bt) are used to control butterfly caterpillars. Column B
Trichoderma species which is free living fungi are 2 Column A
(i) Rhizobium
present in root ecosystems where theyareact againstin (a) Virus free plant
several plant pathogens. Baculovirusesprogrammehelpful (b) Bio fertilizer (ii) Cry gene
integrated post management (IPM) in (c) BT-cotton (iii) Shoot apex
which beneficial insects are conserved. (d) Humulin (iv) Diabetes
6 Why are microbes important ? Discuss their
role in (e) E. coli (v) Interferon
(i), (c) (ii),
sewage treatment. Ans. (a) (iii), (b)
Ans. Microbes in sewage treatment- We know that large (d) (iv), (e) (v).
are generated everyday in cities
quantities of waste water ColumnA Column B
of this waste water is human
and towns. A major component sewage. Neoplastic cells (i) Carcinogen
excreta. This municipal waste-water is also calledmicrobes
(a)
Normal cell (ii) Cancer
It contains large amounts of
organic matter and (b)
cannot be discharged (c) X-ray (ii) Leukemia
many of which are pathogenic. This
rivers and streams directly. Biopsy (iv) Bone marrow
into natural waterbodies like sewage treatment plants (STPs)
(d)
(V) Contact inhibition
Hence, sewage is treated in (e) Cell count
waste water is done by (vi) Tumours
to make it less active. Treatment of () Cell masses
microbes naturally present in the sewage. (b) (v), (c) (),
the heterotrophic Ans. (a) (ii),
This treatment is carried out in
two stages 70 (d) (iv), (e) (iii), (t) (vi).
basically involves physical removal
Primary treatment- It from the sewage through 4 Column A Column B
of particles- large and small-Removal is done in stages, (a) Entamoeba histolytica
(1) AIDS
filtration and sedimentation. (ii) RNA genome
initially, floating debris is
removed by sequential filtration. (b) Plasmodium falciparum
pebbles) are removed by (c) Retrovirus (iii) Malignant Malaria
1hen the grit (soil and small from the primary sludge, (iv) Ascariasis
Scdimentation. All solids that settle (d) Ascaris
the effluent. The effluent from (e) HIV (v) Filaria
d
the supernatant formsis taken for secondary treatment. bancrofti (vi) Anmoebic dysentery
ne primary settling tank () Wuchereria
treatmen-The primary (iii), (c) (ii),
Decondary treatment or biological Ans. (a) (vi), (b)
large aeration tanks where it is (e) (), () (v).
CHluent is passed into and air is pumped into (d) (iv),
Constantly agitated mechanically microbes Column B
growth ofuseful aerobicwith fungal 5 Column AeAs (i) Swiss cheese
1his allows vigorous associated (a) Lactobacilluso
into flocks (masses of bacteria (ii) Antibiotics
structurcs) while growing, (b) Saccharomyces
cerevisiae
maments to form mesh like major part of the organic Propionibacterium shermanii (iii) Curd
these microbes consume the significantly reduces the refersBOD (c)
notatum (iv) Fermentation
atter in the effuent. This effluent. BOD (d) Ponicilliun (v) Cyclosporin
(biochemical oxygen demand) of the
would be consumed by
if'all l (c) Aspergillus polysporum (vi) Organic acid
e amount of the oX Veen that
water were oxidised is () Trichoderma (iv), (c) (),
Bganic matter in one liter of
BOD (ii), (b)
is treated till the Ans. (a) (v).
bacteria. The sewage water rate of uptake
of
(d) (ti),(C) (vi),(t)
reduced. The BOD test measures the water, and thus, ds
a sample of
S Dy micro-organisms
in
<br>

2025 -
3Pets Vema's aAf aa" CLASS XII,
[50] B1OLOGY 17 following micro-organisms manufactures
Which of the
?
genctically cngincercd insulin
BIoTECHNOLOGY (a) Penicillium,
(b) Rhizopus,
(d) Pseudomonas. Ans.(a)
(c) E.coli, sequence in m-RNA.
18 Thc coding
scqucnce or expressed
:PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES arc defincd as
9. BioTECHNOLOGY
(a) Exons, (b) Introns,
Ans.(a)
Multiple Choice Type Qnestions (c) Cistrons, (d) Positrons.
Ti-plasmid is found in 19 The term Codon' is associated to
(a) 4grobacterim tumefaciens, (a) t-RNA,
(b) m-RNA,
(d) c-DNA. Ans.(b)
(b) Eschcrichia coli. (c) r-RNA,
(c) Entamocba histolytica, process of Replication proceeds in the direction of
Ans.(a) 20 The
(d) Bacteriophage. (a) 5'3' (b) 35'
isolated
Enzyne Taq polymerase' used in PCR, has been (c) 2>s' (d) 5'2' Ans.(a)
from bacterium- molecule is termed
21 Synthesis ofDNA molecule from RNA
(a) Agvbacterium tumefaciens, as
(b) Thermus aquaticus,
(a) Transcription, (b) Reverse Transcription,
(c) Streptomyces albus, (d) Replication. Ans.(b)
Ans.(b) (c) Translation,
(d) Escherichia coli, was 22 DNA molecule constructed by
joining outside the cell,
restriction endonuclease isolated molecule is capable
The first natural or synthetic segments of DNA
(a) EcoRI, (b) Bam HI, replication in living cell is
Ans.(d) of DNA,
(c) Sail, (d) Hind II. (a) Reciprocal DNA, (b) Recombinant
are made
The sticky ends of a fragmented DNA molecule (d) y-DNA. Ans.(b)
(c) Regenerated DNA,
of 23 DNA fragments
can be separated bya technique known as
(a) calcium salts, (b) endonuclease enzyme, (b) Gel electrophoresis,
(a) Gel digestion,
(c) unpaired bases, (d) methyl groups. Ans.(C)
(c) Transformation, (d) Microinjection. Ans.(b)
Which of the following is a cloning vector ? replicating circular extrachromosomal
24 Autonomously
(a) Plasmid, (b) RNA, DNA is called
(d) Ribosome. Ans.(a)
(c) Mesosome, (a) B-chromosome, (b) Jumping gene,
was
6 The first restriction endonuclease (c) Plasmid, (d) Recombinant DNA. Ans.(c)
(a) Hind-II, (b) Eco RI, 25 Which of the following is used as cloning vehicle
(d) SalI. Ans.(a)
(c) Bam HI, (a) Bacteriophage, (b) Tiplasmid,
enzyme used to break the cell to release DNA Ans.(d)
7 The (c) Plasmid pBR 322, (d) All of these.
(b) Cellulase,
(a) Lysozyme, Ans.(a) 26 The term 'Humulin' is used for
(d) All of these.
(c) Chitinase, (a) A form of chitin, (b) A digestive enzyme,
Ti plasmid is found in (c) Powerful antibiotic, (d) Human insulin. Ans.(d)
(a) Agrobacterium, (b) E Coli,
Ans.(a) 27 The experimental manipulation of DNA of different
(d) All of these. as
(c) B. Coli, species, producing recombinant DNA is known
9 Proteins produced by Bacillus thuringiensis kill (a) Electrophoresis,
(a) Lepidopterous, (b) Coleopterous,
Ans.(d) (b) Recombinant DNA technology,
(c) Dipterous, (d) All of these.
a gene taxi ? (c) Transformation,
10 During "gene cloning" which is called (d) Somatic hybridization. Ans.(b)
(a) Vaccine, (b) Plasmid,
Ans.(b) 28 Which of the following techniques is used to insert the
(c) Bacteria, (d) Protozoa. alien DNA into Host cell
following agents is not used as a vector for
11 Which of the (a) Microinjection,
DNA cloning (b) Gene-gun,
(a) Plasmids, (b) Cosmids,
Ans.(d) (c) Unharmful pathogens,
(c) Vinuses, (d) House fly. d Ans.(d)
(d) All of them.
12 Circular DNA is found in
(b) Virus, 29 Human genome project was discovered by
(a) Mitochondria,
(d) Lysosome. Ans.(b) (a) Francis Collins and Roderick,
(c) Amocba, (b) Watson and Crick,
13 Circular DNA is found in
(c) Beadle and Tatum,
(a) Mitochondria, (b) Virus, Ans.(a)
(d) Lysosome. Ans.(b) (d) Paul Berg and Wollman.
(c) Amoeba, 30 Plasmids are
14 PCR Cycle completes into ?
(a) Denaturation, (b) Anncaling, idh l (a) cDNA,
(d) All of these. Ans.(d) (b) Mitochondrial DNA,
(c) Extension,
15 The phenomenon in which a single
genc controls two or n
(c) Circular extrachromosomal DNA in bacteria,
Ans.(c)
more characters is known as (d) Viral RNA.
(a) Pleiotropism, (b) Atavism,r) 31 Gene-gun is used toNsheiou
(c) Pseudoallelism, (d) Polymorphism. Ans.(a) d
(0) Cut the plasmid,
16 In genetic engineering, the commonly used vector is (b) Bind the cut DNA,
(a) Plastic DNA, (b) Plasmid DNA, io (c) Introduce alien DNA into host cell, Ans.(c)
(c) Cosmid DNA, ( (d) Chromatid DNA. Ans.(b) s (d) Purify DNA, tatis h
<br>

CLASS - XIL, 2025 BIOLOGY LJ

and Crick proposcd the scheme for
Watson replication of Name the technique uscd for separating DNA
as
DNA knoWn frngments in the laboratory.
(a) Conservative DNA replication. Ans.
Gcl clcctrophorcsis.thus ot
(b) Tramscription, 8 What is the use of Gel Electrophoresis?
ic) Dispersive DNA replication, to separate
Ans. Gcl clcctrophorcsis is a laboratory method used
id) Semi-conservative DNA replicntion, Ans.(a) mixturcs ofDNA, RNA or protcins according to molecular
Genetic cnginccring is also known as-
size.
(a) Recombinant DNA tcchnology,
(b) Tissuc culturc, Short AnswerType Questions
(c) Cloning vector, 1
How cloning vectors play an important role in
(d) Downstrcam processing. Ans.(d)
Recombinant DNA Technology?
DNA
..There are 64 codons in genctic code dictionary because Ans. Cloning vectors plays a crucial role in recombinant
technology by serving as carries foreign DNA fragments.
(a) There are 64 types of t-RNAs found in cell. inserted
They allows the replication and expression these
of
(b) There are 44 meaningless and 20 codons for amino
genes in host organism. Common vectors include plasmids
acids. gene manipulation.
(c) There are 64 amino acids to be coded.
and phanges provide a platform for
(d) Genetic code is triplet. Briefly describe the benefits of genetic engineering in
Ans.(d) crop improvements.
35 The technique of DNA fingerprinting is applicable in
Ans. Benefits ofgenetic engineering in crop improvemnents-
It
(a) Field of Forensic Scicnce, can be used to elucidate molecular events in the biological
(b) Genetic biodiversity, process such as cellular differentiation and ageing. The
(c) Evolutionary biology. same can be used for making gene maps with precision.
(d) All of these. Ans.(d) (i) It will be possible to create transgenic plants having
6 DNA DNA RNA Protein traits for resistance to diseases, pests.
The flow of genetic information in the form of above (ii) To create transgenic plant that
can withstand adverse
presented chart will be termed as environmental conditions such as salinity, drought,
(a) Replication, Transcription, Translation, chilling, high temperature, heavy metals etc.
6) Replication, Translation, Transcription, (iii) To create ornamental plants with desired colours.
(c) Transcription, Translation, Replication, (iv) To create plants having traits for delayed flower
() Translation, Replication, Transcription. Ans.(a) senescence and fruit ripening.
37 The term “Genome' refers to (v) Production of antibodies and vaccines in transgenic
(a) The complete set (2n) of chromosomes inherited as a plants 1ike banana and tomato.
unit from both the parents
as a
3 Differentiate between plasmid DNA and chromosomal
(b) The complete set (n) of chromosomes inherited DNA.
unit from one parent. Ans. Plasmid DNA are double stranded, circular extra
(c) Both (a) and (b), chromosomal DNA molecules which can selfreplicate. The
(d) None of these. Ans.(b) plasmid DNA carry genes for sexuality, antibiotic
resistance etc. but not any vital genes. The cell can survive
8 Very Short Answer Type Questions without them. They can replicate independently of main
1
What is Biotechnology ? genome and being small, can casily come out or get into a
Ans. technological processes, organisms, or systems to
Use of cell. Chromosomal DNA acts as a genetic factor. These
manufacture products intended to improve the quality of DNA give us detailed account of the chromosomes present
human life is called as biotechnology. in the cell.
Or, According to the European Federation of 4 How is the DNA separated by Gel Electrophoresis
natural
Biotechnology (EFB)- The integration of Technique ?
parts there of, and
science and organisms, cells, services" is
Ans. The separation is based on the principle that the DNA
molecular analogues for products and molecule is having negative charge when set on Gel
called biotechnology. Electrophoresis, all the negative charge is moved towards
2 What is Genetic Engineering ? positively charged Anode. The Gel taken is Agarose
Ans, Techniques to alter the chemistry
of genetic material (DNA composed of Sea-weed whose pores give a tract for the
and RNA), to introduce these into host organisms and thus different size DNA fragments to move to these. Thus the
the host organs, is called genetic smaller DNA fragments move farther as compared to the
CInange the phenotype of
larger fragments towards anode. Thus all these fragments
engineering. ? can be seen by exposure to u-v light and being stained
3
What is Biolistics or Gene-gun
technique
of
velocity micro-particles as with ethidium bromide, which give orange colour to these
As, Cells are bombarded with high a method known bands. These bands are cut out from the Gel and extracted
DNA in
Sod or tungsten coated with method is suitable for plants. from it. Later on, these fragments are transterred to cloning
biolistics or genc gun. This vectors to join their DNA.
4
What is Gene cloning ? new Write a note om vectors used during recombinant DNA
a tcchnique for producing
Gene cloninp- It is
material in bacterial cells. The DNA technology.
iOnation ofgenetic of itself. Ans. A vector or vehicle DNA is used as carrier for trans ferring
is the vector, where il produces copies
sclected DNA into cells, A plasmid with its small DNA
Ans.
What do vou mean by Orl ? replication. This is the from a bacterium isa good choice for indirect gene transfer,
Ori is the short form of origin ofstarts. because it can move from one cell to another and make
6
quence from where replication soveral copies of itself. However, artificial chromosomes
Ans.
What is Bioreactor ? generally 100-1000 from bacteria and yeast called BACs and YACs
Bioreactor used in biotechnology is base to respectively are more efficient for eukaryotic gene
litre cylindrical metal container with curved
a
transfers.
facilitate mixing of contents.
 s
-XIL, 2025
<br>

[52] BroLOGY enzymes-Restriction enzymes are

Fnctions ofrestriction
molccular scissors. With the help of
Agrobacterium tumefaciens is a nnturnlvector. llow ? also callcd
as
to cuta DNA sequence.
Ans. The Agrobactcriunn tumcthciens is a soil bacteria which restriction enzymes it is possible
has the capacity to genetically cngincer plant in nature. It rcstriction enzyme will act on both the strands and
a Thc vector and the source DNAligases
comprises a T-DNA plasmid wvhich can be joincd witlh produce break, the vector. WVhen restrictionnenzymes
a if e

a
desirable gene scqucncc and inserted into plant. Hcncc it to producc a recombinant
is called a natural vector. DNA strand, it will leave single stranded
make a cut in theends. These are overhanging, called
portions at the
y
7 What is cloning vector ?
can form hydrogen bonds
with

Ans. Cloning vector are carries of desired DNA ragments. cnds. Sticky cnds counterparts by DNA ligases
Which can replicate indcpcndently to inereasc copics of complcmcntary cut
desircd gencs in the hostccll ex-plasmids, Bactcriophages. 15 Describe briefly the following
Do cukaryotic cells have restrietion endonuclease ? (i) Origin of replication,
Justif vour answet. (ii) Bioreactors,
(iii) Downstream processing,
Ans. Eukaryotic cclls have no restriction cnzyme. It is present
in prokaryotic cell to restrict the growth of bacteriophages. Ans. (i) Origin of replication--
When a piece of DNA
genome of the recipient, it may
\What are recombinant proteins ? How do bioreactors integrated into the host D

help in their production ? multiply and be inherited along with the DNA hae
Ans. The protcin produced by genetically altered gene in a host This happens because the alien piece of
is called recombinant protein. become part ofa chromosome (s) which has a sneie
sequence known as 'origin of replication'. Thus
Bioreactors are vessels in which raw materials are so
biologically converted into specific product by microbes. alien DNA is linked with the origin of replication.
alien piece of DNA can replicate and multiply
t provides optimum growth conditions such as that, this
itself in the host organism.
temperature, pH, substrate, vitamins, oxygen and salts.
10 Highlight any four advantages of Genetically Modified (ii) Bioreactors- Bioreactors
are vessels in which raw
specific
Organism (GMIO). materials are biologically converted into
Ans.4dvantages of GMO are following products, individual enzymes, etc. using microbial
(1) Tolerant against abiotic stress like cold, heat, salinity, plant, animal or human cells. A bioreactor provides
drought etc. the optimal conditions for achieving the desired
(ii) Reduces reliance on chemical pesticides. product by providing optimum growth conditions
(temperature, pH, substrate, salts, vitamins, oxygen).
Reduces post harvest losses.
(iii)
(iii) Downstrean processing- After the biosynthetic stage,
(iv) Increases efficiency of mineral usage by plant. the products are subjected through
a series of
11 List the three advantage of application of tissue culture processes, such as separation and purification, before
in biotechnology. they are ready for marketing as finished products.
Ans. Application of biotechnology These processes are referred to as downstream
(a) Food- The important foods employing micro processing.
organisms during their preparation are Bread, Idli, 16 Make a flovw-chart showing different steps of the
Dosa, Acid porridge, Soya sauce, Miso, Koli Tepeh, process of recombinant DNA technology.
Ontjomn etc. Ans. Isolation of DNA
(b) Dairy products- Yogurt (- yogurt), Curd, Kefir
(Russain), Cheese and butter require specific strains Fragmentation of DNA by restriction enzyme.
of micro-organisms during their preparation or
maturation.
(c) Alcoholic Beverages- Beers, Wines, Whisky, etc. are
Isolation of desired DNA fragment
produced through fermentation of different foods by
suitable micro-organisms. Ligation of DNA fragment to vector's DNA by ligase
12 the names of the enzymes which cut and join
WVrite
the DNA molecules in Biotechnology ? Transfer of recombinant DNA into host cells
as EcoRI, bam
Ans. Restriction enzymes (endonucleus) such
HI, Hind III used to join DNA. Culture of host cells in the medium
Ligase is used to join DNA.
13 Discuss merits and demands of Genetic Engineering. Extraction of desired product.
Ans. Merits of Genetic Engineering 17 What are the difference
between plasmid DNA
(a) Diagnosis of diseases chromosomal DNA.
(b) Production of useful Chemical
Compounds. Ans. Dijferences between plasmid
Microbes etc. DNA and chromosomu
(c) Production of GM plants, animals, DNA
Demerits of Genetic Engineering Plasmid DNA Chromosomal DNA
(a) Situation of wall will increase. (a) This is present in
(a) This is found in both
(b) Population increases prokaryotic cell like
will cxtinct. prokaryotic and
(c) Ancestral plants and animals bacteria. eukaryotic cells.
enzyme ? Write their role in (b) This is the circular
14 What is restriction (b) It is linear and histones
recombinant DNA technology. extra chromosomal
enzymes are alsSo known as DNA not associated associated with
Ans. Restriction enzyme- These proteins.
molecular scissors. These are responsible for cutting DNA. with histone proteins.
to provide a type of
These enzymes are found in bacteriato a class of enzyme (c) It gives the cell extra
(c) It does not provide
any
defence mechanism. They belong characters like
antibiotic resistance. extra characters to the
called nucleases. cell.
 Derma' aHf aaCLASS
<br>

XII, 2025 21AS9 BroLOGY [531

Sforentiate betVeen Gene 'heray -
18
Cloning. nndGenc involves (a) Culturing thc recipicnt protoplast with
Dillerence bewcen gene therapy purificd DNA, (b) Application of clectric impulses to
Ans.. and gene cloning- change the porosity ofprotoplasts so that they directly
Gene Therapr Gene Clonin imbibe the purificd DNA ; and (c) Dircct injcction of
The proccss of teplhcing |(a) The techmique to DNAfragments with the help ofa micropipctte. Other
defective genc responsible
-
methods of gene transfer are liposome mediated gene
produee identicnl copics transfer, calcium phosphate prccipitation method,
for hereditary discase of partieular segment of
by the tnomal gene is ultrasonic transformation and transformation using
DNA or a genc. pollen tubc.
called genc therapy.
cuta both DNA EeoR cuts the DNA betreen baes
Long Answer Type Qnestions atrnnda G and A onty when the seIence
GAATTC is present In the DNA

Cnlain the process of DNA repliention with the help 11iVector UNA Forcig1 DNA

dingrams.
of suitable
The replication mcans making copy of
Ans
the parent DNA
molecule which is a sCmi conservative process in which FeoR1
och of the two daughter molecules is having one old and Sucky end
other new strand of DNA. The process requires a number
of enzymes prominently the DNA dependent DNA
nolmnerases can not initiated by their own process of Stucky end
DNA Eraments joo at sticky ends
replication. The process initiated at a definite region in
E.coli called origin of Replication which is infact the DNA
of \ector.
For long DNA molecule, since the two strands of DNA Recomtinant DNA
can not be separated in its entire length due to very high
energy requirement the replication occurs within a small 3 Describe the tools and techniques of genetic
opening of the DNA helix called as replication fork. The engineering.
are the pioneers of
DNA dependent DNA polymerases catalysed Ans. Stanley Cohen and Herbert Boyer
led to
polymerization only in one direction, i.e. 5'3' genetic engineering. The two main discoveries that
consequently at the replication the birth of genetic engineering are- (i) the discovery of
fork on one strand where the
restriction enzymes, (ii) the development of methodologies
to produce large quantities of the DNA fragments using
template is with 3' 5'polarity, Basepairs
SOme vectors.
the replication is continuous Adenine Thymine

while on the strand where the The application of genetic engineering are
template is with 5'3' polarity, Guanine Cytosine (i) to unravel the structure and mechanism of expression
it is discontinuous. The Sugar phosphate of genes,
discontinuously synthesized backbone (iü) to manufacture pharmaceutical important components,
fragments are laterjoined by the (iii) to produces genetically modified organism,
genes responsible
enzyme DNA ligase. (iv) to replace/remove/alter the defective
2 Discuss the various tools of Recombinant DNA for hereditary diseases.
involved in
Technology'. Tools of Genetic Engineering- The three tools
Or, Describe the process of formation
of genetic engineering are
desired
Recomnbinant DNA. (i) Cell culture containing contains cells with the
Recombinant DNA
Or, Describe the process of DNA segment.
ligase,
technology. (ii) Enzymes like Restriction endonuclease, DNA
known as DNA- polymerase and Reverse transcription.
Ans. Recombinant DNA technology- Popularly which plant/
a stream of biotechnology (ii) Cloning vectors like plasmid, bacteriophages,
genetic engineering', is material by man in
deals with the manipulation of genetic animals viruses, jumping genes, artificial
methodologies in which the chromosomes of bacteria/yeast/mammals.
Vitro, It refers to a number of are cut
genes or DNA sequence of an organism
cells with or What is rDNA ? Explain the technique of cloning
4
rDNA.
Sred introduced into host DNA formed by combining DNAs from two
to iragments and then or vectors to alter its phenotype Ans. rDNA is the
rDNA can be
without the help of carriers different organism.a In bacterial itcells multiplies into many
to suit human needs. transferred by using vector where
foreign
techniques for introducing through
1nere are two distinct genome. The first copies.
into plant cell For rDNA following steps
are involved
3enetic material Plant and animal cell
are
a vector, requires (i) Isolation of DNA- Bacterial
fragment(s) of enzymes to release
ofthe desirable
selection and isolationgenc broken down by treating with polysaccharides and
sequence(s) that needs to be DNA, along with RNA, Protein
DNA which contains treatments, the purified DNA is
cloned known as insert); lipids. Ater several
molccule by
recombinant DNA (rDNA) precipituted.
) Generation of (DNA fragments) into a
of DNA at specific
location-The DNA is cut
insertion of these insertstermned as vector (i.o., the (i) Cutting
using restriction enzymes.
Carrier DNA molecule, tumefaciens, a virus,
a
DNA fragments-Using
agoras gel
vaeterial Agrobacterium can replicate within (iii) Zsolation ofdesired desired DNA is separated out.
Plasmid or any other vector) that electrophoresis, the
PCR- PCR is
a host cell : and E(iv) Amplification of'gene ofinterest usingand extension.
= Vector+ insert out by denaturation, annealing
Recombinant DNA carried many tmes we can obtain
id)
(rDNA)itmolecules into host cells.
Repeating these steps DNA.tihxo
several copies of desired hescvil tu
(iii) Introduction of the r DNA DNA,
direct introduction of
ne second, through
 'biotechnology' was given by-h
<br>

[54] BIoLOGY
The term
sourcc 4

van Lccuwenhoek,
(V) Ligation ofDNA into lector Vector DNA und (a) Anton
DNA are cut with the samc cndonuclcasc to obtain vcctor (b) Alexander Fleming,
sticky ends. Now these are ligated by mixing to (c) Karl Ercky,
DNA, genc ofinterest and enzyme DNA ligasc form Crick.
Ans.(c)
a rccombinant DNA, (d) Watson and cow is
(vi) nsertion of recombinant DNA into host organisni 5 The first transgenic (b) Dazy,
occur
Introduction ofligated DNA into recipicnt cclls (a) Cozy, (d) None of these. Ans.(c)
by several methods, bcfore which thc rccipicnt cclls (c) Rosic, from
are imade compctent to rcceive thc DNA. Agarosc is extracted
(vii)Culturing the hostcclls-Thc transforncd host cclls
arc (b) Maize,
(a) Sca weeds, (d) None of these. Ans.(a)
grown in appropriatc medium wherc DNA get (c) Cycas,
multiplicd and expresses it selfto from desircd product.
Agarose is used in
(viii) Ertraction of desired gene product When protein
a
(b) Cloning,
encoding genc is expressed in a heterologous host, it (a) Downstreaming, (d) All of these. Ans.(c)
is called a reconbinant protein. The cells are grown (c) Electrophoresis,
on cultures in laboratory and the expressed protein is technique involved in agricultural biotechnology
8 The main
extractcd and purified by difference separation is called
(b) Transformation,
techniques. (a) Tissue culture, Ans.(a)
(ix) DownstrCam processing- All the processes like breeding, (d) DNA replication.
(c) Plant Bacillus thuringiensis is
separation. purification, formulation. Quality control The toxic protein produced by
and clinical trial in case of drug before being marketed (b) Leg-haemoglobin,
(a) Auxin, Ans.(c)
are called downstream processing. Protein, (d) Cytokinin.
(c) Cry crop from ballworms ?
What are Cloning ectors? Describe the features that 10 Cry gene' prevents which
are required to facilitate cloning. (b) Mango,
Ans. Cloning vectors are plasmids into which foreign DNA
may (a) Cotton, Ans.(a)
(c) Tea, (d) Wheat.
be inserted for the purpOse of cloning DNA of interest. responsible to produce Bt toxin
11 Which bacteria is
The following are the features that are required to facilitate
cloning into a vector. (a) bacillus tumines,
(i) Origin of replication (ori)– The vector requires
an (b) bacillus thuringiensi,
origin of replication (ori) so that it isanyable to multiply (c) bacillus tuberculosis, Ans.(b)
within the host cell. This implies that foreign DNA (d) lacto bacillus.
Golden rice' developed through transgene approach
is
inserted into this vector will also be replicated in the 12
process. enriched with
(ii) Selectable marker- In addition to 'ori', theto
vector (a) high lysine content,
requires a selectable mnarker, which will allow amongst select
high methionine content,
(b)
those host cells that contain the vector from
high glutenin content,
(c)
those which do not. Usually, the genes encoding
as ampicillin, high vitamin A content.
(d) Ans.(d)
resistance to antibiotics such are 13 Which organism infects the root of tobacco plant and
chloramphenicol, tetracycline or kanamycin etc., causes a great reduction in yield ?
considered useful selectable markers for E. coli. The
normal E. coli cells do not carry resistance
against (a) Bacillus thuringiensis,
any of these antibiotics. (b) Agrobacterium,
(iii) Cloning sites- In order to linkone the alien DNA, the (c) Meloidogyne incognita,
vector must also have at least unique restriction (d) Chlamydomonas. Ans.(c)
endonuclease recognition site to enable foreign DNA 14 For which disease is the Himgirivariety of wheat resistant
?
to be inserted into the vector during the generation of
a recombinant DNA molecule. Presence of a unique Leaf and stripe rust,
(a)
restriction site allows.the particular enzyme to cut the (b) White rust,
vector only once. (c) Bacterial blight,
a (d) Leaf curl. Ans.(a)
(iv) Smnall in size- Another desirable feature of cloning
vector is that it should be relatively small in size since 15 Which vector is used to introduce nematode specific genes
large molecules tend to break down during purification into the host plants ?
and are also difficult to manipulate. (a) Agrobacterium vector,
(b) B. thuringiensis vector,
(c) T. aquaticus vector,
10. BiOTECHNOLOGY AND ITS APPLICATIONS (d) Bacteriophage vector.
Ans.(a)

obtained from which plant ?

16 'Marijuana' drug is
Multiple Choice Type Questions (a) Papaver somniferum,
1 The Bt gene is isolated from the organism called (b) Cannabis sativa,
(a) E. coli, (b) Bacillus thuringicnsis, (c) Erythroxylum coca, Ans.(b)
(c) Brassica napus, (d) Lactobacillus. Ans.(b) (d) Datura stramonium.
2 Which vitamin is present in golden rice ? 17 Biotechnology is generally being used
for which of the
(a) Vitamin A, (b) Vitamin D, following process
(c) Vitamin E, (d) Vitamin K. Ans.(a) (a) production of monoclonal antibodies,
3 Hybridomas are (b) rain water harvesting,
(a) Antibodies, (b) Hybrid swarms, (c) production of GM, Ans.(d)
(c) Hybrid cultures, (d) Hybrid zone. Ans.(c) (d) both (á) and (c).
 lHCLASS -
<br>

RNA interference works on XII, 2025 N

(a) RNA interferc, principlc-s SsBIoLoGY [551

) silencing of a specific in RNA What is Flavr Savr ?
Ans. It is a transgenic tomato
i) prevents translation oft varicty which has blocked
production of polygalacturon.
ia) RNA destruction,
Somaclonal variations are- 10 Which of the varictics
Ans.(b) of wheat was as the source
19
(a) Causcd by nutagens, of brecding of Sarbati Sonora? varietyused
of wheat? Who
developed this variety?
b) Causcd by gamma rays, Ans, Sonora 64 whcat was uscd as
Produced in tissuc culture. the source for breeding of
an Produced during Sarbati Sonora varicty of wheat.
sexual reproduction. Prof. M. S. Swaminathan developed this variety.
Terminator gencs Ans.(c) 11 What is Golden Rice ?
i) Help in terminating flowering. Ans. Golden rice is a genetically engineered rice variety which
(b) Help in terninating sccd germination, is rich in vitamin 'A'.
(c) Used in hybridisation, 12 Name the following
(d) Nonc of these. (i)) The semi dwarf variety of wheat which is high yielding
.
The *ori' site is related to Ans.(b)
and disease resistant.
(a) A unique sequence
where replication is initiated. (ii) Any one interspecific hybrid mammal.
n The region vhere the DNA
replication is terminated, Ans.(i) Kalyan Sona & Sonlika.
i) The region where Transcription is (ii) Mule/Hinny.
initiated,
(d) All of these.
Ans.(a) 13 Give one example of genetically modified plant.
V'ery Short Answer Type Questions Ans. BT Brinjal, GM- Mustard and Protato.

1 What is genetically engineered insulin ? Short Answer Type Questions

ne Genetically engineered
insulin- Insulin
recombinant DNA method is called geneticallyprepared by How has the biotechnology been used in the production
engineering
insulin. It helps to balance Glucose- Glycogene of pest resistant plants ?
level in Ans. Biotechnology is used to produce pest resistant plants
body.
through a variety of methods including
Eli Lilly a American company prepared two DNA
In 1983,
(i) Gene Transformation -This method involves changing
sequences corTresponding to A and B chains of human
the DNA sequence of a target gene in the genome by
insulin and introduced themn in plasmids of E. coli to inserting, deleting or replacing DNA bases.
produce insulin chains. Chains A and B were produced
(ii) RNA interference- This method suppresses gene
separately, extracted and combined by creating disulfide expression by injecting double strandedRNA into the
bonds to form human insulin. target pest system.
2
What is the applications of Biotechnology ? 2 What is Gene therapy ?
Ans. The applications ofbiotechnology include the therapeutics, Ans. Gene therapy Gene therapy is introduction of normal
diagnostics, genetically modified crops for agriculture, genes into cells in place of missing as defective ones in
processed food, bioremediation, waste treatment, and order to correct genetic disorder.
energy production. Types ofgene Therapy
3 Define Biopiracy. (1) Germline Gene Therapy- here germ cells, i.e. sperm
Ans, Biopiracy is the term sed to refer to the use of bio on egg are modified by the introduction of functional
resources by multinational companies and other genes.
organisations without proper authorisation from the
compensatory (ii) Somatic Cell Gene Therapy- Here gene is introduced
countries and people concerned and without in somatic cells.
payment. Severe Combined Immunodeficiency (SCID) Disease is
4 What is Transgenic crop ? gene, being controlled through gene therapy.
AS,A transgenic crop is
a crop that contains a foreign
What is Transgenics ?
and stably integrated into the host
3
Which is introduced Ans. An organism which becomes genetically transformed by
DNA. introducing a new DNA sequence into its genome is called
Nention the source organism
of
the gene cry IAC and a transgenic organism (GMO). The transgenic crops are
its target pest. also called genetically modified crops or GM crops. For
Ans,Source
organism- Bacillus thuringiensis
(Bt). example, cotton. It is a transgenic variety of cotton which
Bt

Iarget pest- Cotton bollworms. contains foreign gene from Bacillus thuringiensis
a
to
antibiotics produced
by
bacterium. Bt cotton has become insect resistant due
Write
the names of any four this modification.
bacteria. Streptomycin are
Ans,
Gentamycin, Tobramycin, Neomycin and 4 Write three uses of transgenie animals. 5

antibiotic produced by bacteria. Ans. Three uses of Transgenic animals-null

How trransgenic animals that produce uscful products, (i) Normal phvsiology and
development- Transgenic
animal can be specifically designed to allow the study
can be products and how they affect the
created ?
Ans.Transgenic useful biological of how genes are regulated
animal that produce portion ofDNA which
normal functions of the body and
its development.
can
be created by introduction ofthe transgenic animals are
Codes for a desired product.
Many
(ii) Study of disease- our understanding of hoW genes
any tw0
Name designed to increase
8What are Transgenic Animals ?
contribute to the development ofare disease.t
transgenic animal. to possess Transgenic mice being developed
Ans,
Animals DNA manipulated (iii) Vaccine safety- vaccine before they are
that have had their gene are known as transgenic las for use in testing the
safety of
andeexpress an extra (foreign)
animals. tsesrse used on humans,tiktt.s3kittCai
Transgenic Animals- Goat, Sheep, Cow, Fish.1
<br>

[56] BroLOGY Loba VsRNA Perss Verma's aTf s CLASS -

XII, 2025
the ncmatodes spccific genes into the host plant cells. Here.
What restrietion endonuelense ?
is
cnzyme thc gencs transcribe both sense and anti-sense RNA. These
Ans, Restriction endonuclcasc is thc typc of restriction
known as molccular a scissor. lt is responsiblc for cutting RNA bcing comnplementary to each other form double
DNAfrom insidc at spccific regions ofsix basc pair callcda stranded RNA which mars the messenger RNA of
palindrome. This enzymc is found in bnctcria to provide nematode from being translated into toxic proteins, thus
typc of defence mechanism, The first rcstriction prcvcnt the route cells of plants from being affected.
cndonucleasc is Hind-1l obtain from hacmophilus 12 Write about the following
intluenzae bacteria. (n) Monoclonal Antibody,
How is DNA isolnted in purified form a bacterial ccll? (b) Interferon,
Ans, DNA, a genctic material is isolatcd in prificd form by (c) Bioreactor.
treating the bacterial cclls with thc cnzymes such as Ans. (a) Monoclonal Antibody- A method of producing large
lysozyme to remnove the ccll wall. The RNA thus released amounts of norma,, pure and uniform antibodiee
can be removed by trenting them with ribonuclease and derived by cell division from a single cells which act
enzyme protcascs is addcd to remove protein. Finally against a specific antigen.
chilled ethanol is added to precipitate the purified DNA. or
(b) Interferon-A glycoproteins produced by the celle
7 Plasmid is a boon for biotechnology. Justify this immune system in response to viral infection which
statennent with an example. protect non-infected cells from further infection are
Ans. Plasmids are extra-chromosomal, self replicating, usually called interferon.
circular, double stranded DNA molecules found naturally (c) BioreactOr-A system meant to grow cells or tissueg
in many bacteria. In 1983, Eli Lilly an American company, in the context of cell or tissue culture. Different
first prepared two DNA sequences corresponding to A and substances are biochemically transformed by livin
B chains ofhuman insulin and introduced them in plasmids
cells or enzynme in the vessel.
of E coli to produce insulin chains. These
were produced separately, extracted andchain A andby
B 13 What is molecular diagnosis ?
combined a
Ans. Molecular diagnosis- Process of identifying disease by
creating disulfide bonds to form human insulin.
studying molecules such as proteins. DNA and RNA.
What is restriction endonuclease ? Example Techniques such as PCR, ELISA etc., for
Ans. Animals whose DNA is manipulated
to possess an extra identification of diseases.
foreign gene are known as transgenic animals.
14 Describe PCR (Polymerase Chain Reaction) in brief.
Transgenic aninals are beneficial for humnans in following
Ways-
Ans. PCR- Polymerase Chain Reaction is a rapid method of
(1 DNA cloning, makes DNA copies without using any host
In obtaining biological products- For the treatment cell. It is of own choice used in many application including
of disease like emphysema a-1-antitrypsin protein is
obtain from transgenic animal. molecular biology, diagnosis of diseases, forensics,
biotechnology, human genetics etc.
(ii) To study of Disease-Transgenic models are used for
the study of many human disease like cancer, cystic
fibrosis, Alzheimer's disease and rheumatoid arthritis.
s Long Answer Type Questions
1
What are genetically modified plants ? How are the
(i1) To test vaccine safety-Transgenic mice are developed genetically modified plants useful ?
to test safety of vaccine before using on human. Ans. Genetically modified plants- Plants which has been
9 Name the biological products made in transgenic manipulated using genetic engineering techniques to
animal to treat emphysema. Explain. produce better quality plants are called Genetically
Ans. Human protein a-1-antitrypsin is produced to trcat Modified Plants. In most cases the aim is to introduce a
emphysema. The gene for this protein is isolated and new trait to the plant which does not occur naturally in the
introduced into a mouse. The transgenic mouse produces species. e.g. Bt-cotton.
the protein, which is to be isolated, purified and used on Advantages
human beings after further clinical trials. (i) High Production– Genetically modified plants can
10 Give some examples of genetically modified organisms. grow rapidly and thus give high
production.
Ans.(i) Bacterium Rhizobium meliloti is used as biofertilizer. (ii) Nutrition Value-Vitamin A rich rice and protein rich
(ii) Bacterium Pseudomonas accumulates heavy metals potato is developed by genetic engineering.
(Cu, Pb) from environment and fix them into (iii) Survival in adverse conditions-Genetically modified
plants can survive in extremne
compounds (CuSO4, PbSO4)- This is called cold or hot environment
bioremediation. and so they require less care.
(iii) Fungus Trichoderma helps in biocontrol against pests (iv) Anti-diseases resistance-
Such plants are disease
resistance. Such as Nemotid infection is removed by
and plant diseases.
RNA method in a few plants.
(iv) Fungus Penicillium (Genetically modified) are (V) High concentration
producing antibiotic penicillium in high amounts, than of medicines- Geneticaly
modified plants can produce
the natural strains. medicines like Insulime
Inteferon,
Harmones etc.
(v) Bacteria are used for the synthesis ofvarious enzymes
like cellulase and vitamins. Give the biological methods for the
pests. control of insec
(vi) Bacillus thuringiensis is used as insecticide. Ans.Biological control is controlling
the
11 What do youunderstand by RNA interference ?
organisms naturally byy employingpopulation of
varto
Ans. When messenger is bound with double stranded their predators
parasites. It does not annihilate a population
complementary RNA to make so that messenger RNA at a level where it supports but keepa
should not be translated into proteins, the phenomenon is does not cause much
the beneficial organisms
called RNA interference. and forest system. For harm to our agriculture, horticulture
example to eradicate aphids natural
(their thal
This method is adopted to prevent the plant from the ill artificial pesticides, Lady
beffects of nematode infestation. For example, in tobacco predator) is employed for bird Beetle under contro.
01 plant roots, the nematode infestation reduces keeping
Similarly, mosquito population can them check
the yield. To be kept under
prevent this, an agro bacteria vector was used which carried by Dragonfly.
<br>

germa' aHf T"CLASS - XII, 2025

Biopesticides arc biologicnl agents BroLOGY [571
which arc uscd to control pests
and thcir products
like 4 What do you mean by Biotechnology ? Explain its role
pathogens. Thcy are viruSCs, bactcria,wccds, insccts and in the ficld of agriculturc.
tos predator insecis, SMOOther crops fungi. protozoa, Ans. Biotcchnology is thc integration
ctc, of natural science and
Biopesticides ae Of vo
Bioherbicides- They are
pes organisims. Cclls and their parts and molecule for the
Organisms and thcir extract synthcsis of new products and services for human kind.
which destroy wecds wvithout
Followings arc thc application ofbiotechnology in the field
They are of thrcc types- predatorlharming crop plants. of agriculture
crops and mycoherbicides, lherbivores, Smoothcr
(i) Food production can be increased by applying
Predator herbivores fccd over biotechnology like organic agriculture, agrochemical
Smoother crops do not allow particular plants. based agriculture and genetically engineered crop.
sunfloer, soyabean. Rotation the wecds to grow
with smoother crop (ii) Genetically modified crops have resulted in increased
gives protection from wecds.
Mycoherbicides are fungi tolerance against abiotic stresses and reduced post
which arc parasitic specific plants. harvest losses.
palmivora does not allow Milkweed Phytophthora
vine to grow in (ii) Green revolution succeeded in increasing food supply
citrus orchards. due to use of improved crop varieties, agrochemicals
G)) Bioinsecticides- They are living organismns or
their and better management practices.
products which are able to kill or repel specific insects. (iv) Enhanced nutritional value of food like vitamin A'
They are of three types- Predators,
Parasites, enriched rice (golden rice).
Parasitoids and Pathogens and natural insecticides. (v) Increased efficiency of minerals used by plants.
1 Why transgenic animals are produced ?
How can man 5 Define Transgenic Animals. Explain its detail in any
benefit from such modifications ?
four areas where they can be utilised.
AnS. Somne
of the com1on reasons are Ans. Animals whose DNA is manipulated to express an extra
Ö Normal physiology and development- Transgenic gene are known as transgenic animals. Transgenic rats,
animals can be specifically designed to allow the study rabbits, pigs, sheep and cow are produced.
3
of how genes are regulated, and how they affect the These are the following fields where transgenic animals
normal functions of the body and its development, e.g., are utilised
study of complex factors involved in growth such as () Biological product- Useful biological products are
insulin-like growth factor. By introducing genes from product by introducing a portion of gene into
other species that alter the formation of this factor and transgenic animal which codes for a particular product.
studying the biological effects that result, information Ex-human protein a-1-antitrypsin is produced to treat
is obtained about the biological role of the factor in emphysema.
the body. Transgenic cow, Roise produced human protein
(ii) Study of disease- Many transgenic animals are
enriched milk which contain hunan alpha-lactalbumin
designed to increase our understanding of how genes which is more nutritional than natural cow milk.
are
contribute to the development of disease. These (ii) Study of disease- Transgenic models are developed
specially made to serve as models for human diseases for many human disease like cancer, cystic fibrosis,
so that investigation of new treatments for diseases is
rheumatoid arthritis and Alzheimer's disease.
made possible. Today transgenic models exist for These animal are useful in study of gene responsible
many human diseases such as cancer, cystic fibrosis,
h

for diseases in human and their treatment.

rheumatoid arthritis and Alzheimer's. c
(iii) Vaccine safety- Transgenic mice are developed to test
to treat
(i) Biological products- Medicines required safety of vaccines being used on human, Ex- Polio
certain human diseases can contain biological
are often expensive to vaccine.
products, but such products useful w31
(iv) Chemical safey testing- Transgenic animals are made
make. Transgenic can animals that produce to carry gene which make them more sensitive to the
biological products be created by the introduction a
genes) which codes for Aliw toxic substance than non-transgenic animals. On
Or the portion of DNA (or (a-1 exposing to the toxic substances, their effects are
as human protein
particular product such Similar attempts Studied,
antitrypsin) used to treat emphysema.phenylketonuria 6 What is Genetic Engineering ? List various steps
arc being made for treatment of
1997, the first transgenic Linvolved im genetic engineering technology.
PKU) andcystic fibrosis. In protein-enriched mnilk Ans. Genetic Engineering is the technique to alter the chemistry
vOW, Rosie, produced human human
The mnilk contained the of genetic material DNA and RNA.
e4 grams per litre). and was nutritionally a more Steps involved in genetic engineering technolog
alpha-lactalbumin natural cow- (i) Isolation of genetic material (DNA),
balanced product for human babies than
milk, (ii) Cutting of DNA at specitic locations,
are being developed
) Vaccine safety- Transgenic mice
vaccines before they (iii) Anmplilications of gene of interest using PCR,
r use in testing the safety of (iv) Insortion of reconbinant DNA into the host.
Transgenic mice are being uscd
re used on humans,
of the polio vaccine. If
sucoeSsfiul (v) Obtaining the toreign gene product,
O test the safety they could repluce tho
uso of ut (vi) Down stream processing.
and found to be reliable, ? What are the
of butches of the vuccine. What are geetically modified foods ? What are their
onkeys to test the safetyThis is known as toxicity 10l ud vantages of GM foods
hemical safety testing-
is the same as that used
ety testing. The procedure Transgenic
ts disadvantuges ? crop plants are created
drugs. animals are Ans. Genetically modified (GM foods)
toxicity of more sensitive animnal consumption using the latest
oCStingcarry genes which make them aninals. They for human and with the exact
tonat molecular techniques. The plants are created accuracy.
than non-transgenic zis
desired trait very rapidly and with great For
BrC substances
exposed
the effects
to the toxic substances andwillallow us example, Bt cotton is genetically
a modified cotton variety.
GAen
sudied. Toxicitytesting in such animals
h_ bh ite
O obtain results in less time.ice
<br>

[58] BIOLOGY
(iv) Gene therapy treatment is used in the defective
Advantages of GM foods heredity by introduction of normal healthy and
pesticides nnd fertilizcrs
(i) Pest resistance- Chemical watcr and cause harm to functional gencs.
can poison the soil, ground (v) It is used in the treatment ofdisease like cystic fibrosis.
the cnvironment. Growing
genctically imodificd foods
chemical hacmophilia, AIDS, Cancer, Parkinson's etc.
can help to climinate the application of (vi) Duc to advancement in the field of biotechnology it is
pesticides and reducc thc cost of production.
now possible to develop recombinant vaccine with
(i) Herbicide tolerance- Farmcrs destroy wecds by
is time consuming and spccific actions and less side effects.
chemical herbicides which (vii) Monoclonal antibodies are produced with high
to
expensive. Crop plants are genetically cngincered specificity for spccific antigen and are ideal for
resist the herbicide to retain the crop yicld. diagnosis of specific discase, One of the major role of
Gi)) Discases rCsistance- Many viuscs, bacteria and fungi
cause various plant discases. Genctic cnginccrs are these monoclonal antibodies is immune suppression
for kidney transplantation.
working to crcate plants wvith resistancc to these
Give an account of industrial application of
discases. biotechnology.
(iv) Cold tolerance- Unexpected frost can destroy Ans. Industrial application of biotechnology is done for the
sensitive scedling. An antifreceze gene from cold water
fish has been introduced into tobacco and potato following purpose
(i) Production of useful compounds- Compound used in
plants. With this modification the plants can tolerate
coldtemperature. industrial processes are produced by biotechnology
(v) Drught tolerance and salinity tolerance-Genetically like ethanol, lactic acid, glycerine, gluconic acid,
acetone etc. These substances are formed by bacteria
modified plants which can tolerate high salt content from less useful substance.
and drought will help people to grow crops in formally (ii) Production of enzyme- These are textiles, leather,
inhospitable places.
dairy, medicine etc. The chief enzymes produced are
(v) Nurrition- PIants can be genetically modified to amylase, protease lipase etc.
contain extra vitamin, for example, golden rice (iii) Production of antibiotic- Penicillin, streptomycin,
contains high content of beta-carotene erythromycin etc., are produced by fungi and bacteria.
(vitamin-A). (iv) Less useful substance is converted into more useful
(vi) Pharmaceuticals- Researches are working to develop
substances- Steroid hormones are produced from
edible vaccines in tomato and potatoes. They will not steroid, surbose from sorbitol etc. This is done by
need any special condition for storage and aerobic fermentation.
transportation. (v) Supplementary feeds- High quality single cell proteins
(vii)Phytoremedia tion- Plants have been genetically
from microbes are obtained for supplementary feed
engineered to clean up heavy metal pollution from for animals and humans. This is microbial biomass
contaminated soil. minus its toxins.
Disadvantages- There are some major concerns about (vi) Obtaining fuels- Many cheep and less useful
genetically modified foods. These are as follows substrates such as sugarcane biogasses and wood is
i) Environmental hazards- According to a study used to obtain ethanol or biogas. This accomplished
published in nature the pollen from Bt cotton caused by microbial fermentation. Example- Cowdung.
high mortality rates in monarch butterfly caterpillars. (vii) Extraction of minerals- Bacterial are used for leaching
Many people are concerned that over a period of time, of minerals from low grade ores.
(viii) Production ofimmuno toxin-
insects will becomes resistant to Bt. or other crops Joining of specific toxins
which are genetically modified to produce their own with the antibody is envisaged. The product will have
pesticides. potential cure for cancer.
10 Write short note on Biopesticides'.
Another area of concern is that crops are modified for
herbicide tolerance, if these plants will cross breed Ans. Biopesticides- Biopesticides is not chemical in nature.
with weeds they will produce super weeds which will These pesticides are living organism more specific in action
also become herbicide tolerant. against the pest and safe for environment than chemical
(ii) Human health risks- Many children in US and Europe pesticides.
A popularly known pesticides is Bt toxin which is produced
have developed allergies to some genetically modified
food products. People are concerned that introducing by bacterium Bacillus thuringiensis. Bt toxin gene has been
foreign genes into food plants may have unexpected cloned from this bacterium and expressed in plants. Bt toxin
and negative impact on human health, whereas protein when ingested by insect, it get converted into active
scientists belicve that these foods do not present a risk from due to alkaline pH of the gut. The activated toxin
to human health. binds to the surface of midgut epithelial cells and create
(iii) Economic concerns- Producing genetically modified pore which lead to kill the insects.
Crops is a lengthy and costly proccss. Many of these Write short notes on Biopiracy'.
GM foods are patented that will raise the cost of the Ans. Biopiracy– Biopiracy is the thett or robbery of biological
Seed so that small farmers and third world countries and genetic resources indigenous to a country. The
will not be able to afford these seeds. biological resources have many uses in agriculture, health
Explain care and chemical industries. Therefore, the businessmen
the different uses of biotechnology in the field
of medical science
Ans. ? re aller them. The process ofbiopiracy involves collection
(i) The recombinant
DNA technology is used for
of samples of biological sources, which can be done
production of unnoticed. The biological material is then subjected to
effective. therapeutic drugs which are safe and product development for use on a commercial scale.
(ii) About
therapy 2Items Facing Biopiracy- A wide range of biological
approved from recombinant therapeutics have been resources are facing biopiracy. These include soil
(iii) The human use in the world including India.
genetically microorganisms, plants and animnals, and genetic material.
besides in
maintaining engineered insulin helps in These resources are being used in research
the glucose glycogen balance is the body. making new products.
<br>

UVe CLASS - XII,

Biopiracy is widesprcad in Asia, Africa 2025 MA PIess
BIoLOGY [59]
where the most divversc ccosystems and Latin America, 3
inthe world are found Thc amount of biomass or organic matter produced pe
and produce abundant biological resources. unit arca over a certain time period by plants during
Opposition to Biopiracy- Worldwide opposition photosynthesis is
biological piracy is rapidly to (a) Primary productivity,
building up as morc
people and groups become awarc and morc (b) Sccondary productivity,
companics are getting grcat that 1he wcstern
benefits from using (c) Net primary
knowledge and biological resources
of thc
tlhe third world (d) Productivity.
productivity,lot
comunities. While the conpanics Ans.(a)
revenues from this process, stand to make 4 When a living organism is benefitted without harming any
the local communiticshugc
rewarded and. in tact may have arc other living organism, it is called
to buy the products of (a) Commensalism,
these companies at high prices, (b) Symbiosis,
Eotout of Biopiracj- (c) Parasitism, (d) Predation. Ans.(a)
Protit-hungry corporations benefit 5
oreatly from biopiracy activitics. By symbiotic association of which of the following
The
s
of the biologicalresources are likemultiple beneficial organisms, are nodules formed on the roots of leguminous
then. With biopiracy, they also escape the gold mines for plants ?
nmnensation to the countries where paying any financial (a) Azotobacter, (b) Azospirillum,
the biological material
originated. Clearly, biopiracy is an (c) Fungi, (d) Rhizobium. Ans.(d)
our national patriimony. It absolute intrusion on
robS us of our right to utilize our
6 An animal which feeds on dead animals is called
OWIn resOurces. (a) Predator, (b) Scavenger,
The benefits derived (c) Cannibal, Ans.(b)
from pirated resources (d) Parasite.
should be shared with indigenous biological 7 The sum total of the population of same kind of organisms
common good.
people and used for
constitute
12
Write short notes on Biopatent, (a) Community, (b) Species,
ATs. (c) Genus,
Biopatent- Biopatent is a government protection to an (d) Colony. Ans.(b)
inventor of a biological material, securing to The best example of symbiosis is
him for a
specific time the exclusive right of manufacturing, (a) Lichens, (b) Anabaena and Azella,
exploiting, using, and selling an invention. (c) Mycorrhiza, (d) All of these. Ans.(d)
Patent Abuse- Companies are being granted patents for 9 Symbiosis means
products and technologies that make use of biological (a) Live together, (b) Fuse together,
resources, viz., genetic mnaterials, plants and animals, (c) Eat together,
which (d) All of these. Ans.(a)
have long been identified, developed and used by farmers 10 The population of all species that occupy a habitate
and indigenous peoples, mainly in the countries of the constitute
south. The transnational companies are rushing to get (a) Community, (b) Population,
patents ofnew products derived from biological resources (c) Ecosystem,
so as to prevent competitors from using them. They can
(d) Biosphere. Ans.(a)
11 Geometric representation of age structure is a characteristic
then reap larger profits by hiking up prices of the products
at will or by charging royalties to other firms wishing to
of
use the technology. There is a race of companies to patent
(a) population, (b) landscape,
(c) ecosystem, (d) biotic community. Ans.(a)
because the 2 1 st century is considered 'the age of biology',
when products derived form biological materials are likely
12 Maximum growth rate occurs in
to increasingly replace those made from metals and (a) senescent phase, (b) lag phase,
chemicals. (c) exponential phase, (d) stationary phase. Ans.(c)
13 World Population Day is celebrated on which day
Ihere are strong protest from farmers and indigenous ?
People against the grant of patent right to companies (a) 11th July, (b) 5th June,
because it is these communities which originally identified (c) lst December, (d) 8th March. Ans.(a)
and evolved use of plants for food, medicines and other 14 The logistic population growth is expressed by the
Pupose. These people are the true owners of the knowledge equation
and use ofbiotic resources. Yet through patent applications,
e
companies are now claiming exclusive right produce
to
aid sell these materials. A worldwide fight has started
(a) dN
dt
-Nr. ) dN
dt
have
3ainst biopiracy and patents on life. Religious leaders
dN
(c) =rN, (d) dt Ans.(b)
dt
also come out against the patenting of lite.
15 Which type of growth status of population is shown by the
given age pyramid ?
Post Reproductive
EcoLOGY Reproductive

Pre-Reproductive
1. ORGANISMs AND POPULATIONS (a) Expanding, (b) Stable,
s Multiple (c) Declining, (d) None of these. Ans.(a)
Choice Type Questions 16 Which type of growth status ofpopulation is shown by the
How many are given age pyramid ?
organisms in the world
endangered Species of Post Reproductive
(a) 15,500, ?
(b) 150, Ans.(a) Reproductive
(c) s,500,
2 (d) 1,550. Pre-Reproductive
The terrm
(a) Odum,
ecology was coined by- le (a) Expanding, (b) Stable,heats
E. Munch, iees. uslA
(c) Tansley, ti(b) Haeckel, v.dr
Ans.(d) (c) Declining,t (d) None of these. fhhAns.(b)
(d) E.
dle
<br>

[60] B1OLOGY aaHf a° CLASS- XII, 2025

17 Lichens are the associations of (host) from wihich it obtains food. Parasitism also involves
(a) bacteria and fingus, shelter, in addition to food obtained by a parasite. For
(b) algac and bacterium, examplc, plants like Cuscuta (dodder), Loranthus
(c) fungus and algac.
(Mistlctoc), Viscum and Rafflesia are parasitic plants,
which live on other flowering plants.
(d) fungus and virus. Ans.(c) Parasites may alter the population growth ofhosts, shorten
I8 Which of the following pairs contributes to an incrensc in the lifc cycle, wcaken the host, and drastically reduce the
population ? reproduction to the extent of causing sterility.
(a) Natality and immigration,
(b) Mortality and cmigration. ShortAnswer Type Questions
(c) Natality and emigration, 1 Explain what is meant by the terms Ectotherm and
(d) Mortality and inmigration. Ans.(a) Endotherm ?
19 Lichens are connbination of Ans. Ectotherm (cold-blooded)- An animal that does not have
to
(a) Algac and Fungi. the ability to produce sufficient internal metabolic heat
are
(b) Algac and Bacteria, maintain a constant body temperature. Ectotherms
dependent on an external heat source to reach andinmaintain
(c) Fungus and Protozoa, an active body temperature. Most therefore, live tropical
(d) None of thesc. Ans.(a) and warm temperate regions of the Earth. Many active
20 Equation
dN =
rN is application to Logistic population
ectotherms, such as frogs and snakes, control their body
dt temperature by moving around or by seeking shade. Some
growth ectotherms are nocturnal and they feed during the night.
(a) Exponential, Endotherm (warm-blooded animnal)- An animal that is able
(b) Logistic, to maintain a body temperature that varies only within
(c) Both (a) and (b), narrow limits by means of internal mechanisms, such as
(d) Not related to population. high metabolic heat. Most birds and mammals
are
Ans.(b)
21 Keystone species deserve protection because these considered endothermic.
(a) are capable of surviving in harsh environmental 2 Write a note on Mutualism.
conditions, Ans. Mutualism- A type of symbiotic relationship where two
(b) indicate presence of certain minerals in the soil, species of organisms live together and benefit from the
(c) have become rare due to overexploitation, interaction is called as mutualism. This interaction confers
(d) play an important role in supporting other species. Ans.(d) benefits on both the interacting species. Lichens represent
an intimate mutualistic relationship between a fungus and
Very Short Answer Type Questions photosynthesizing algae or cyanobacteria. Similarly, the
1
What is Lichen ? mycorrhizae are associations between fungi help the plant
Ans. A small group of plants of composite nature consisting of in the absorption of essential nutrients from the soil while
the plant in turn provides the fungi with energy-yielding
two dissimilar organism an algae and a fungus living in a carbohydrates.
symbiotic association is called lichen.
The most spectacular and evolutionarily fascinating
What do we study in Ecology ? examples of mutualism are found in plant-animal
Ans. In ecology we study about distribution and abundance of relationships.
organisms, their interaction among themselves and with Plants need the help of animals for
pollinating their flowers and dispersing their seeds.
the physical environment. Animals obviously have to be paid 'fees' for the services
3 What is meant by Habitat ? that plants expect from them. Plants offer rewards or fees
Ans. The place where an organism lives is called its habitat. It in the form of pollen and nectar for pollinators
may also refer to the place occupied by an entire biological and nutritious fruits for seed dispersers. and juicy
community. For example- a large number of species are 3 Explain the ecological hierarchy.
found in a forest habitat. Ans. Ecological hierarchy.
Its is series of graded ecological
4 What are Consumers ?
categories.
Ans. Consumers are animals which feed on other organisms. Characteristics of ecological
5 Define Omnivores ? (i) Abiological unit at each
hierarchy
Ans. Omnivores are animals including humans which feed on
level has a specific structure
and function,
both plant and animals diets. (ii) In this hierarchy, smaller
What is an Age Pyramid ? to form next higher level biological units coordinate
Ans. If the age distribution (per cent individuals of a given age (iii) Only the organisms of organisation,
or age group) is plotted for the population, the resulting show free existence,
(iv) Organisms cannot live
(v) At each level, different isolation,
structure is called an age pyramid. in
7 Give an example of a facultative mutualism. units show interdependence
(vi) Ateach level, unit shows
Ans. Sea anemone, which gets attached to the shell of hermit environment (cnergy interaction with the physica
crab. (vi) The biological units areand matter),
8 Why are plants called producers ? environment. successfully adapted to
Ans. Plants are called as producers because they have the 4 If a marine fish is plnced in a
capacity to convert energy ofsum into the chemical encrgy will the fish be able to fresh water aquariu
of food. Plants can synthesize their own food using CO2, Ans. N0, survive ? Why or why not .
because marine
H,0 and sunlight by the process of photosynthesis. Since seawater. In fresh water,fish is adapted to live in saline
the plants have the capacity to produce food, so they are the outside hypotonicit will not be able to cope f
called producers. OSmoregulation problems. environment because
Define parasitism. 5 How do animals adapt
Ans. The interaction of species in which, one, typically small, Ans. Many to cold environment
sessile animals like ?
d
organism (the parasite) lives in or on the larger species intertidal zones of molluscs cold
northern shores. living in insects and
a very
Several
 CuASS - XII,
<br>

ona' aH Sr
resist
2025
the cffcct of cold by a proccss callcd cold
PLAo M
BIOLOGY [61]
spiders
hardening. These organisms havc icc nuclcating rcalize fully its inherited potential to grow, as Darwin
protcins observcd while devcloping his theory of natural selection.
which induce ice fornmation in the cxtra ccllular spacc at
very low such as zero temperaturc. Some Then thc Population growth in an exponential or geometric
temperature bclowO°C by accumulating animals can ratio. If in a population of size 'N', the birth rate (not total
tolerate glyccrol
that: lower frcczing point of
their body fluids. Duc thesc number but per capita births) are represented as 'b' and
freeze comnpound. The fishes in Antarctica to region
dcath rate as 'd', the increase in N during a unit time period
remain active in the sea water. (aN
dt will be
hat Adaptation ? Give one exnmple of adaptntion.
is
O: Whnt do you mean by ndaptntion ? dN =
(b- d) x N
Adaptation– It is the morphological, physiological and dt
behavioural attribute of the organism that enables it to Let (b- d) =r
eurvive and reproduce in its habitat. Many adaptations dN
evolve over a long evolutionary time. then, = rN
dt
Eor example- Mammals
of cold region have small cars The r' in this equation is called 'intrinsic rate of natural
and limbs to check heat loss. Polar seas aquatic increase' and is very important parameter selected for
mammals on
bave blubber (tat) inside their skin to insulate the body assessing impacts of any biotic or abiotic factor
from heat loss. Kangaroo rat of North America
desert keep population growth. Exponential growth is called J-shaped
their fats oxidised to get metabolic water for growth.
the water
requiremnent. Many tribes of mountain top have high RBC
count to cope up with the low atmospheric oxygen at high (N) dN
altitude. density
d=N
Compare J-shaped pattern with S-shaped pattern of
population grovth. Population

Ans Comparison between S-shaped and J-shaped growth curves

S-shaped growth curve J-shaped growth curve

(a) It comprises of5 phases-(a) It comprises 2 phases
lag phase, positive Time (t)
lag phase and
acceleration phase, exponential phase. 2 How do living organisms cope with the situation ?
exponential phase, Explain.
negative acceleration Ans, Living organisms cope with the situation in the following
phase and stationary Ways
phase. (1) Regulate- Some organisms are able to maintain
b) Finally, the population(b) Finally, the population homeostasis by physiological (sometimes behavioural
shows zero growth rate shows a population also) means which ensures constant body temperature,
as birth rate equals crash due to rapid constant osmotic concentration, etc. AII birds and
death rate. Example increase in mortality mammals, and a very few lower vertebrate and
Yeast cells in a culture rate. Example- algae invertebrate species are indeed capable of such
mediunm. blooms, Reindeers, regulation (thermoregulation and osmoregulation).
lemmings of Tundras.
The mechanisms used by most mammals to regulate
8 Differentiate between Parasitism and Mutualism. their body temperature are similar to the mechanism
Ans, Difference between Parasitism and Mutualism observed in human beings. We maintain a constant
body temperature of- 37°C.
Parasitism Mutualism (ii) Conform- An overwhelming majority (99 per cent)
|(a) In parasitism, only (a) In mutualism, both of animals and nearly all plants cannot maintain a
one benefited and the species are benefited, constant internal environment. Their body temperature
interaction is detri changes with the ambient temperature. In aquatic
mental to other animals, the osmotic concentration of the body fluids
change with that of the ambient water osmotic
species (host)
(b) Both species need the concentration. These animals and plants are simply
|(b) The parasite needs a conformers. Many simply 'sweat it out' and resign
host, but the host does presence of each other.
themselves to suboptimnal performance in hot summer
not need the parasite. months. Thermoregulation is energetically expensive
eg. Cuscuta, a eg. Lichen represents
for many organisms. This is particularly true for small
parasitic plant the mutualistic animals like shrews and humming birds.
commonly found relationship between a
fungus and photo (iii) Migrate- The organism can move away temporarily
growing on hedge from the stressful habitat to a more hospitable area
plants. synthetic algal or
cyanobacteria. and return when stressful period is over. In human
analogy, this strategy is like a person moving from
Long Answer Type Questions Delhi to Shimla to the duration of summer. Many
1 animals, particularly birds, during winter undertake
What is
Population growth
?
Explain the exponential long-distance migrations to more hospitable areas.
Ans.
growth model
Population related to population growth. of population Every winter the famous Keoladeo National Park
growth is
the increase in the size occurs when (Bharatpur) in Rajasthan host thousands of migratory
Over a Population growth
tendencyperiod of time.
for increase in higher than the tendency
of birds coming from Siberia and other extremely cold
decrease. northern regions.
a (iv) Suspend- In bacteria, fungi and lower plants, various
Exponential growth model- When food and shape for to kinds of thick-walled spores are formed which help
population are unlimited each species has the ability
<br>

- XIL, 2025
[62] B1oLOGY VRMA PRHSS af
Vermasobligate
is
aa
mutualism
CLASS

and facultative
thesc What
them to survive unfavourable conditions–
cnvironment. In mutulism ? Give one example off each.
geminate on availability ofsuitable
some other vegetativc Ans. Mutualism is an association of two species, in which both
higher plants, secds and species are
ovcr spccics arc bencfited. In obligate mutualism,
reproductive structurcs scrve as 1ncans to tidc complctcly dependent upon cach other and neither species
periods of stress besides hclping in dispersal- thcy can survivc under natural conditions without the other
germimate to form new plants undcr favourable beneficial
moisturc and temperaturc conditions, Thcy do
so by For cxamplc, algac and fungi exhibit mutually to
reducing their metabolic activity and going intoa date relationship in lichens. The fungi provide protection
fungi.
of dormancy. algac, and the latter prcpares food for the
which
In animals, the organisnn, it unalble to migrate, might Facultative mutualism is an interaction ofspecies in on
avoid tlhe stress by cscaping in time. Thc familiar case both species are benefited, but neither is dependent sea
of bcars going into hibernation during winter is an relationship. It can be illustrated with the example of
example of cscapc in timc. Sonne problems- heat and anemone, which is attached to the shell of hermit crab.
desiccation. Under untavourable conditions many sea anemone grows on the backof the crab, providing
The anemone has stinging
zooplankton specics in lakes and ponds are known to camouflage and protection (the sea
enter diapause. a stage of suspended developnent. cells) and in turn, the sea anemone is transportedis abut
also
List the attributes that populations but not individuals reaching new food sources. This type of mutualism
posseSS. called protocooperation.
What is population and what population
are its attributes ?
Ans. Sonnc significant attributes that populations but not growth.
individuals possess are as follows Describe the factors which affect
Ans. Population- Population referes to the total number of
(11 Birth rates and death rates- A population has birth
rates and death rates, while an individual may have individuals of a species inhabiting a particular geographic
births and deaths. In a population, these rates refer to area at a specific time. In the context of human populations.
per capita births and deaths, respectively. The rates, it refers to the nunmber of people living in a specific region
hence, are expressed in change in numbers (increase or country.
or decrease) with respect to members of the population. Attributes of Population
(ii) Sex ratio- It is the ratio of males to females in a (i) Size- The absolute numnber of individuals in a
population. A population has a sex ratio (e.g., 60 per population is its size.
cent of the population are females and 40 per cent (ii) Density- Population density is the number of
males) but an individuals is eithera male or a female.
individuals per unit area.
(iii) Density- It is expressed as the total number of (iii))Age structure-The distribution of individuals across
individuals present per unit area or volume at a given
time. 'Area' is used for land organisms and 'volume different age groups in a population is known as its
age structure.
for aquatic ones. For example 40 lions per 100 square
kilometers; 600 sal trees per hectare; 6 million diatoms Factors affecting population growth
per cubic meter ofwater; 100 paramoecium per cubic Birth rate-The number ofbirths in a population affects
millimeter of water. its growht. High birth rates contribute to population
(iv) Age distribution- Various age groups in a population growth, while lower birth rates may lead to population
determine its reproductive status. The three ages stabilization.
referred to as ecological ages in a population are (ii) Death rate- The number of deaths in a population
prereproductive, reproductive and post reproductive. influences its growth rate. Higher death rates can slow
Distribution of age groups influences the population population growth while lower death rates contribute
growth. Populations with more young members grow to growth.
rapidly, while the declining populations have a large (iii) Migration-- The movement
proportion of older individuals. of individuals into
(immigration) or out of (emigration) a population can
4 Give the structure of plasmid BBR 322. significantly impact its size and composition.
Ans. The vector should have a few or at least one unique
(iv) Economic Development- Higher
recognition site, to link the foreign/alien DNA. Presence levels of economic
development often correlate with
of a particular recognition site enables the particular Improved living standards, educationlower birth rates.
restriction enzyme to cut the vector. If a foreign DNA is can contribute to and healthcare
ligated at the Bam HIsite of tetracycline-resistance gene population control.
in the vector BBR 322 the recombinant plasmid loses the (v) Cultural and social
factors-Cultural and social norms
tetracycline resistance. influence family size and
reproductive behavior.
Access to education, especially
It can still be sclected out from the non-recombinant ones
to informed family for women can lead
by planting the transformation on ampicillin containing planning decisions.
mediumn. Those transfornmants which grow on ampicillin 7 Write a note on the
containing medium are then transferred to a medium
following
(i) Competition,
containing tetracycline. (ii) Parasitism,
Ans. (i) Competition- An interaction
EcoR ICla | Jlnd III
or species in which between organisatio
the fitness of one is lowered by
the presence ofanother, is
BanHI
Darwin spoke ofthe struggle called as comnetition. Whe
amp" tet for existence and surviva
of the fittest
pBR322
in nature, he was convinced
interspecific competition
-Sal |

evolution. It is is a pootent force in organic

ort
rop Occurs when closely generally believed that competition
same resources related species compete
for t
true. Firstly, that are limiting. but this is not entiro
totally
1i compete for the same unrelated species could a
resource.
For instance, 1n
<br>

olbyma'o cT OR CLASs - XII,

2025 PRss BIOLOGY [631
shallow South American lakes visiting tlunmingos
and 8 Describe population logistic growth model with the
resident fishes competc for thcir comnon food, the
z00plankton in the lake. Sccondly, resources necd not help ofa suitalble diagram.
be limiting for competition to occur, in
interferencc
Ans. No population of any spccics in nature has at its disposal
competition. thc fecding cfiiciency of onc spceics unlimitcd resourccs to permit exponential growth. This
mioht be reduccd dueto the interlering lcads to competition between individuals for limited
and inhibitory
nresence of the other spccics, ven resources resourccs, Evcntually, the fittest' individual will survive
if (lood and reproducc. The governments of many countries have
and spacc) are albundant,
Thereforc. competition is best defincd as a process in also rcaliscd this fact and introduced various restraints with
a vicw to limit human population growth. In nature, a given
which the fitness of onc specics (measured in terms
habitat has cnough resources to support a maximum
of

its r the intrinsic rate of increasc) is

significantly possible number, beyond which no further growth is
lower in the prescnce of anotlher specics. A spccics
whosc distribution is restrictcd to a small possible. Let us call this limit as nature's carrying capacity
area becausc gcographical (K) for that species in that habitat.
of the presence of a competitively A population growing in a habitat with limited resources
superior specics, is found to cxpand its distributional
range dramatically when show initially a lag phase followed by phases of
the competing species is acceleration and deceleration and finally an asymptote,
Cxperinments showed that on the rocky sca
coasts of when the population density reaches the carrying capacity.
Scotland. the larger and competitively superior A plot ofN in relation to time () results in a sigmoid curve.
barnacle Balanus dominates the intertidal area, and This type of population growth is called Verhulst-Pearl
excludes the smnaller Barnacle chthamalus from that Logistic Growth and is described by the following
Zone. In general, herbivores and plans appear equation
to be
more adverselly affected by competition dN =
than rN Where, N= Population density at time t
carnivores. dt
Gause's Competitive Exclusion Principle states that R=Intrinsic rate of natural increase
two closely related species competing for the same K= Carrying capacity
resources cannot coexist indefinitely and the Since resources for growth for most animal populations
are finite and become limiting sooner or later, the logistic
competitively inferior one will be eliminated growth model is considered more realistic one.
eventually. This may be true if resources are limiting,
but not otherwise.
(iü) Parasitisnn- A type of non-mutual relationship
12. ECOSYSTEM
between organisations of different species where one
organism benefits at the expense of the other is called
as parasitisn. Considering that the parasitic mode of Multiple Choice Type Questions
life ensures free lodging and meals. It is not surprising
1 Basic unit of ecological hierarchy is
that parasitism has evolved in so many taxonomic (a) Community, (b) Population,
groups from plants to higher vertebrates. Many (c) Individual, (d) Ecosystem. Ans.(c)
parasites have evolved to be host-specific (they can 2 What is the percentage of photosynthetically active
parasites only a single species of host) in sucha way radiation (PAR) in the incident solar radiation ?
that both host and the parasite tend to co-evolve, that (a) 10o, (b) 25%,
is, ifthe host evolves special mechanisms for rejecting (c) 50%, (d) 1009%.
or resisting the parasite, the parasite has to evolve Ans.(c)
3 Energy enters the ecosystem through which trophic level ?
mechanisms to counteract and neutralise them, in order (a) Producer, (b) Herbivore,
to be successful with the same host species. In
(c) Carnivore, (d) Consumer.
accordance with their life styles, parasites evolved Ans.(a)
as unnecessary
4
Which of the following is not a major abiotic
Special adaptations such the loss of factor of the
ecosystem ?
Sense organs, presence of adhesive organs or suckers
(a) Temperature, (b) Soil,
to cling on to the host, loss of digestive system and Water,
high reproductive capacity. The life cycles of parasites(c) average
(d) Bacteria. Ans.(d)
are often complex, involving one or two intermediate The amount of energy transterred from one trophic
nosts or vectors to facilitate parasitisation of its level to the next trophic level is
(a) S%, (b) 10%,
primary host.
Parasites that feed on the external surface of the host (c) 15%, (d) 20%. Ans.(b)
organism are called ectoparasites. The most familiar 6 The green plants in the ecosystenn terminology are
called
Cxamples of this group are the lice on human and ticks (a) Herbivores, (b) Primary carnivores,
are infested with (c) Consumers,
n dogs. Many marine fish a
Cloparasitic copepods. Cuscuta, parasitic plant that
(d) Producer. Ans.(d)
The standing crop at each trophic level is measured by
COmmonly found growing on hedge plants, has lost (u) Productivity, (b) Consumption,
tS chlorophyll and leaves in the
course of evolution.
(c) Decomposition, (d) Biomass, Ans.(d)
derives its nutrition from the host plant which it If 20 Joule of energy is trapped at producer level, then
a
Parasitizes, The female mosquito is not considered how much energy will be available to peacock as food
it needs our blood for reproduction. in
Parasitic, although the following chain ?
COntrast, endoparasites are those that live inside the Plant -- Mice -- Snake Peacock.
ost body at different sites (liver, kidney, lungs, red (a) 0.02 J, (b) 0.002 J,
blood cells, etc.). The life cycles of endoparasites are
(c) 0.2 J, (d) 0.0002 J.
ore complex because of their extreme specialisation. Ans.(b)
Which the following represents most stable ecosystem
of
are
neir morphological and anatomical features
while emphasising their (a) Mountain, (b) Forest,
greatlysimplified (o)e(c) Ocean, (d)
eproductive potential.n hotdsdgbcd iwbta Desert.1 134 Ans.(c)
<br>

° CLASS-XII, 2025
[64] BroLOGY VeaaAf
associations of-
arc thc
th

10 Whiclh ccosystem has the higlhest primary productivity 28 Lichcns fungus,

(a) pond, (b) occan, (a) bacteria and
bacteria,
(c) desert, (d) forcst. Ans.(d) (b) algac and
Largest resevoir of sulphur is (c) fungus and algae, Ans.(c)
11 virus.
(a) Atmosphere, (b) Rocks, (d) fungus and and pisciculture
we
have been able
(c) Occan. (d) Lake. Ans.(b) 29 Through aquaculture
production of aquatic plants and animals
12 Ecological food chain cannot begin in the abscnce of to incrcasc the
(a) Produccr, (b) Carnivorous, of water and marine water,
(c) Decomposcr. (d) Consumer. Ans.(a) (a) both fresh
13 Who is secondary consumer in a food chain ?
(b) fresh water only,
(b) Herbivorous, (c) marine water only,
(a) Omnivorous. Ans.(a)
(d) river water only.
(c) Carnivorous. (d) Producer. Ans.(b) herbivores are-
14 Main causc of extinction of species from tropical area is 30 In a food chain
(a) Pollution, (b) Soil erosion, (a) Producers,
consumers,
(c) Deforestation, (d) Forest fire. Ans.(c) (b) Primary
(c) Secondary
consumers,
15 The tern ecology was introduced by Ans.(b)
(d) Decomposers.
(a) H. Reiter. (b) Odum, energy
Rate of conversion of light into chemical energy of
(c) Tansley, (d) Ramdeo Ishra. Ans.(c) 31 an ecosystem is
16 Which of the following is a free living nitrogen fixing organic molecule in
(a) Gross primary productivity,
bacteria present in soil?
(a) Azotobacter, (b) Nitrosomonas, (b) Net primary productivity,
(c) Rhizobium. (d)' Pseudomonas. Ans.(a) (c) Gross secondary productivity,
17 Maximum productivity is found in (d) Net secondary productivity. Ans.(a)

(a) Grass land, (b) Desert, 32 Niche of a species is

(c) Ocean, (d) Tropical rain forest. Ans.(c) (a) Place of living,
18 About 70% of total global carbon is found in (b) Specific functions,
(a) oceans, (b) forests, (c) Habitat and specific functions,
(c) grasslands, (d) agrO-ecosystems. Ans.(a) (d) None of these. Ans.(c)
19 Ecosystem has two components 33 Pyramid of energy is
(a) Plants and animals, (b) Weeds and trees, (a) Always inverted,
(c) Biotic and abiotic, (d) Frogs and man. Ans.(c) (b) Always upright,
20 Ten percent law of energy transfer in a food chain is given (c) Sometimes upright and sometimes inverted,
by (d) None of these. Ans.(b)
(a) Schimper, (b) Elton, 34 A pond is
(c) Haeckel, (d) Lindemann. Ans.(d) (a) A biome,
21 The percentage of Insects groups in whole species is (b) A natural ecosystem,
(a) 80%, (b) 70%, (c) An artificial ecosystem,
(c) 75, (d) 85%. Ans.(c) (d) A community of plants and animals only. Ans.(b)
22 Energy transferred from one trophic level to another is 35 Source of energy in any ecosystem is
(a) s%, (b) 10%o, (a) Fermentation of sugar,
(c) 15%o, (d) 20%o. Ans.(b) (b) Decomposition of plants and animals by bacteria,
23 In the ecosystem herbivores are (c) Photosynthesis by plants,
(a) Primary consumer, (b) Secondary consumer, (d) Sunlight. Ans.(d)
(c) Tertiary consumer, (d) Autotrophs. Ans.(a) 36 Path of energy flow in an ecosystem
24 Flow of energy in an ecosystem is (a) Producer is
(a) Unidirectional, (b) Multidirectional, Decomposers,
Herbivorous Carnivorous
(c) Bidirectional, (d) Without direction.
25 Mycorrhiza is an example of
Ans.(a) (b) Herbivorous
Decomposers,
> Producer -
Carnivorous
(a) DecompOsers,
(b) Symbiotic relationship,
(c) Ectoparasitism,
(C)
Carnivorous
Decomposers,
(d) None of these.
Herbivorous -
Producer
Ans.(a)
(d) Endoparasitism. Ans.(b)
26 Which pyramid is always upright ? E Very Short Answer Type Questions
1
(a) Pyramidof number, Define Succession.
Ans, It is the
(b) Pyramid of biomass, natural development of a
series of
(c) Pyramid of energy, communities, one after
the other, in the same area,bi
permanent climax community
(d) None of these. Ans.(c) is established.
27 is defined as the rate of formation of new organic What is an Ecosystem ?
matters by consumers. Ans. The structural and
(a) Productivity, organisms live and functional unit of nature w

interact among themselves and also

with the physical environment
(b) Gross primary productivity,
(c) Secondary productivity, 3 are is as called ecosystem.
What Zooplankton ?
(d) Net primary productivity. Ans, Zooplankton are free floating
Ans.(c) feed on phytoplankton eg., small animals which usua
Daphnia, Paramecium.
<br>

as cI OH CASS XII, 2025SPyb

BIoLoGY [651
What is a Food Chain ? "The following dingram shows a
4 ns. simplified biogeoc
Food chain is a scquenee of orguniss rclatedthrough food hemical cycle
vith cach step population becoming food of the next step
population. Respiration
What is Food Web ?
5Ans,Food wcb
is a network ofinterconnccted food chnins which Burning of fossiN
fucls and wood, Plant
nrovidcs a number of fecding conncctions amongst
different organisms of a biotic comunity. Forest ire
Define Biomass.
6 (i) Namc the compound whose cycle is shown in the
ns The amount of living material or organic nnattcr prcscnt in above diagram.
an organisms, community or biome is as callcd biomass.
(ii) What advcrsc cffcct docs its excess amount cause on
What is Ozone ? environment ?
Ans. Ozonc is a
molcculc made of three atoms of oxygen O,. (iii) Suggest two ways of reducing its effect.
What is Ozone Layer ? Ans. (i) Carbon dioxide.
Ans. Ozone layer is a part of the stratosphere which has a high (ii) It results to the greenhouse effect causing global
conccntration of ozone (0.3-1.0 PPm) temperature tO rise.
What is Biodeterioration ? (iii) (a) Stop buying your water in plastic.
Ans. Unwanted breakdown by microorganisms of material like (b) Use energy efficient appliances.
food stuft, surface coating, rubber and lubricants etc. called 3 What is Food Web ? Design a food web for grassland
as Biodeterioration. ecosystem.
10 What are Phytopiankton ? Or What is Food Web? Give example.
Ans. Phytoplankton are free floating small photosynthetic Ans. Food web is a
network of food chains which is inter
a
organisms consisting of mainly algae eg. Chlorella, connected at various trophic levels to form number of
chlamydomonas, spirogyra, diatoms, desmids. feeding connections among different organisms of a biotic
11 What is Dumping ? community. Food webs provide stability to the ecosystem.
Ans. Dumping or tipping is filling a low lying area with
For example- food web in a pond.
compacted and pulverised wastes. Grasshopper
SUNE (Primary consumer) Frog
(Secondary consumer)
12 Define the Ecological Pyramid.
Ans. The graphic representation of trophic structure (organism Grass
in various trophic levels) of a food chain, is called (Producer) Snake
(Tertiary consumer)
ecological pyramid.
13 Construct a food chain comprising snakes, hawks, rats Bacteria & Fungi
(Decomposer)
Hawk
(Apex consumer)
and plants.
Ans. Food Chain– Plants Rats Snakes Hawk. 4 What is Greenhouse effect ? How is it produced ?
14 What is the percentage of solar energy trapped and Ans. The occurrence ofhigher temperature inside a greenhouse
than outside, even though the interior receives less solar
utilised by plants ?
Ans. 1% in terrestrial habitats and 0.2% in aquatic ecosystems.
radiation, is called greenhouse effect.
? The glass walls of greenhouse and high CO2 content and
15 How will you calculate photosynthetic efficiency
high water vapour content inside the greenhouse let the
Gross promary production
x 100. shortwave solar radiation enter but stop the exit of long
Ans. Photosynthetic efficiency = Incident solar radiation wave radiation entitled by the earth's surface. This makes,
16 Write equation for calculating assimilation efficiency. the greenhouse air warmer than outside air.
Food energy assimilated x 100, 5 Define Ecological pyramid.
Ans. Assimilation efficiency = Food energy ingested Ans. An ecological pyramid is a graphical representation of the
relationship between the different living organisms at
17 Expand ODS. different trophic where the lowest trophic level is
Ans. ODS- Ozone Depleting Substance. producers. The next level is occupied by the next trophic
so on.
18 Expand CFCs. level, i.e., the primary consumers and
Ans. CFCs- Chlorofluorocarbons.

e Short Answer Type Questions an ecosystem ? Tertiary consumers

Define algal bloom. How does it affect
1
Secondary consumers
in water causes
s.
Presence of large amounts of nutrients floating) algae called
Primary consumers
Cxcessive growth of planktonic (free
to the water Producers
an algal bloom which imparts distinct colour
a
grow in extreme conditions.
bodies.
water quality and fish Desert plants are able to such plants.
Algal bloom causes deterioration of toxic to human Write any two adaptations of stems,
nortality. Some bloom algae are extremely stems, known as sucaulent such
Ans. Desert plants have fleshy
leaves of many desert plants,water.
beings and animals. that can store water. The to reduce loss of
t Can negatively impact on
ecosystem as cactus are moditied into spines food chain in forest
) OxyVgen depletion- As excessive growth of algae What is Food Chain ? Discuss the
harms 7
consumes oxygen during composition. This ccosystem. transfer of
energy
a representation of the chain
aquatic organisms. Ans. Food chain is oforganisms a community. A food
algal species produce througha series starting with a
(1) Production of toxins- Some aquatic sequence of organisms, usually
ses toxins that can harm or even kill other shows a
Organism, poising a threat to
the over all health.
<br>

205
abiotic components
of an
examples of
[66] BrOLOGY 14
Give four Temperature, Sun, Energy
ecosystem. Water,
top consunner, in which cach Climatic- Substances- Nitrogen, Sulphur, carbon.
producer and cnding vithmember in tlhc chain. lo Carbohydrate, Protein, Fats.
organism is the food ncxt Ans. (i) Inorganic
thc grass is caten
For cxample, in the Gir forest community, lion, This cncrgy (ii) Organic Substances- energy always straight and can
by the dcer, which in turn is
caten by thc (iii) pyramid of ? Draw a diagram to show the
can be
flows from the grass to decr and then to lion 15 Why is inverted
as follows never be energy. :
represcnted in food chain
a
Je pyramid of number considering a bigtree.
Deer Lion. of
a pyramid
a particular trophic
Grass
energy tlows from
level
What are the Decomposers ? Name one decomposer.
upon
Or; Draw
as heat
at each step. Each
when
Ans. Dccomposers are thc
micro-organisms which fccd Because lost energy present at each
animals and decomposc their complex
Ans,
is always amount of
some energyrepresents per unit area.
dead plants and or annually
organic compound into simpler
substances. in
pyramid given time graphic representation of the
level ina
trophic ofnumber- It is the
Example- Bacteria and Fungi. Pyramid organisms in different tropic levels
as decomposers ?
How do bacteria and fungi act of
individual
as decomposers because they number
Ans. Bacteria and Fungi act into other chain.
decompose the dead bodies of plants and animals as ofa food Trophic Level
No. of individuals

useful substances like ammonia and nitrates which act 3

are reabsorbed by plants, for their consumer)
fertilizer in the soil and TC (Tertiary
growth. components (Secondary consumer)
3,54,000

10 Differentiate between biotic and abiotic SC

consumer)
7,08,000
PC (Primary
of ecosystem. components of producer) 58,42,000

Ans.Ditterences between biotic and abiotic PP (Primary

or à
ecoSstem
number may be upright as shown
Abiotic components pyramid of ecosystem
Biotic components The ecosystem. In tree numberot
a
(a) Abiotic components
are may be inverted as in a tree tree. A
(a) Biotic components of represented by the single from these
an ecosystem are those non-living factors. the producer is
derive their nutrition
living substances which insects inhibits the tree andfeed on the insects.
birds
are different members A good number of
of a community. 16 Match the following Columnn II
(b) Biotic components of (b) It includes water,
minerals, salts, Column I Natality
an ecosystem are (a) Earthworm.
(i)
Producers, Consumers, humidity, light, (ii) Detritivore
temperature, -pH, wind, (b) Ecosystem services
Decomposers.
topography and (c) Population growth. (iii) Pollination
background. Ans. (a) Earthworm.
(i) Detritivore
mean ? (b) Ecosystem services (iii) Pollination
ecosystem
11 What does balanced on how large is the food (c) Population growth. (i) Natality
Ans. A balanced ecosystem depends of different food chains.
web. A food web is the interlocking a particular food chain, it K Long Answer Type Questions
at one place in ecosystem.
If an organismn is food chain, thus What is an Ecosystem ? Describe the pond ecosystem.
may be at different level in another a food web. Or;, Discuss the biotic components of pond
different levels in
represents at Ans. The structural and functional unit of nature
consumer where
Rabbit is at first
For example, in a food chain ifdisappearance, aso
their then second organisms live and interact among themselves and
level and is removed by
dependent with the physical environment is as called ecosystem.
consumer Jackal is also disappeared which is consumer,
Bioticcomponent ofPond Ecosystem- Pond Ecosystem
b
on them. But if Rats take the position of first
consumer can be maintained. a self- sustained present in a shallow water body. It haS a

the population of second should

ecosystem all trophic levels energy the structure components which work as a untt
Therefore, in a balanced and the law of 10%
be in proportionate population, show all functional aspects, i.e. (i) ProductiVey
(i1) Decomposition, (iii) Energy (iv) Nutrient cyclin3
flow should be maintained.
energy is always upright and never
and
Abiotic components- Water, dissolved organic
12 Why pyramid of inorganic substances.
be inverted? energy flow at each tropic level
as well
Biotic components
Ans. The pyramids of at each level. Maximum produce their
as the role played by organism energy (i) Producers-Theses are which can
energy is available to the producers and minimum energy at own food. These are of those
two types
That means plants
is left at the level of top carnivore, always be more than
2
(a) Phytoplankton- These are minute floatingi
producer level (herbivores) will as algae found throughout
upright the pond.
energy at consumer levcl (carnivores). then always
may
(b) Aquatic plants- plats growing in water that
pyramids will be obtaincd. be submerged a floating.
energy flow in an ecosystem. producers called
13 Give an account of (ii) Consumers– These feel directly
from sun to herbivorous the
Or Explain the flow of enerLy as primary consumers.
Organisms
animals. (a)
Zooplanktones- These are minute
Ans. Green plants
are capable of utilizing which move by water current.
1% of the solar energy through thc process of l animals.
to form chemical or food energy. The (b) Henkton- Free swimming
aquatic
photosynthesis, and 10%% of the (c) Benthos- Bottom
herbivorous animals consume the plants to the dwelling from as fisshes.
secondary
energy that stored in the plants is transferred Primary consumers are
as insects, frogfed
upon by the
Joule of energy, then the
herbivores. It the plants have 10ofenergy 0ntconsumers represented
herbivores will get only Joule
1 and remaining9 1341
In pond the tertiary are etc.upon by the
to environment. by fishes which fed
Joules would be lost the feed on secondary Consumers.
<br>

Verma's aHf aTCLASS- XII, 20258 PNY

Decomposers- Those living
MAPUSs BroLOGY [67]
organisms which When a herbivorc cats a plant, then it digcsts and oxidizes
s
Tonnosc the dead body of producers and consumers
comprising mainly bacterin, ingi, ete. i thc ingestcd food to liberate cncrgy which is cqual to that
uscd in synthcsizing thc organic biomass by thc plant. Some
What is Food Chain ?
Deseribe food chnin of n
of the rclcascd cncrgy is lost as hcat while only a part of
2 grassland ccosstem
?
cnergy uscd in building thc biomass of the hcrbivore,
Or; What is food chain ? Draw the sketch of nn ideal callcd gross secondary productivity. Thc same is repcated
food chain to slhow the varions trophie wlhen the herbivore is caten by a primary carnivore and so
levels. o on. At cach transfer, about 80-90% of potential energy is
Sequcnce of trophic levels through which food travels
e
assing from produccr to ultinate consumers dissipated as hcat while only 10-20% of encrgy is available
tood chain. The is to next trophic level. Thus therc is a decline in the amount
called plhenomenon of cnt and caten
operatcs i.c. an organisnn which is predator at oncbe of cncrgy passing from onc trophic level to the next trophic
trophic level. The study of energy transfer called bioenergetics.
evel becomes prey for oganism at higher trophic levels.
Eoodchain arc of threc types Sccondary productivity tends to be about 10 per cent at
) Predator-prC or Graing ood chain– Producer are the herbivore level, although efficicncy may be higher, as
eaten by herbivores, herbivores 20 per cent at the carnivore level.
by carnivores,
carnivores by organism at next higher levcl. So regarding the energy flow, an ecosystem is characterized
i) Parasitic food chain-Itterminates at levels of parasite, by
subsidiary food chain. (i) Unidirectional flow of energy.
i)) Deritus food chain- lt procccds from dead, decaying (ii) Decrease in useful energy.
onganic remains. (iii) Return of radiant energy of sun to nonliving system
as heat.
Grassland food chain (grazing food chain)- It is the a
common type of food chain composed of producer, What are the important abiotic components of pond?
consumer and decomposer. ecosystem ? How they regularize the pond ecosystem
Ans. Pond is a fairly self-sustainable unit that shows even
Producer-I trophic levels, phototrophic green plants, they complex interaction of an aquatic ecosystem.
utilize H,0, CO; light to prepare organic food shallow water body, in which all the major/basic
It is a
(photosynthesis). Also called as transducer as they can components of an ecosystem are well exhibited.
change solar energy to chemical energy. The abiotic components are
Primary Consumer (Herbivores)- Belongs to II trophic (i) Water with all the dissolved and inorganic and organic
level (Key industry animals as they change plant matter substances.
into animal matter) (ii) The rich soil deposit at the bottomn.
Secondary consuner (Carnivores) (iii) The solar input.
Top carnivores- Carnivores which are not further preyed (iv) The cycle of temperature, day length,
upon (v) Climates factors.
(i) Grass Grasshopper> Frog Snake Peacock. The producers or autotrophic components include
(i)) Grass Rabbit Fox Wolf Tiger. phytoplanktons, some algae, floating and submerged and
Man. marginal plants.
(iii) Vegetation Goat
The consumers are represented by
What is Ecological Pyramid ? Describe pyramid of (i) Zooplanktons,
energy and pyramid of number.
(ii) Free-swimming animals
Ans. Ecological Pyramid The graphic representation of thea (iii) Bottom dwelling animals.
tropic, structure (organisms in various tropic levels) of The decomposers are the bacteria and fungi that are found
food chain, is a ecological pyramid.
at the bottom.
Pyramid ofnumber-This is a diagramatical representation
in a ecological This system performs all the functions of an ecosystem.
of various species based on their number
are placed at the base (i) Conversion of inorganic materials into organic
System. In this pyramid, producer compounds with the help of radiant energy of Sun.
on it in the middle and
Ievel and consumers are placed
pex. The length of every level represents the ratios with (ii) Consumption of autotrophes by heterotrophs (food
Since ecological system chain/web), decomposition and mineralization
Tespect to number of other species. (nutrient cycling), etc.
nas maximum number of producer and minimum
numbers
pyramid has long base Distinguish between
tertiary consumers, therefore the
O
6
(a) Production and Decomposition,
w

and compact apex.

an ecosystem. (b) Upright and Inverted Pyramid,
Glve an account of enerey flow in
4

of encrgyfrom sun to herbivorous

(c) Litter and Detritus.
CExplain the flow Ans. (a) Production and Decomposition- Production refers to
animals. of 'energy flow the process of synthesis of organic compounds from
erentcomponents for a universal
model inorganic substances such as carbon dioxide, water
are and minerals utilizing generally the sunlight. Plants
Hoa) largely do it.
(Hea)
Heat HeaD
Thid tophic level
Fourth rohic level Decomposition, on the other hand, is the breakdown
First trophic Second trophlc level
6econdray
consumers tertary congumers the nutrients
of dead organisms and the release of environment.
primary consumers (lop carnivores)
level producers
(Herbivores)
(canivores)
incorporated in their bodies back into the
JInsectivorous Vulture It is brought about by reducer organisms (bacteria,
Plants and Insects, Birds
Trees Snail etC. fungi of decay).
(b) Upright and lnverted Pyramid- When the number of
SUN

Hea) Heat s producer: organisms or their biomass

is maximum in
(Hea)
an ecosystem and these decreases progressively at each
Hea Worms and n
rophic level in a food chain, we get upright pyramids.
|other Decomposersht
different trophic levels
igure- Energy flow through
<br>

aHf SA CLASS- XII, 2025

[68] BroLOGY gascous exchanges of
carbon inputs, and, sccondly, are
For examplc, grassland ccosystem ond croplond phosphorus betwccn organism and cnvironment
ccosystem. In contrast, when umbcr of individuals ncgligiblc.
or thcir biomaNs at produccr level is minimunn aand it
Explain in bricf the carbon cycle in an ccOsystem an
?

inereases progessively at ench trophic level in food features of carbon cycling in

chain, tlhen we get invertcd pyramid. For cxomplc, in O: Outline salient
a trec-ccosystem the number of primary producer (a ccosystem.
trec) is less than that of herbivore birds fecding upon O; Draw a dingram to show the
carbon cyclc.
the trec tiuits. The number ofparasites like bugs and Ans. In the biospherc, thc major reservoirs of
carbon are
lice living and feeding upon he birds' body is still availabilitv is
atmosphcrc, occan and fossil fucls. Carbon
higher. a crucial factor in thc maintenance of plants and animals
(c) Liter and Detrius- Litter is the wppermost laycr of The main fcatures of carbon cycle
are as follows: Carbon
onganic debris on a forest loor, composed mainly of in the form of carbon dioxide is drawn from the biosphere
fresh or slightly deconposcd lenves, bark, twigs, green plants,
by various activities like (i) photosynthesis by
flowers, fiuits and other vegetable matter, rubbish around 7x1013 Carbon is fixed by producers annually, and
discarded in the cnvironment instead of in trash (ii) by corals for making calcareous skeletons.
containcrs. in
Carbon is added to the biosphere by respiration
Detritus is dead and decaying matter including the organisms, decay of organic wastes and dead organisms,
wastes or onganisms. It is composed oforganic material burning of fuel, weathering of rocks and volcanic
activities.
resulting trom the fragmentation and decomposition by following
of plants and aninmals after they die. Carbon cycle can be thoroughly understood
Define nutricnt cycling. Why are they important for representation
environment ? CO,
in atmosphere
Ans. Nurient ycling- A nutrient cycle is defined as the cyclic
pathway by which nutrients pass through in order to the Carbonates
Organic compounds
recycled and reutilised. The pathway comprises cells, (Plants) in wather
organisms, community and ecosystem.
There are different ypes of nutrient cycle Organic compounds
(i) Carbon cycle, (Animals)
(ii) Nitrogen cycle,
(iii)
Oxygen cycle, |Inorganic compounds Petroleum Coal Limestone
(iv) (Shells)
Water cycle.
Importance of utrient cycle
(i) It is required for the transformation of nutrients from
one form to another so that it can be readily utilized 13. BIODIVERSITY AND CoNSERVATION
by different organism.
(ii) Transfer of nutrients from one place to another for
utilisation.
s Multiple Choice Type Questions
(iii) Nutrient cycle keep the ecosystem in equilibrium and
1
How many biodiversity hotspots are identified in the
helps in storing nutrients for future. World?
(iv) Through nutrient cycle living organism interacts with (a) 20, (b) 19,
abiotic components of their surrounding. (c) 36, (d) 15. Ans.(c)
Describe Phosphorus cycle. What is difference between 2 In which of the following interactions both the species are
phosphorus and carbon cycle ? benefitted ?
Ans. Phosphorus cycle- The natural reservoir of phosphorus is (a) Predation, (b) Parasitism,
rock, which contains phosphorus in the form ofphosphates. (c) Competition, (d) Mutualism. Ans.(d)
When rocks are weathered, minute amounts of these 3 When was the world summit on sustainable development
phosphates get dissolved in soil solution and are absorbed
by the roots of the plants. Herbivores and other animals held in Johannesburg ?
obtain this element from plants. The waste products and (a) 1992, (b) 2002,
the dead organisms are decomposed by phosphate (c) 1982, (d) 1999. Ans.(b)
solubilising bacteria releasing phosphorus. Unlike carbon 4 India's share in the global species diversity is about
cycle, there is no respiratory release of phosphorus into (a) 2%,
atmosphere. (b) 4%,
(c) 6%, (d) 8%. Ans.(d)
Consumers Consumers The Wildlife Protection Act was introduced in
(a) 1972, (b) 1981,
Detritus
Litter falI (c) 1986, (d) 1991. Ans.(a)
Decompositlon India started Biosphere Reserve Project in-
Soil solution Uptake (a) 1984, (b) 1985,
Run off (c) 1986, Ans.(c)
Weathering (d) 1987.
Rock minerals
7 Betla National Park is situated at
(a) Latehar, (b) Palamu,
Figure- A simplified model ofphosphorus cycling (c) Jamshedpur, (d) Ranchi. Ans.(b)
in a terrestrial ecosystem World Summit on Sustainable Development (2002) was
The other two major and important differences between held in-
carbon and phosphorus cycle are firstly, atmospheric inputs (a) Argentina, (b) South Africa,
of phosphorus through rainfall are much smaller than (c) Brazil, (d) Sweden.Ans.(b)
<br>

Perma', aHf TCLASS - XII, 2025

Which a grecnhouse gas DVERMLA PRSS BroLOGY [691
(a) H2, (b) CHa, 22 Which of the following statements is not true ?
(c) O2, (d) NH3. (a) Specics divcrsity decreases as we move from equator
Ans.(b) towards the poles.
Which alga isused in single ccll protein
(SCP) ?
(b) Spccics divcrsity decreases as we move from pole
(a) Nostoc, (b) Gelidiunn, towards cquator.
(c) Diatom, (d) Spirulina. Ans.(d) (c) Tropics harbour morc species than temperate or polar
Vhich of the tollowing is not an air ollutant ? arcas.
(a) SO,. (b) CF, (d) Colombia locatcd ncar the equator has nearly 1400
(c) CO,. (d) Aerosol. species of birds. Ans.(c)
wWhich Ans.(d)
12 of the folloving nntural resourccs is non 23 IUCN stands for
renewable ? (a) Indian Union for Conservation of Nature.
(a) Wildlife. (b) Water, (b) International Union for Conservation of Nature and
(c) Coal. (d) Forest. Natural Resources,
Ans.(c)
13 Kaziranga National Park is famous for (c) International Union for conservation of Nutrients,
(a) Tiger. (b) Musk deer, (d) Indian Union for Chemical Nomenclature. Ans.(b)
(c) Elephant, (d) Rhinoceros. 24 MABP stands for
Ans.(d)
14 \Which region is known as 'Lungs of the planet' ? (a) Man and Biology Programme,
(a) Silent valley, (b) Man and Biosphere Programme,
(b) Amazon rain forest, (c) Mammals and Biosphere Programme,
(c) IWestern ghats, (d) Mammals and Biology Programme. Ans.(b)

15
(d) Eastern ghats.
First National Park is
Ans.(b) s Very Short Answer Type Questions
What is a red data book ?
(a) Periyar sanctuary, Ans.It is a compilation of data on various categories of
(b) Kaziranga National Park, threatened species, maintained by IUCN.
(c) Corbett National Park., 2 Write the names of two biodiversity hotspots of India.
(d) Annamalai. Ans.(a) Ans.(i) The Himalayas,
16 Which of the following is not a cause of loss of (ii) The Western Ghat.
biodiversity ? 3 What is endemism ?
(a) Habitat loss, Ans. A species of plant or animal is confined to a particular
(b) Over- exploitation, location in the specific habitat and is not found anywhere
else is called Endemism.
(c) Alien species invasion,
(d) Reforestation. Ans.(d)
4
Define Speciation ?
Ans. Speciation is the process by which one or more populations
17 Threatened plants and animals are conserved at special of a species become genetically different enough to formn
places than their habitat which is known as a new species. The process often requires populations to
(a) In-situ conservation, be isolated for a long period of time.
(b) Ex-situ conservation, 5 What are Hot Spots ?
(c) Cryopreservation, Ans. Hot spots are the richest and most threatened reservoirs of
(d) None Ans.(b) plant and animal life on earth.
of these.
18 Biodiversity of a geographical region represents 6 What is National Park?
(a) endangered species found in the region, Ans. National Park is an area owned by the State and dedicated
statue for the conservation of scenery and the natural and
(b) the diversity in the organisms living in the region,
(C) genetic diversity in the dominant species of the region,
historic objects of national significance and to the
Ans.(b) conservation of wild animals and plants by such means as
(d) species endemic to the region. leave them unimpaired for the enjoyment of present and
was
19 The Earth Summit held in Rio de Janeiro in 1992 future generation.
related to What is Biodiversity ?
Ans. This term was coined by W.G Rosens in 198S. Biodiversity
(a) Conservation of biodiversity,
(b) Protection of aquatic animals, refers to all sorts of varieties of organisms (plants and
(c) Survey of natural resource, animals and their micro species) present in the natural
Ans.(a) habitat.
(d) Fertility of the soil. These diversities may be at three levels-olb
0. Ked data book collects the record of which of the (i) Genetic level,
following?
(ii) Species level,
(a) Red flowered plants,
(iii) Ecosystem level.
(b) Aquatic animals,
(c) Endangered plants and animals, 8 What is In-vitro conservation ?
Ans. It is conservation in glass tubes,
e.g., cryopreservation in
(d) Natural resources. Ans.(c) -
liquid nitrogen at a temperature of 196°C.
Identify the incorrect pair of the habitat and the particular ?
animal concerned What is Red Data Book
compilation of data on various categories of
Ans. It is a
(a) Periyar- Elephant, threatened species, maintained by IUCN.
u ?
(b) Sundarbans- Bengal Tiger, 10 Name two major ecosystems of the world
Bo (c) Rann of Kutch- Wild Ass, Ans, Forest, Ocean.
Ans.(a)
(d) Dachigam National Park- Snow Leopard.
<br>

r CLASS- XIL,
[70] BroLOGY MA PteiSy maaf 2025
11 Why tropicnl regon has more species diversity ? 2 What is the importance of ex-situ conservation
i
Ans, This is because this arca have enough opportunity to remain conservation of biodiversity ?
stable or non scasohal ns comparc to thnt in tcmpcratc Ans. (i) Ex-situ conservation In this approach, threatened
region (ln frequent glnciations ctc.) which favours niche animals and plants arc taken out from their natural
spccialization and grenter spccics diversity. Sccondly, this habitat and placed in spccial setting where they
arca gets more sunlight for higher productivity, care. Zoological can
which be protccted and given special parks,
contribute indirectly to greater diversity. botanical gardens and wildlife safari parkrks serve this
12 State (i) eauses and (i) two
cffects of depletion of ozone purposc. There are many animnals that have become
layer in atmosphere. cxtinct in thc wild but continue to maintained
in
Ans. (i) Causes- Chlorofluorocarbon,
Aerosol. zoological parks.
(ii) Enects- Skin canccr, cataraet. In rcccnt ycars ex-situ conservation has advanced
13 Define Extinct beyond keeping threatened I species in enclosures. Now
and Endangered spccies. gametes of threatened species can be preserved in
Ans. Extinct
specics- lt is a species of organism that can no viable and fertile condition for long periods using
longer by found in the wild or in captivity. Cryopreservation techniques. Eggs can be fertilized
Example- Dodo in
Endangeed spccies– Aplant or animal vitro, and plants can be propagated using tissue cul
such small umber that it is in danger species existing in methods. Seeds of different genetic strajns
of become extinct,
especially such a species placed in jeopardy
human activity. as a result of commercially important plants can be kept for long
14 Sinmlipal National
periods in seed banks.
Park is situated in- (Assam/Orissa) (ii) In-situ conservation– Faced with the conflict between
Ans. Orissa
development and conservation, many nations find
15 Name two unrealistic and economnically not feasible to consenve
Ans. i)
secondary pollutants.
Photo chemical smog, all their biological wealth. Invariably, the number of
(ii) Acid rain. species waiting to be saved fron extinction far eyoe
16 Name two the conservation resources available. On a global basis
secondary pollutants. this problemn has been addressed by eminent
Ans. PAN and SMOG
17 Expand IUCN.
conservationists. They identified for maximum
protection certain "biodiversity hotspots regions with
Ans. IUCN- International very high levels
Union for Conservation of Nature. of species richness and high degree
18 On which day is 'World
Environment Day' celebrated ? of endemism. Initially, 25 biodiversity hotspots were
Ans. 5th June. identified but subsequently nine more have been added
to the list, bringing the total
19 What are the solid wastes ? number of biodiversity
hotspots in the world to 34. These hotspots are also
Ans. Solid wastes refers to everything that goes regions of accelerated habitat loss.
includes municipal, solid wastes composing outpaper,in trash. It
wastes, plastic, glass, metals, rubber, leather,of food 3 What is the significance of Species diversity to the
textile etc. ecosystem ?
20 Write short notes on Ans. Species
following diversity is important for productivity, stability,
(a) Red data book. resilience and health of ecosystems.
(b) Reserved area in () Productivity An ecosystem with higher biodiversity
India.
Ans. (a) Red data book- Red data
book is a catalogue ofspecies is more productive than an ecosystem
and sub species which are facing the risk ofextinction. diversity. David Tilman's with less
The data is maintained by IUCN. experiments using outdoor plotslong-term ecosystem
(b) Reserved area in India- A reserve area biodiversity leads to increase established that higher
in India is in productivity.
denoted forest which are protected for the conservation (ii) Stability- There is very little
variation in yearly total
of tree and wild life. Right of activities like hunting biomass if ecosystem is rich in
species diversity.
grazing pouching etc., are banned in area. These (iii) Resilience- Increased biodiversity
area are typically acquired and ownedthese
by government to the ecosystem against provides resilience
of India. occasional natural or mau
made disturbance and invasion
(iV) Ecosystem by alien species.
K Short Answer Type Questions health- Rich
ecosystem health and biodiversity is essential tor
1
What are the various causes of biodiversity loss? earth. It is because for survival of human race ou
Ans. Loss ofbiodiversity- It is caused by larger number of species na
higher number of niches, more
(a) Extinction- Disappearance or elimination ofa species inter-relationships. interactions and more
from earth, loss of genetic information, a genetic 4 Give a
brief account of any
erosion. Extinction can be natural, mass and Ans. Types
of biodiversity three types of Biodiversity.
anthropogenic. () Genetic Diversity Genetic diversity
(b) Habitat Loss- Due to expending population and present at is the variey
the level of genes. are
development requirements, destruction of natural the building blocks Genes, made of DNA
that
habitats. will develop and what itsdetermine how an org he.
This level of traits and abilities wil
(C) Over-exploitation- Use of reassurance beyond the
-degree of their renewability, result in degradation genes or bydiversity can differ by alleles, by entire
habitat. of units larger than genes such as
Chromosomal structure.
(d) Co-extinction- There are many organisms which
live
(i) Species Diversity- Biodiversity
in obligate association, when one on species. studies typically isi5
They do not because
extinct then the other one also dies. of
them
becomes more species diversity
important than the other because
(e) Dis species diversity is twotypes, but are
turbance- Alternation made in the habitat, relatively easy to easier to work with. Species
environmental and community of an area. It can be genetic identify by eye in the field,
whereas

resources diversity
natural or man made. and
requires laboratories, time
to identify
and ecosystem diversity needs
<br>

a's aHl SNCLASS- XII, 2025

complex 1mcasUrCnents
many
period of time, to lhe tnken over n BIOLOGY [71]
long
(ii) Ecosstem Diersity-Beosystem-lcvel 111) Control of movemnent of foreut nroduce (iv) Control
with spccics distribution of grazing by cattlc.
and communitytheory deals
ole and tunction ofkey specics 1ilalife (Protectio) Act 1972 (Amended
Tith and interactions, nnd consnS, The Us objective includes- 1991)
enresents all lcvcls grcnterThc te 'ccosystem' specics
hcre (1) Restriction and prohibition on
communities, ccosysten than specics, association. hunting of animals.
sd for this level and and the likc, Diflerent names ing up and managing sanctuaries and national parks.
(iii) Protcction of spccificd
ldifferent levels; it is sometimes dividcd into plants.
levels: all thesc levels such as comnunity (1V) Enpowering z00 authority
with control of zoos and
arc ecosystem
ty explain the objectivesincluded in tlhis ovcrvicw. captive brccding.
(V) Control of tradc and commerce of wildlife
of conservation of wild and wildlite
lifc. products.
Ans.The main objectiics of coUseVation 11
of
wild life are as Write the Names, Botanical names and Uses of five
follows medicinal plants.
To cnsurc of spccies Ans. Name
and ccosystems- All the
cndangered spccics of plants Botanical name Uses
and animals should (a) Somniferum Papaver Intoxicant
nreservcd. National Parks
and Sanctuaries should be
protectecd in zoological gardens. be
(b) Aconite Aconitum napellus Relief Joint pain
(c) Atropa Atropa belladonna Relief pain
Va) Preservation of species
diversity- If a particular (d) Cinchona Cinchona officinalis Malaria
species migrates
arrangements should from one area to another, (e) Clove Clove
12 WVrite the names and botanical
Relief Tooth pain
be made to set up that species in names of ive
the other area. vegetables.
G) Maintenance of life Ans.
supporting systems- Unique
ecosystem should be protected.
Name Botanical name
National protection (a) Spinach Spinacia oleracea
programmes should
be linked with international (b) Cabbage Brassica oleracea
programmes. (c) Bean Phaseolus vulgaris
What are the two basic strategies
conservation ? of biodiversity (d) Potato Solanum tuberosum
(e) Lady's finger Abelmoschus esculentus
Or What are In situ (on site)
and Ex situ (off site) ? s Long Answer Type Questions
Or How is diversity at all levels generally
Ans. In situ
conserved? Define Biodiversity. What are the major causes of loss
(on site)-This strategyy emphasis protection
ecosystem. The In situ approach includes protection of total of Biodiversity ? Give two conservation strategies to
group oftypical ecosystem through a of a protect Biodiversity.
network protected
areas. This means the endangered species are of Ans. Biodiversity-The variety
of form found in all type of
protected in component of biological organization, from macro
their natural habitat so that entire ecosystem is protected.
Ex situ (off site)-This conservation strategies molecules (Edward Wilson). There are 3 levels of
include biodiversity-genetic diversity, species diversity and
botanical gardens, zoos, conservation stands, gene, pollen, ecological diversity. Diversity is important for productively
seed, seeding tissue culture and DNA banks. stability, resilience, and health of ecosystem.
7 Write the merits of big dams or smnall dams. Loss ofbiodiversity- It is caused by
Ans.Big dams is sources ofwater stored. It is sources of electric (a) Extinction-Disappearance or elimination ofa species
and aggregation of field. It is directly connect with river. from earth, loss of genetic information, a genetic
There are so many solution of agriculture by big dams. erosion.
Small dams helps Soil conservation. It is stopped from one Extinction can be natural, mass and anthropogenic.
field to another field flow of soil. Small divided one filed Natural- Slow, evolution of species with better
to another field. adoption replacement of old species by new ones.
8 Mention some of the places where sacred groves are Mass- Dying off a large number of species due to
found in India. catastrophes. It can be local or global.
Ans{i) Khasi and Jaintia Hills in Meghalaya, Anthropogenic- Caused directly or indirectly by man,
hunting over exploitation, pollution etc.
(ii) Aravalli Hills of Rajasthan,
(111) Western Ghat regions of Karnataka and Maharashtra,
(b) Habitat Loss- Due to expending population and
development requirements, destruction of natural
(IV) The Sarguja, Chanda and Bastar areas of Madhya habitats.
Pradesh. (c) Habitat fragmentation-Reduces the core area and
9
ve tWo examples of connecting link and write the increases edge areas.
ames of groups between which they are connecting (d) Over-exploitation-Use of reassurance beyond the
link. degree of their renewability, result in degradation of
AnsTwo names of groups
examples of connecting link and the habitat.
between which they are connecting link are (c) Alien or exotic species invasion-The alien species
not only establishment itself in the new area but also
) Tachyglossus- Reptiles and Mammals. exterminate the native species. Example- Water
() Archaeopteryx- Aves and Reptiles
hyacinth (Eichhornia crassipes, Terror of Bengal)
ve a
briefaccount of various laws of conservation of Co-extinction-There are many organisms which live
forest and wildlife. ()
Ans.Forest in obligate association, when one of them becomes
and Wildlife Laws: Act 1927-l extinct then the other
one also dies.
Us basic objectives
are
(i) Setting up and managing reserved forest, and village
(o) Dis turbance- Alternation made in the habitat.
can be
environmental and community of an area. It
man made.
forest. 4 naturalor
forest land.
) Protection of non-government forests and
<br>

- XII, 2025
[72] BrOLOGY smal aaf 3a CLASS

(h) Pollution- harmul alternation made by human in biomagnifications of DDT in an aquatic food chain. In this
manner, the concentration is incrcased at successive trophic
surrounding (Acid rain, cutrophication, biomagni
fications, global wamming, ozone depletion ctc.) lcvcls. If it starts at 0.003 PPb in water, it can ultimately
can 25 PPM in fish cating birds, through biomagnifications
) Zntense agriculure- Under the pressure ofincreasing High conccntration of DDT disturb the calcium metabolism
human population, desertification. in birds and causes thinning of egg shell and their premature
Tivo consenation strategies to protect Biodiversity' brcaking, ultimately leading to a decline in bird population
(a) In-situ conservation- Hotspot, Nntional park, 5 List few national parks and wild life sanctuaries of
Sanctuarics, Biosphere reserve. India.
(b) Er-situ consenvation- Botanical garden, zo0, genc Ans. National Parks
bank, Cryopreservation cte. (i) Kaziranga National Park (Assam) for Rhinoceros.
Write a note on the Biodiversity Conservation in India. (ii) Gir National Parks situated in Gujrat for conservation
Ans. In recent ycars, scicntists, govemment officials and the
public have become increasingly concerned over growing of lions.
threats to biological diversity. Biological diversity-or (iii) Corbett National Park in Uttarakhand for tigers.
biodiversity-represents the variation in life forns that exist (iv) Kanha National Park in MP for tigers, panther and
on carth. India has contributed substantially to the global leopard etc.
biodiversity. It is the centre of diversity of crop plants (rice, (v) Hazaribagh National Park in Jharkhand for tigers
sugarcane, banana, tea, millet); fruit plants and vegetables leopard etc.
(mango, jackfruit, cucurbits), edible dioscorea, alocasia, (vi) Desert National Park, Jaiselmer (Rajasthan) for Great
colocasia; spices and condiments (cardamom, black pepper,
ginger, turmeric); and animal species (zebu, mithun,
Indian Bustard and black duck.
chicken, water buffalo, camel). India also represents a Sanctuaries
secondary centre of domestication for some animals (horse, (i) Mudumalai wild life sanctuary in south is famous for
goat, sheep, cattle, yak and donkey) and plants (tobacco, wide range of fauna.
potato and maize). India is a homeland of 167 cultivated (ii) Periyar sanctuary in Kerala for elephants, tigers and
species and 320wild relatives of crop plants. panthers etc.
In India, the in situ conservation of biodiversity is being (iii) Vedanthangal Birds sanctuary in Tamilnadu.
carried out through Biosphere Reserves, National Parks, (iv) Mundanthurai sanctuary in Tamilnadu for tigers.
Wildlife Sanctuaries and other protected areas by the
Ministry of Environment and Forests. The National Match the following from Column-A with Column-B
Bureaus of Plant, Animal and Fish Genetic Resources has Column A Column B
a number of programmes to collect
and conserve the (a) Environmental Protection Act (i) Consumer
germplasm of plants and animals in seed gene banks, and
field gene banks for in vitro conservation. Botanical and (b) Water (ii) Micro-organism
zoological gardens have large collections of plant and (c) Grasshopper (iiil) 1986
animal species in different climatic regions of India. (d) Decomposer (iv) Bhopal Gas Tragedy
The various food and medicinal plants are also being (e) Methylisocynate (v) Abiotic component
conserved successfully by the tribal people and women Ans. (a) (iii),
working individually, or with various non-governmental (b) (V), (c) (),
(d) (ii), (e) (iv).
agencies. The women specially have a significant role in
the conservation of agro-biodiversity. 2 Column A Column B
3 What are Sacred Groves ? What is their role in (a) Wildlife Protection Act (i)
conservation ? Where they are found ? 1988
(b) National Forest Policy
Ans. Sacred groves are the forest patches set (ii) 1972 (Amended on 1991)
aside for worship (c) Darwin
in several part of India. (iii) Ecosystem
(d) Food Web
Allthe trees and wildlife in them were (iv) Plants
venerated and given (e) Producer
total protection. Tribals do not allow anyone to cut even a Ans. (a) (v) Evolution
single branch of tree in these sacred grooves. (ii), (b) ),
Thus sacred (c) (v),
6groves have been free from all type of exploitations. So, (d) (iii), (e)
number of rare, endangered and endemic species
(iv).
bns here without any kind of human intervention. survive 3 Column A
Column B
Some of the sacred groves in (a) Renewable source of energy
India are (b) Ultimate source of energy
(i) Solar radiation
(i) Khasi and Jaintia Hill in Meghalaya. (ii) Coal and petroleum
(ii) Western Ghat region of Karnataka (c) Fossil fuel
and Maharashtra. (iii) Wood and charcoal
(iii) Aravalli hills of Rajasthan. (d) Decomposer
e (e) Phytoplankton (iv) Diatoma
(iv) Sarguja, Chanda and Bastar areas ofMadhya (v) Micro- organisms
4 Pradesh. Ans. (a) (iii),
What is Biomagnification ? Explain biomagnification (b) (), (C) (ii),
29 with suitable example (d) (v),
and illustrations. (e) (iv).
t21 Or What is Biomagnification 4

Column A
one example. ? Explain it by giving Column B
Ans. A few toxic (a) DDT
substance (Hg and DDT) R
(b) PAN (i) CO2
industrial waste, can undergo often present in b
(ii) Smog
aquatic food chain increase in biomagnification in the (c) Acid Rain
at successive trophic level concentration ofthe toxicants (d) Global Warming (iii) Biological Magnification
referred to biomagnifications. (iv) SO2
s.This is due to a toxic substance accumulated (e) CO
torganism cannot be metabolized or by an Ans. (v) Carboxyhemoglobin
passed on the next higher trophic excreted and thus,
(a) (ii),'(b) (i), (c) (iv),
level. Figure shows (d) (e) (V).
<br>

a CLASS - XII, 2025

[72] BroLOGY VeLMN589armas aaf
alternntion mnde by human in biomagnifications of DDT in an aquatic food chain. In this
(() Pollution- harmful rain, cutroplhicntion, biomagni manncr, the concentration is incrcascd at successive trophic
surrounding (Acid ozonc deplction ctc.) lcvcls. If it starts at 0.003 PPb in water, it can ultimately
fications, global warming, can 25 PPM in fish cating birds, through biomagnifications.
Under the pressure ofincrcasing
) Intensive agricultre-desertification. High concentration of DDTdisturb the calcium metabolism
human population, in birds and causes thinning of egg shell and their premature
protect Biodiversity
Tio consenation strategics to brcaking, ultimately leading to a decline in bird population.
(a) Hotspot, National park,
In-situ conservation-rescrve. List few national parks and wild life sanctuaries of
Sanctuarics, Biospherc India.
b) Ex-situ consenation- 3otanicnl gardcn, zoo, genc Ans. National Parks
bank, Cryoprescrvation cte. () Kaziranga National Park (Assam) for Rhinoceros.
2 Write a note on the Biodiversity Conservation in India. (ii) Gir National Parks situated in Gujrat for conservation
Ans. In recent years, scicntists, government officials and the of lions.
public have become increasingly concerncd over growing (iii) Corbett National Park in Uttarakhand for tigers.
threats to biologieal diversity. Biological diversity-or
(iv) Kanha National Park in MP for tigers, panther
and
biodiversity-represents the variation in life forms that exist
on carth. India has contributed substantially to the global leopard etc.
biodiversity. It is the centre of diversity of crop plants (rice, (v) Hazaribagh National Park in Jharkhand for tigers.
sugarcane, banana, tea, millet); fruit plants and vegetables leopard etc.
for Great
(mango. jackfruit, cucurbits), edible dioscorea, alocasia, (vi) Desert National Park, Jaiselmer (Rajasthan)
colocasia: spices and condiments (cardamom, black pepper, Indian Bustard and black duck.
ginger, turmeric); and animal species (zebu, mithun, Sanctuaries
chicken, water buffalo, camel). India also represents a (i) Mudumalai wild life sanctuary in south is famous
for
secondary centre of domestication for some animals (horse, wide range of fauna.
goat, sheep, cattle, yak and donkey) and plants (tobacco, tigers and
(ii) Periyar sanctuary in Kerala for elephants,
potato and maize). India is a homeland of 167 cultivated panthers etc.
species and 320 wild relatives of crop plants. Tamilnadu.
(iii) Vedanthangal Birds sanctuary in
In India, the in situ conservation of biodiversity is being tigers.
(iv) Mundanthurai sanctuary in Tamilnadu for
carried out through Biosphere Reserves, National Parks,
Wildlife Sanctuaries and other protected areas by the Match the following from Column-A with Column-B
Ministry of Environment and Forests. The National 1 Column A Column B
Bureaus of Plant, Animal and Fish Genetic Resources has
(a) Environmental Protection Act (i) Consumer
a number of programmes to collect and conserve the
gene banks, and (b) Water (ii) Micro-organism
germplasm of plants and animals in seed
field gene banks for in vitro conservation. Botanical and (c) Grasshopper (iii) 1986
zoological gardens have large collections ofIndia. plant and (iv) Bhopal Gas Tragedy
(d) Decomposer
animal species in different climatic regions of (e) Methylisocynate (v) Abiotic component
are also being
The various food and medicinal plants and women Ans. (a) (iii), (b) (v), (c) (i),
conserved successfully by the tribal people non-governmental (d) (ii), (e) (iv).
working individually, or with various
a significant role in
agencies. The women specially have 2 Column A Column B
the conservation of agro-biodiversity. (a) Wildlife Protection Act (i) 1988
3 What are Sacred Groves ? What is their role in (b) National Forest Policy (ii) 1972 (Amended on 1991)

conservation ? Where they are found

?
(c) Darwin (iii) Ecosystem
Ans. Sacred groves are the forest patches set aside for worship (d) Food Web (iv) Plants
in several part of India. (e) Producer (v) Evolution
Allthe trees and wildlife in them
were venerated and given
anyone to cut even a Ans. (a) (i), (b) (), (c) (v),
total protection. Tribals do not alloW grooves. Thus sacred
single branch of tree in these sacred (d) (iii), (e) (iv).
groves have been free from all type of exploitations. So, 3 Column A Column B
survive
number of rare, endangered and endemic species (a) Renewable source of energy (i) Solar radiation
here without any kind of human intervention.
Ultimate source of energy (ii) Coal and petroleum
Some of the sacred groves in India are
(b)
(c) Fossil fuel (iii) Wood and charcoal
(i) Khasi and Jaintia Hill in Meghalaya.
Maharashtra. (d) Decomposer (iv) Diatoma
(ii) Western Ghat region of Karnataka and
Rajasthan. (c) Phytoplankton () Micro- organisms
(iii) Aravalli hills of (ii),
Ans. (a) (b) (i), (c)
4
(iv) Sarguja, Chanda and Bastar
What is Biomagnification ?
areas of Madhya Pradesh.
Explain
With suitable example and illustrations.
biomagnification
4
(d) - (iii),
(v),
Column A
(e) (iv).
Column B
O; What is Biomagnification ? Explain it by giving (a) DDT (i) CO2
one example. (b) PAN (ii) Smog
Ans. A few toxic substance (Hg and DDT) often present in Magnification
(c) Acid Rain (iii) Biological
industrial waste, can undergo biomagnification in the (d) Global Warming (iv) SO2
aquatic food chain increase in concentration ofthe toxicants
at successive trophic level referred to biomagnifications. (e) CO (v) Carboxyhemoglobin
(iv),
This is due to a toxic substance accumulated by an Ans. (a) (iii), (b) (ii), (c)
organism cannot be metabolized or excreted and thus, (d) ), (e) (v).
passed on the next higher trophic level. Figure shows